CLI User Provisioning Guide R3.0

Alcatel-Lucent 1850
Transport Service Switch (TSS-320/160) | Release 3.0

CLI User Provisioning Guide
8DG08763HAAA
ISSUE 1
FEBRUARY 2009
Legal notice
Alcatel, Lucent, Alcatel-Lucent and the Alcatel-Lucent logo are trademarks of Alcatel-Lucent. All other trademarks are the property of their
respective owners.
The information presented is subject to change without notice. Alcatel-Lucent assumes no responsibility for inaccuracies contained herein.
Copyright 2009 Alcatel-Lucent. All rights reserved.
Limited warranty
Alcatel-Lucent provides a limited warranty for this product. For more information, consult your local Alcatel-Lucent customer support team.
Security statement
In rare instances, unauthorized individuals make connections to the telecommunications network through the use of remote access features. In
such an event, applicable tariffs require the customer to pay all network charges for traffic. Alcatel-Lucent cannot be responsible for such
charges and will not make any allowance or give any credit for charges that result from unauthorized access.
Conformance statement
Interference Information: Part 15 of FCC Rules, 300386, EN55022 and CISPR22 Rules
The statements that follow are the product conformance statements that apply to 1850 TSS-320/160 when deployed in areas using ETSI
transmission standards.
This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules and
EN 300386 V1.3.3 (Ed. 2005) Rules for transmission equipment, operating in environment TELECOMMUNICATION CENTRES. The
emission requirements for TELECOMMUNICATION CENTRES are according to EN55022 (Ed. 2006), Class A Rules. It complies also to
CISPR22 Ed. 5.2_2006 Rules, for radiated emission in the frequency range 1GHz-6GHz.
These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial
environment. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy. If the equipment is not installed and used in accordance
with the guidelines in this document, the equipment may cause harmful interference to radio communications. Operation of this equipment in a
residential area is likely to cause harmful interference, in which case the user will be required to correct the interference at the expense of the
user.
Ordering information
The ordering number for this document is 8DG08763HAAA. To order information products, contact your local Alcatel-Lucent customer
support team.
Technical support
For technical support, contact your local customer service support team. You can reach them via the Web at the Alcatel-Lucent Customer
Support web site (http://www. alcatel-lucent.com/support) or the customer support telephone number listed at the Alcatel-Lucent Contact Us
web site (http://www.alcatel-lucent.com/contact).
Information product support
For questions or concerns about this or any other Alcatel-Lucent information product, please contact us at one of the following numbers: (888)
727 3615 (for the continental United States) +1 (630) 713 5000 (for all countries).
Contents
About this document
Purpose
..........................................................................................................................................................................................
xxi
History
...........................................................................................................................................................................................
xxi
Intended audience
.....................................................................................................................................................................
xxi
Supported systems
....................................................................................................................................................................
xxi
How to use this information product

Conventions used
..............................................................................................................................
xxii
.....................................................................................................................................................................
xxii
Related information
...............................................................................................................................................................
xxiii
Document support
..................................................................................................................................................................
xxiv
Technical support
.....................................................................................................................................................................
xxv
How to comment
....................................................................................................................................................................
xxvi
Introduction
The Command Line Interface
..............................................................................................................................................
1-1
Navigation and Manipulation
..............................................................................................................................................
1-5
................................................................................................................................................................
1-8
The Help Command
Command Line Interface Top Level Structure

CLI command indexes
..........................................................................................................
1-12
.........................................................................................................................................................
1-13
CLI Command Definition

2
...................................................................................................................................................
1-26
Equipment Management Commands

Available Commands
...............................................................................................................................................................
eqpt position naming_set_list type eqpt_type

eqpt position naming_set_list show type
2-1
.................................................................................................
2-2
...............................................................................................................
2-6
eqpt position naming_set_list asap asap_userlabel
...................................................................................
2-7
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
iii
Issue 1 February 2009
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
eqpt position naming_set_list show asap
...............................................................................................................
eqpt position naming_set_list show allowedeqpt

eqpt position naming_set_list show info
2-11
..................................................................................................................
2-12
................................................................................................................................................
2-13
..........................................................................................................................................................
2-14
..............................................................................................................................................................
2-17
.................................................................................................................................................................
2-19
eqpt position naming reset

eqpt show allpositions
eqpt show linkstatus
eqpt prot manualswitch from naming to naming

eqpt prot show unit naming
...................................................................................................
2-19
..............................................................................................................................................
2-20
extpoint in extpointin_naming userlabel extpoint_userlabel
............................................................
2-21
................................................................................
2-22
...........................................................................................................
2-23
.....................................................................................................................................................................
2-23
extpoint in extpointin_naming asap asap_userlabel

extpoint in extpointin_naming show asap
extpoint show in
2-9
.............................................................................................................
eqpt position naming_set_list show ri
eqpt show nename
...............................................................................................
2-8
extpoint out extpointout_naming userlabel extpoint_userlabel
.......................................................
2-25
extpoint out extpointout_naming criteria {manual | remote | auto {eventtype_id |

eventtype_name}} ......................................................................................................................................................... 2-26
extpoint show out
...................................................................................................................................................................
extpoint show outeventslist

3
................................................................................................................................................
2-27
2-28
Ethernet Physical, GFP, and LAPS Management Commands

Overview
......................................................................................................................................................................................
3-1
Generic configuration
ne maxmtu mtu_value
ne show maxmtu
.........................................................................................................................................................
3-3
.......................................................................................................................................................................
3-3
General interface management

interface show [naming_set_list]
...............................................................................................................................
interface trafficshow [naming_set_list]
...................................................................................................................
3-4
3-5
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
iv
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Ethernet Physical Management

Available Commands
...............................................................................................................................................................
interface position naming_set_list localeth defaulttype
...................................................................................
interface position naming_set_list localeth show mauinfo
.............................................................................
interface position naming_set_list localeth autoneg {enable | disable}

interface position naming_set_list localeth autoneg restart
3-8
3-9
..................................................
3-11
.........................................................................
3-12
interface position naming_set_list localeth autoneg advertisedcapability

interface position naming_set_list localeth show autoneg
3-7
..............................................
3-12
...........................................................................
3-14
interface position naming_set_list localeth rcfcsfaction {none | shutdown}
........................................
3-15
interface position naming_set_list localeth rcfssfaction {none | shutdown}
........................................
3-16
.........................................................................
3-16
interface position naming_set_list localeth show rcfaction
interface position naming_set_list localeth loopback {line | internal} {enable | disable}

interface position naming_set_list localeth show loopback
..............
3-17
.........................................................................
3-18
interface position naming_set_list_lagnumber_set localeth trafficstatus {enable | disable}
....
3-19
.................................................................................................................................................
3-20
interface position naming_set_list_lagnumber-set localeth floodinglimit

floodinglimit_value
interface position naming_set_list_lagnumber_set localeth show trafficconditioning
................
3-21
............................................................................................................................................................
3-22
GFP and LAPS Management

Available Commands
interface position naming_set_list remoteeth ratelimited ratelimited_value
..............................
3-23
...................................................
3-24
.............................................................................................
3-25
interface position naming_set_list remoteeth sl {auto | eqptnonspec}

interface position naming_set_list remoteeth csf
interface position naming_set_list remoteeth fcs {disable | enable}
.......................................................
interface position naming_set_list remoteeth asap asap_userlabel

interface position naming_set_list remoteeth flag {one | two}
3-26
..................................................
3-27
..................................................................
3-28
interface position naming_set_list remoteeth errorframe {abortseq | fcs}
............................................
interface position naming_set_list remoteeth trafficstatus {enable | disable}
......................................
3-29
3-30
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
v
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
interface position naming_set_list remoteeth floodinglimit floodinglimit_value
...................
3-30
..................................................
3-31
.............................................................
3-32
interface position naming_set_list remoteeth show trafficconditioning

interface position naming_set_list remoteeth show mappinginfo
4
Ethernet Port Management Commands

Overview
......................................................................................................................................................................................
4-1
ETH over MAU

Available Commands
...............................................................................................................................................................
interface position naming_set_list localeth {activate | deactivate}
.............................................................
interface position naming_set_list localeth portservice {ets | bridge | mpls}
........................................
interface position naming_set_list_lagnumber_set localeth maxmtu mtu_value
.........................
4-3
4-3
4-4
4-5
interface position naming_set_list localeth defaultflowcontrol {nopause | asympause |

asym&sympause} .................................................................................................................................................................. 4-6
interface position naming_set_list localeth admittedfractionalrate admitted_fractional_rate
................................................................................................................................................................................................. 4-74-7
4-7
interface position naming_set_list_lagnumber_set localeth ethasap asap_userlabel
interface position naming_set_list localeth config
.............
4-8
.............................................................................................
4-9
interface position naming_set_list localeth show ethinfo
.............................................................................
4-11
............................................................................................................................................................
4-13
ETH over GFP, ETH over LAPS

Available Commands
interface position naming_set_list remoteeth {activate | deactivate}
......................................................
interface position naming_set_list remoteeth portservice {ets | bridge | mpls}
..................................
4-14
........................................................
4-15
......................................................................................
4-16
interface position naming_set_list remoteeth maxmtu mtu_value

interface position naming_set_list remoteeth config
4-13
interface position naming_set_list remoteeth show ethinfo
.........................................................................
4-17
............................................................................................................................................................
4-19
VLAN Profile and Layer2 Frames Management

Available Commands
interface position naming_set_list_lagnumber_set vlanprotprofile bind
........................................
4-20
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
vi
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
interface position naming_set_list_lagnumber_set vlanprotprofile default
....................................
4-21
interface position naming_set_list_lagnumber_set vlanprotprofile activate
....................................
4-22
........................................
4-24
............................................................
4-25
interface position naming_set_list_lagnumber_set vlanprotprofile show

interface position naming_set_list_lagnumber_set l2ctrlframe
interface position naming_set_list_lagnumber_set show vlanprotprofile

interface position naming_set_list_lagnumber_set show vlanset
........................................
4-28
........................................................
4-29
interface position naming_set_list_lagnumber_set show l2ctrlframe

vlanprotprofile activate
................................................
4-30
.......................................................................................................................................................
4-31
vlanprotprofile delete vlanprotprof_userlabel
.............................................................................................
4-32
vlanprotprofile show [vlanprotprof_userlabel]
...........................................................................................
4-33
Ethernet Flow and Ethernet Flow QOS Management Commands

Overview
......................................................................................................................................................................................
5-1
Classifiers
Available Commands
...............................................................................................................................................................
inflowclassifier add flow_userlabel
..........................................................................................................................
5-2
5-2
inflowclassifier remove classifier_id
.....................................................................................................................
5-4
inflowclassifier show [flow_userlabel]
....................................................................................................................
5-5
...............................................................................................................................................................
5-7
Color Profile
Available Commands
colorprofile activate colorprof_userlabel

colorprofile delete colorprof_userlabel
............................................................................................................
5-7
................................................................................................................
5-8
colorprofile show [colorprof_userlabel]
..............................................................................................................
5-9
Traffic Descriptor
Available Commands
............................................................................................................................................................
trafficdescriptor activate
.....................................................................................................................................................
trafficdescriptor delete trafficdescriptor_userlabel
...............................................................................
5-10
5-10
5-12
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
vii
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
trafficdescriptor config [trafficdescriptor_userlabel]
...........................................................................
5-12
.............................................................................
5-14
............................................................................................................................................................
5-15
.................................................................................................................................................................
5-15
trafficdescriptor show [trafficdescriptor_userlabel]

Flow Group Management
Available Commands
flowgroup activate
flowgroup delete flowgroup_userlabel
................................................................................................................
5-17
flowgroup show [flowgroup_userlabel]
..............................................................................................................
5-17
Services Management Commands

Overview
......................................................................................................................................................................................
6-1
General Flow management

Available Commands
flow show
...............................................................................................................................................................
6-3
...................................................................................................................................................................................
6-3
ETS-to-Provider Bridge ETS/PW/VPLS bidirectional flow

Available Commands
...............................................................................................................................................................
pbflowbid activate flow_userlabel
.............................................................................................................................
6-5
6-5
pbflowbid config flow_userlabel
.............................................................................................................................
6-10
pbflowbid delete flow_userlabel
..............................................................................................................................
6-12
pbflowbid show [flow_userlabel] [flowtype { pb | pw | vpls }]
................................................................
6-12
..............................................................................................
6-14
ETS-to-ETS Bidirectional Transparent Mapping

Available Commands for Port-to-Port Configuration
portportbid activate flow_userlabel port1 naming port2 naming

portportbid delete flow_userlabel
............................................................
6-14
............................................................................................................................
6-15
portportbid show [flow_userlabel]
..........................................................................................................................
6-16
ETS-to-Provider Bridge ETS/PW/VPLS ingress unidirectional flow

Available Commands
............................................................................................................................................................
pbflowinunidir activate flow_userlabel
.................................................................................................................
6-17
6-17
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
viii
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
pbflowinunidir config flow_userlabel
....................................................................................................................
pbflowinunidir delete [flow_userlabel]
.................................................................................................................
pbflowinunidir show [flow_userlabel] [flowtype { pb | pw | vpls }]
6-21
6-23
......................................................
6-23
............................................................................................................................................................
6-24
Provider Bridge/PW/VPLS to ETS egress unidirectional flow

Available Commands
pbflowoutunidir activate flow_userlabel

pbflowoutunidir delete flow_userlabel
..............................................................................................................
6-24
..................................................................................................................
6-26
pbflowoutunidir show [flow_userlabel] [flowtype { pb | pw | vpls }]
....................................................
6-26
............................................................................................................................................................
6-28
Dual Homing management

Available Commands
cbpdu activate flow_userlabel port naming
.....................................................................................................
cepst activate port naming [pathcost port_path_cost]

cepst deactivate port naming
...................................................................................
6-30
............................................................................................................................................
6-31
sbpdu activate flow_userlabel port naming
.......................................................................................................
vrrp activate flow_userlabel port naming {svlan vlan_id | pw pw_id}

7
6-28
............................................
6-32
6-34
MAC/Virtual/Provider Bridge Port and Bridge Port QOS Management Commands

Generic Configuration
Available Commands
...............................................................................................................................................................
bridge type {virtual | provider | none}

bridge show type
7-1
...........................................................................................................................
7-1
.......................................................................................................................................................................
7-2
bridge qos mode {5p3d | 8p0d}
.........................................................................................................................................
7-3
VLAN Registration Entry management

Available Commands
...............................................................................................................................................................
bridge vlan activate vlan_set
..........................................................................................................................................
7-4
..............................................................................................................................................
7-7
...................................................................................................................................................
7-7
bridge vlan delete vlan_set

bridge vlan add vlan_set
7-4
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
ix
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
bridge vlan remove vlan_set

bridge vlan show [vlan_set]
...........................................................................................................................................
7-9
..........................................................................................................................................
7-11
............................................................................................................................................................
7-12
Bridge Port management

Available Commands
bridge port naming_set_list_lagnumber_set config
.................................................................................
bridge port naming_set_list_lagnumber_set show info [vlan vlan_set]

bridge vlanprotprofile bind vlanprotprof_userlabel
7-12
......................................
7-14
...................................................................................
7-16
bridge port naming_set_list_lagnumber_set vlanprotprofile bind vlanprotprof_userlabel

............................................................................................................................................................................................. 7-167-16
7-16
bridge vlanprotprofile default [port naming_set_list_lagnumber_set]
...............................................
bridge vlanprotprofile activate vlanprotprof_userlabel [type ethertype_value]
7-17
.....................
7-18
bridge vlanprotprofile delete vlanprotprof_userlabel
................................................................................
7-19
bridge vlanprotprofile show [vlanprotprof_userlabel]
..............................................................................
7-20
Ethernet Switch Management Commands

Filtering Database general parameters
Available Commands
...............................................................................................................................................................
bridgedbfiltering agetime filterDbAgeTime_value

bridgedbfiltering show agetime
8-1
............................................................................................
8-1
...........................................................................................................................................
8-2
bridgedbfiltering vlan config vlan_set learning {enable| disable}
..................................................................
8-3
.................................................................................................................
8-3
...............................................................................................................................................................
8-4
bridgedbfiltering show info vlan_set info

Filtering Database Entries management
Available Commands
bridgedbfiltering delete mac macAddr [vlan vlan_id]
........................................................................................
8-4
bridgedbfiltering activate mac macAddr [vlan vlan_id] [portout

naming_set_list_lagnumber_set] ...................................................................................................................... 8-5
........................................................................................................................
8-7
................................................................................................................................
8-8
bridgedbfiltering show unicast-dynamic

bridgedbfiltering show unicast-static
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
bridgedbfiltering show multicast-static
............................................................................................................................
bridgedbfiltering show multicast-dynamic

9
...................................................................................................................
8-9
8-10
Spanning Tree Protocol Management Commands

Available Commands
...............................................................................................................................................................
stp enable {rstp | mstp}

stp disable
.........................................................................................................................................................
9-2
....................................................................................................................................................................................
9-3
stp show type

stp config
9-1
..............................................................................................................................................................................
9-3
....................................................................................................................................................................................
9-4
stp show info [vlan vlan_set]
.........................................................................................................................................
stp port naming_set_list_lagnumber_set config
..........................................................................................
stp port naming_set_list_lagnumber_set show info [vlan vlan_set]

mstp region
9-6
9-8
.............................................
9-10
...............................................................................................................................................................................
9-13
mstp show region

mstp cist config
...................................................................................................................................................................
9-14
.......................................................................................................................................................................
9-14
mstp cist show info
...............................................................................................................................................................
mstp msti mstp_instance_set activate

mstp msti mstp_instance_set delete
9-15
...................................................................................................................
9-17
......................................................................................................................
9-17
mstp msti mstp_instance_set config [pri bridge_pri]
..............................................................................
9-18
mstp msti mstp_instance_set show info
..............................................................................................................
9-19
mstp msti mstp_instance vlan vlan_set
.............................................................................................................
9-21
..................................................................................................................................
9-22
mstp show msti [vlan vlan_set]
mstp show vlan [msti mstp_instance_set]
..........................................................................................................
mstp cist port naming_set_list_lagnumber_set config
...........................................................................
mstp cist port naming_set_list_lagnumber_set show info
9-24
.....................................................................
9-26
............................................................................................................
9-28
....................................................................................................................................................
9-30
mstp msti mstp_instance_set port config

mstp msti port show info
9-23
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
xi
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
Link Aggregation Management Commands

Available Commands
linkagg activate
linkagg config
............................................................................................................................................................
10-1
......................................................................................................................................................................
10-2
........................................................................................................................................................................
10-3
linkagg config neprio ne_pri
..........................................................................................................................................
linkagg delete lagnumber_set
......................................................................................................................................
10-5
linkagg show [lagnumber_set]
....................................................................................................................................
10-5
linkagg port naming_set_list bind lagnumber [pri port_lnkaggpri]
..............................................
10-6
.......................................................................
10-7
.....................................................................................................................
10-7
linkagg port naming_set_list config pri port_lnkaggpri

linkagg port naming_set_list unbind
linkagg port naming_set_list show info

11
...............................................................................................................
10-8
Port Segregation Management Commands

Available Commands
............................................................................................................................................................
portseg activate [seg portseg_id] [port naming_set_list_lagnumber_set]
11-1
..................................
11-1
portseg add [seg portseg_id] port naming_set_list_lagnumber_set
..............................................
11-2
portseg remove [seg portseg_id] port naming_set_list_lagnumber_set
............................................
11-3
................................................................................................................................
11-4
portseg delete [seg portseg_set]
portseg show info [seg portseg_set]

12
10-4
........................................................................................................................
11-5
.............................................................................................................................................................
12-1
Ethernet Link OAM

Available commands
linkoam position naming_set_list {enable | disable}

linkoam position config
.....................................................................................
12-2
.....................................................................................................................................................
12-2
linkoam position naming_set_list show localeth
..............................................................................................
12-3
linkoam position naming_set_list show peereth
...............................................................................................
12-4
linkoam position naming_set_list show linkoamtstats
...................................................................................
linkoam position naming_set_list remoteloopback {enable | disable}
....................................................
12-5
12-5
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
xii
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
linkoam position naming_set_list eventconfig
..................................................................................................
linkoam position naming_set_list show eventconfig
......................................................................................
12-7
.......................................................................................................
12-8
.............................................................................................................................................................
13-1
linkoam position naming_set_list show log

13
12-6
Ethernet OAM
Available commands
ethoam activate md_userlabel [level md_level] [md_mip_creation {none | explicit}]
....................
13-2
.......................
13-3
ethoam delete md_userlabel
.......................................................................................................................................
13-3
ethoam show md_userlabel
.........................................................................................................................................
13-4
ethoam config md_userlabel [level md_level] [md_mip_creation {none | explicit}]
ethoam md md_userlabel activate

ethoam md md_userlabel config
............................................................................................................................
13-4
..............................................................................................................................
13-5
ethoam md md_userlabel delete ma_userlabel
...............................................................................................
ethoam md md_userlabel show [ma_userlabel]
.............................................................................................
ethoam md md_userlabel ma ma_userlabel add remote-mepid mep_set
..........................................
ethoam md md_userlabel ma ma_userlabel remove remote-mepid mep_set
ethoam md md_ userlabel ma ma_userlabel mep mep_id config
13-6
13-7
..................................
13-7
......................................
13-8
............................................
13-9
ethoam md md_userlabel ma ma_userlabel show remote-mepid mep_set

ethoam md md_userlabel ma ma_userlabel mep mep_id activate port
13-6
...................................................
13-10
ethoam md md_userlabel ma ma_userlabel mep mep_id delete
.........................................................
13-11
ethoam md md_userlabel ma ma_userlabel mep mep_id show
..........................................................
13-12
ethoam md md_userlabel ma ma_userlabel mep mep_id loopback remote {macAddr | mep_id}

[pri pri] ............................................................................................................................................................................... 13-12
ethoam md md_userlabel ma ma_userlabel mep mep_id loopback show
....................................
13-13
ethoam md md_userlabel ma ma_userlabel mep mep_id linktrace remote {macAddr | mep_id}

[ttl ttl_value] .............................................................................................................................................................. 13-14
ethoam md md_userlabel ma ma_userlabel mep mep_id linktrace show
.......................................
13-15
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
xiii
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
14
VPLS Management
Available commands
.............................................................................................................................................................
14-1
vpls activate vpls_userlabel [portset naming_set_list_lagnumber_set ] [pwset pw_set]

............................................................................................................................................................................................. 14-214-2
14-2
vpls delete vpls_userlabel
........................................................................................................................................
vpls config vpls_userlabel [learning {enable | disable}] [unkdiscarding {enable | disable}]

vpls show [vpls_userlabel]
.......
14-3
........................................................................................................................................
14-4
vpls add vpls_userlabel [portset naming_set_list_lagnumber_set] [pwset pw_set]
.........
vpls remove vpls_userlabel [portset naming_set_list_lagnumber_set] [pwset pw_set]

15
14-3
14-4
..
14-5
....................................................................................................................................................................................
15-1
Virtual Output Port Management

Overview
Interface management
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................
qos position naming_set_list portshaping port_shaping_rate
15-3
............................................................
15-3
.......................................................................................................
15-4
....................................................................................................................................................................................
15-5
qos position naming_set_list show shaping

Virtual transport management
Overview
qos port {naming | lagnumber} enable
...................................................................................................................
qos port {naming | lagnumber} disable vt_set
..................................................................................................
15-7
.................................................................................................................
15-8
.......................................................................................................................
15-9
qos port {naming | lagnumber} activate

qos port {naming|lagnumber} config
qos port {naming | lagnumber} delete vt_userlabel
.................................................................................
qos port {naming | lagnumber} show [0 | vt_setvt_userlabel]

qos port vt bind service
15-5
15-10
........................................................
15-11
...................................................................................................................................................
15-12
qos port {naming | lagnumber} vt vtid unbind service

qos port {naming | lagnumber} vt vtid show service
..............................................................................
15-14
.................................................................................
15-15
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
xiv
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Virtual transport queue management

Overview
.................................................................................................................................................................................
qos port vt config queue
...................................................................................................................................................
qos port {naming | lagnumber} vt vtid show queue queuenumber
15-17
15-17
.........................................................
15-19
.................................................................................................................................................................................
15-20
WRED profile management

Overview
qos wred activate

qos wred config
16
................................................................................................................................................................
15-20
..................................................................................................................................................................
15-21
qos wred delete wred_userlabel
.............................................................................................................................
15-23
qos wred show wred_userlabel
...............................................................................................................................
15-23
Performance Monitoring Management Commands

Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................
16-1
Maintenance Measurement Collection

Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................
pmmaint show port naming_set_list
......................................................................................................................
16-3
16-3
pmmaint show service flow_userlabel
..................................................................................................................
16-4
pmmaint show ethphy naming_set_list
................................................................................................................
16-5
....................................................................................................................................................................................
16-7
QOS Measurement collection

Overview
pmqos config granularity {15min | 1h}

pmqos show granularity
........................................................................................................................
16-8
......................................................................................................................................................
16-8
pmqos port naming_set_list activate period {15min | 1h | 24h}

pmqos port naming_set_list delete period {15min | 1h | 24h}
...............................................................
16-8
..................................................................
16-9
pmqos port naming_set_list show currentdata period {15min | 1h | 24h}
.........................................
pmqos port naming_set_list config period {15min | 1h | 24h} reset {enable | disable}
pmqos port naming_set_list show historydata period {15min | 1h | 24h}
16-10
..............
16-11
.........................................
16-13
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
xv
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
pmqos service flow_userlabel activate period {15min | 1h | 24h}
.........................................................
pmqos service flow_userlabel config period {15min | 1h | 24h} reset {enable | disable}
pmqos service flow_userlabel delete period {15min | 1h | 24h}
16-13
...........
16-14
............................................................
16-14
pmqos service flow_userlabel show currentdata period {15min | 1h | 24h }
....................................
16-15
pmqos service flow_userlabel show historydata period {15min | 1h | 24h}
......................................
16-15
.................................................................................................................................................................................
16-16
Link OAM performance monitoring

Overview
pmlinkoam port naming_set_list activate {enable | disable}
...................................................................
pmlinkoam port naming_set_list show {currentdata | historydata} period {15m| 24h | 1h}]
pmlinkoam port config
....
16-17
....................................................................................................................................................
16-17
pmthreshold activate thresholdprofile_userlabel
17
16-16
...................................................................................
16-18
pmthreshold delete thresholdprofile_userlabel
......................................................................................
16-19
pmthreshold config thresholdprofile_userlabel
....................................................................................
16-20
pmthreshold show [thresholdprofile_userlabel]
...................................................................................
16-21
Support Management Commands

Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................
17-1
Alarm List and Log Management

Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................
17-3
alarmlist
....................................................................................................................................................................................
17-3
alarmsynth [domain | severity]

log info
.........................................................................................................................................
17-5
.......................................................................................................................................................................................
17-6
log alarm
....................................................................................................................................................................................
17-6
log event
....................................................................................................................................................................................
17-8
Alarm Profile Management

Overview
.................................................................................................................................................................................
severitydef config severity
.........................................................................................................................................
17-11
17-11
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
xvi
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
severitydef show
...................................................................................................................................................................
17-12
alarmprofile create alarmprofile_userlabel
.................................................................................................
17-12
alarmprofile delete alarmprofile_userlabel
.................................................................................................
17-14
alarmprofile config alarmprofile_userlabel
.................................................................................................
17-14
alarmprofile rename alarmprofile_userlabel into alarmprofile_userlabel
........................
17-15
................................................................................................
17-16
.................................................................................................................................................................................
17-17
alarmprofile show [alarmprofile_userlabel]

Agent Management
Overview
ne location nelocation
..................................................................................................................................................
17-17
ne label ne_userlabel
...................................................................................................................................................
17-18
................................................................................................................................................................
17-18
..........................................................................................................................................................................
17-19
ne mgr {B$ | E$}

ne show info
accessctrl show info
............................................................................................................................................................
17-20
.................................................................................................................................................................................
17-21
Auto provisioning
Overview
plugandplay {confirmed | full | no}

plugandplay show
18
.............................................................................................................................
17-21
................................................................................................................................................................
17-22
Communication & Routing Management Commands

Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................
18-1
Agent Address Management

Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................
ne show addr
............................................................................................................................................................................
18-2
18-2
In-fiber in-band management

Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................
infiberinband activate port
................................................................................................................................................
infiberinband delete port naming
..................................................................................................................................
18-3
18-3
18-4
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
xvii
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
infiberinband show [port naming]
.................................................................................................................................
18-5
IP Management Plane: IP Routing management

Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................
routingstatic activate ip ipAddr [ipmask ipAddrBitMask] port naming
19
..................................................
18-6
routingstatic delete ip ipAddr
........................................................................................................................................
18-7
routingstatic show [ip ipAddr]
........................................................................................................................................
18-7
....................................................................................................................................................................................
19-1
Utility Commands
Overview
administrator config
administrator show
..............................................................................................................................................................
19-1
.................................................................................................................................................................
19-2
administrator resourcefile load

view
.........................................................................................................................................
19-3
..............................................................................................................................................................................................
19-3
administrator backup
.............................................................................................................................................................
administrator restore filename [-noecho] [-history]

20
18-6
19-5
.............................................................................................
19-5
Available commands
.............................................................................................................................................................
20-1
debug ne show info
...............................................................................................................................................................
20-1
Debug Commands
debug mgrcli show info

debug trap show info
.....................................................................................................................................................
20-2
............................................................................................................................................................
20-3
Glossary
Index
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
xviii
List of tables
1
Text conventions
1-1
Commands and Groups
1-2
Bit Mapping
1-3
Alarm and Cause Relationship
......................................................................................................................................................
xxii
.......................................................................................................................................
1-12
.............................................................................................................................................................
1-24
.........................................................................................................................
1-25
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
xix
About this document

About this document
Purpose
This Document is a comprehensive resource for command line interface (CLI)

information for commands supported on the Alcatel-Lucent 1850 TSS-320/160.
History
Edition
Date
Description
01
December 2008
First validated and officially released issue of

this Handbook
Intended audience
This guide is a resource for anyone who will use the command line interface to
administer or configure the 1850 TSS-320/160. Consult the 1850 TSS-320/160 Safety
Guide to identify individuals qualified for working on 1850 TSS-320/160 systems.
When using this document it is assumed that the Operator knows:
Physical and operational details of the hardware, including all operating modes
supported by this Release
How to use a PC, the Windows operating system, and all necessary applications.
Service Personnel Skill
Service Personnel must have an adequate technical background in telecommunications,

and in the equipment covered by this document, to properly install, operate, and
maintain the equipment. Documentation alone is insufficient without additional
background and experience.
Supported systems
This document applies to the 1850 TSS-320/160 product, Release 3.0.

Note: NOTES FOR SOFTWARE DOCUMENTATION
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
xxi
About this document

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Software documentation is not modified unless a new software version distributed

to customers that contains interface changes beyond slight modifications not
affecting the understanding of the previously explained procedures.
Also, screen printouts included in the document that display a productrelease
version, are not replaced unless the command entry or response in printout have
changed.
How to use this information product
This document describes configuration and administrations commands, and the options
available with this software release
This document must be used together with the 1850 TSS-320/160 User Provisioning
Guide, and does not replicate information contained in it. Safety warnings and rules for
EMC and ESD safety, as well as warnings about operations that may damage
equipment, are not covered in this document. Safety information is located in the 1850
TSS-320/160 Safety Guide and in the Technical Documentation for this product.
When using this document it is assumed that the Operator knows:
Physical and operational details of the hardware, including all operating modes
supported by this Release
How to use a PC, the Windows operating system, and all necessary applications.
Conventions used
The following Table contains the text conventions and usage guidelines for CLI
commands as they are used in this Document.
Table 1
Text conventions
type of text
bold text
convention
Indicates basic command and keyword syntax.
Example: show eqpt link status
italicized text
Indicates user-specified information such as slot numbers,

user labels, password, names, etc.
Example: show eqpt position naming
[ ] (Straight Brackets)
Indicates optional parameters for a given command.

Example: vlan profilevlanprof_userlabel
[typeethertype_value]
Here, you can enter either of the following options:
vlan profilevlanprof_userlabel
vlan profilevlanprof_userlabel type
ethertype_value
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
xxii
About this document

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 1
Text conventions (continued)
type of text
{ } (Curly Braces)
convention
Indicates that the user must choose between one or more
parameters.
Example:
interfacenaming mau default type {10 | 100 |
1000}
Here, you must choose one of the following:

interfacenaming mau default type 10
| (Vertical Pipes)
Used to separate the parameter choices within a command

string.
For example, the command string
interface naming mau default type {10 | 100 |
1000}
separates the choices 10, 100 and 1000.

Examples:
interface naming mau default type 10
(Quotation Marks)
Used to enclose text strings that contain spaces or /

characters. The quotation marks are required input on the
command line.
Example:
eqpt position naming_set_listasap a b
Related information
For additional system information, refer to the following related documents:
8DG08763AAAA Alcatel-Lucent 1850 Transport Service Switch (TSS-320/160)

Release 3.0 Product Information and planning Guide. Provides information on
Equipment description, composition, features of the equipment, detailed unit
description, characteristics, hardware settings, and documents common units used in
the different configurations of the product.
8DG08763BAAA Alcatel-Lucent 1850 Transport Service Switch (TSS-320/160)
Release 3.0 TL1 User Provisioning Guide. Provides information on provisioning
procedures by means of TL1.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
xxiii
About this document

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763CAAA Alcatel-Lucent 1850 Transport Service Switch (TSS-320/160)

Release 3.0 TL1 Commands Guide. Provides comprehensive resource to all
Translator Language 1 commands.
8DG08763DAAA Alcatel-Lucent 1850 Transport Service Switch (TSS-320/160)

Release 3.0 Maintenance and Trouble-Clearing Guide. Provides information on
Maintenance and Troubleclearing procedures.
8DG08763EAAA Alcatel-Lucent 1850 Transport Service Switch (TSS-320/160)

Release 3.0 Safety Guide. Provides information and safety guidelines to safeguard
against personal injury and to prevent material damage to the equipment.
8DG08763FAAA Alcatel-Lucent 1850 Transport Service Switch (TSS-320/160)

Release 3.0 Installation Guide. Provides information on Equipment Installation.
8DG08763GAAA Alcatel-Lucent 1850 Transport Service Switch (TSS-320/160)

Release 3.0 Engineering Rules. Provides the design constraints for engineering a
WDM line system.
8DG08763HAAA Alcatel-Lucent 1850 Transport Service Switch (TSS-320/160)

Release 3.0 CLI User Provisioning Guide. Provides a comprehensive resource for
all the Command Line Interface commands and user provisioning procedures by
means of the CLI.
8DG08763KAAA Alcatel-Lucent 1850 Transport Service Switch (TSS-320/160)
Release 3.0 User Provisioning Guide. Provides general Craft Terminal information,
screens description and user provisioning procedures by means of the ZIC.
8DG08763MAAA Alcatel-Lucent 1850 Transport Service Switch (TSS-320/160)

Release 3.0 Turn-Up & Commissioning Guide. Provides information on Turn-Up,
Tests and Operation procedures
8DG08764AAAA Alcatel-Lucent 1850 Transport Service Switch (TSS-320/160)
Release 3.0 Documentation CD-ROM. It contains the electronic format of all the
above listed documents.
Document support
Product Documentation
Product documentation is available on both paper and CD-ROM. The documentation
can also be accessed through Alcatel-Lucents Online Support Documentation and
Software web site at http://www.alcatel-lucent.com/osds. Product documentation
updates appear on Alcatel-Lucents Online Support Documentation and Software web
site before they are available in any other format.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
xxiv
About this document

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
At Alcatel-Lucents Online Support Documentation and Software web site, follow the
on-screen instructions to register for access and obtain a login ID. In addition to
accessing product documentation, the Alcatel-Lucent Online Support Documentation
and Software web site allows the user to view the following:
Application notes
Configuration notes
Data collections
Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs)

General information books
General Release Documents (GRDs)
Installation documents
Methods of Procedure (MOPs)
Product Change Notifications (PCNs)
Product Information Bulletins (PIBs)

Product manual updates
Software patch and software load documents
Software Update Documents (SUDs)

Technical bulletins
Training documents
Urgent Product Warnings (UPWs)
Training
Equipment training is available to all customers. Crafts and maintenance personnel who
are trained by Alcatel-Lucents Training department can expect more effective
assistance if they need to call the Technical Assistance Center. If a customer cannot
attend a standard course, the Training department can arrange a course for a specific
requirement and conduct it at the customers facility.For additional information abut
training, please contact your Local Alcatel-Lucent Technical Assistance Center (TAC).
The annual Product Training Catalog can be ordered by calling the training
coordinator, or it can be viewed on-line at http://www7.alcatel.com/service/catalog.
Technical support
For all the Technical Support needs (engeneering, installation, maintenance etc.) and
product training, please contact your Local Alcatel-Lucent Technical Assistance Center
(TAC).
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
xxv
About this document

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
How to comment
To comment on this document, go to the Online Comment Form (http://www.

lucent-info.com/comments/enus/) or e-mail your comments to the Comments Hotline
(comments@alcatel-lucent.com).
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
xxvi
Introduction
1

Accessing the CLI
The Command Line Interface is accessed via a telnet session.

A Telnet connection requires TCP/IP connectivity between the Telnet host and the
Alcatel-Lucent 1850 TSS-320/160.
When a CLI session is first opened, the Alcatel-Lucent 1850 TSS-320/160 banner is
displayed, followed by the CLI prompt.
Users are required to enter a valid login and password before CLI access is granted.
The following example shows the Alcatel-Lucent 1850 TSS-320/160 after a Telnet
session has been authenticated:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
C:\>telnet <shelf IP addr> 1123
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Login:opticsIMCtUserId
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Password:*****
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId >
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
The parameters for a Telnet string command are:
The network element or shelf TCP/IP Address
The TCP/IP port number, fixed at 1123.

Note: Only one concurrent session is allowed.
The following example shows an attempt to connect to an unavailable device:
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
1-1
Introduction
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
c:\>telnet 10.10.10.12 1123
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
Connecting To 10.10.10.13...Could not open connection to the host, on port
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
1123:
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
Connect failed
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
C:\>
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
CLI access from the Craft Terminal
The Alcatel-Lucent 1850 TSS-320/160 Release 3.0 does not support access to the CLI
via the craft terminal interface. Future releases of this product will support this
function.
User Profiles
The CLI handles four user profiles: administrator, constructor, operator, viewer. Each
user profile has specific rights:
Administrator can perform all defined commands, including debug commands,

except:
Constructor can perform all defined commands, including debug commands.

Operator can perform all defined commands, except for:
ne mgr {B$ | E$}
ne mgr {B$ | E$}
Viewer can perform all get commands.
To gain access, a user that is starting a Telnet CLI session must provide a login and
password that has been defined in the Alcatel-Lucent 1850 TSS-320/160 Network
Element.
CLI Responses
The following examples show some specific and general CLI responses.
Response examples
The following example illustrates the message that is displayed when a Telnet session
is idle for more than 30 minutes:
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
1-2
Introduction
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
This terminal has been idle for 30 minutes.
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
It will be logged out if it remains idle for another 30 minutes.
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Log out by the system
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Connection to host lost.
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Note: to resume the session, press Enter.
The following example illustrates the message that is displayed when an invalid
command (in the eqpt command group) is refused:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId (eqpt) > show eqpt
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
CLI msg: invalid parameters number
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
The following example illustrates the message that is displayed when output is too
long to be completely displayed in the configured Telnet display.
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Press any key to continue (Q to quit)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
The following example illustrates the message that is displayed when a command is
entered that is not supported by the current release:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId > extpoint
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId (extpoint) > show in
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
CLI msg: not yet supported command
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId (extpoint) >
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Feedback messages
The following list of feedback messages can result from the entry of a CLI command
that is incorrect or incomplete.
Note: some CLI commands do not have responses.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
1-3
Introduction
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
>> message: successful completed command !!
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
>> message: waiting - command in progress
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
>> error: timeout - not executed command
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
>> warning: already present value for AdminStatus of r1sr1sl6d0p1
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
>> error: bad command
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
>> error: missing parameter
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
>> error: invalid parameters number
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error: Out of range. Valid range is: dynamic,blocked,forwarding
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
>> error: db writing error for Stp BridgeHelloTime
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
>> message: partially completed command
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Functions Not Supported by CLI
The CLI is not required for managing the following functions:
Support Domain
Event Reporting The CLI does not manage spontaneous notifications from
the NE.
PM Filtering The CLI does not manage filtering criteria for retrieving
History Data from the NE.
CLI does not support the following management functions:
Support Domain:
Inhibit/Allow Logging
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
1-4
Introduction
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Overview
The following information describes keystrokes and commands that manipulate

command-line operations, for example; changing the command group, going to the
beginning of a line, or going to the end of a line).
Editing Help
The help edit command can be entered to obtain the following list of available
editing keystrokes:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli:EML003 > help edit
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Available editing keystrokes
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Delete current character.....................Ctrl-d
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Delete text up to cursor.....................Ctrl-u
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Delete from cursor to end of line............Ctrl-k
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Move to beginning of line....................Ctrl-a
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Move to end of line..........................Ctrl-e
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Get prior command from history...............Ctrl-p
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Get next command from history................Ctrl-n
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Move cursor left.............................Ctrl-b
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Move cursor right............................Ctrl-f
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Move back one word...........................Esc-b
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Move forward one word........................Esc-f
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Convert rest of word to uppercase............Esc-c
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Convert rest of word to lowercase............Esc-l
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Delete remainder of word.....................Esc-d
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Delete word up to cursor.....................Ctrl-w
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Transpose current and previous character.....Ctrl-t
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Enter command and return to root prompt......Ctrl-z
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Refresh input line...........................Ctrl-l
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Command Completion
The CLI supports a command completion feature. A command that has not been
entered completely, but has been entered to the point that it is unique from other
commands, can be completed by pressing the Tab key. If the command has not been
entered to the point that it is unique, a list of commands that match the current entry
will be displayed.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
1-5
Introduction
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
For example, entering eqpt p from top level followed by the Tab key will display
available commands, beginning with eqpt p, as shown below.
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId > eqpt p
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
position
prot
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Note: Tab is not shown on screen.
For the completion to be successful, the partially entered command must be unique.
Completion works for command groups, commands, and options, but not values.
Moving to the Start or End of the Command Line
You can move your cursor to the start of the Command Line by pressing Ctrl+A.
You can move your cursor to the end of the Command Line press Ctrl+E.
In the following example the first underscore (_) indicates the position of the cursor
after pressing Ctrl+A. The second underscore indicates the position of the cursor after
pressing Ctrl+E.
Examples:
Terminating a Command
You can terminate a command by pressing Ctrl+Z.

This can be useful in a situation where you are prompted for information that you are
not prepared to enter. You can abort the command and stop the continuing prompt to
enter the value.
The following example illustrates the screen display when a command is terminated.
Example:
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
1-6
Introduction
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Command History
You can press the up arrow key to move backward through previously entered
commands. You can move forward through the list to more recent commands by
pressing the down arrow key. Press Enter (to execute a command after it has been
located.
In the following example, entering history will display recent command line entries.
Entering the number of a command in the history, preceded by an exclamation point (
!2), will repeat the command.
Cli> history
1 help edit
2 help commands
3 history
Cli> !2
Cli> help commands
alias
- Text substitution
broadcast
- Write message to all users logged in
Ex.: broadcast Hello
clear
- Clear the screen
date
- Display current date
echo
- Echo text typed in
exit
- Exit intermediate mode
help
- Show command help
history
- Show command history
logout
- Log off this system
session
- Change / display configuration parameters.
sleep
- Sleep for n seconds
stty
- Terminal settings
tree
- Show command tree
view
- View features
who
- Display users currently logged in
write
- Write text to another user
Go to the Top Level
To return to top command level, or to the next higher level in a nested command
group, type exit:
Example:
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
1-7
Introduction
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId > eqpt
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId (eqpt) > exit
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Command Group Navigation
From top level, you can enter a command group by entering the name of the desired
group.
To view a list of the available command groups, you can enter help from the top level.
(See Help command access (p. 1-8).)
The Help Command

Help command access
Enter help or a question mark (?) at top level to view the available command groups
for the Alcatel-Lucent 1850 TSS-320/160:
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId > help
acessctrl
- accessctrl
acl
- acl
alarmlist
- Get the currently active alarm list
alarmprofile
- alarmprofile
alarmsynth
- Get a synthesis of current active alarms
autodiscovery
- autodiscovery
bridge
- bridge
bridgedbfiltering
- bridgedbfiltering
cbpdu
- cbpdu
colorprofile
- colorprofile
dcn
- dcn
debug
- debug
eqpt
- The commands in this domain are based on equipment
manag
ement specification and relevant MIB.
extpoint
- extpoint
flow
- Allows to retrieve the flow index, user-label and
type o
f all configured flows.
flowgroup
- flowgroup
igmpforcedrep
- igmpforcedrep
igmpsnoop
- igmpsnoop
igmpstaticmgroups
- igmpstaticmgroups
inflowclassifier
- inflowclassifier
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
1-8
Introduction
The Help Command
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
interface
intf
linkagg
log
mgmtport
mstp
ne
ntp
os
ospfarea
pbflowbid
pbflowinunidir
pbflowoutunidir
plugandplay
pmmaint
pmqos
portportbid
portseg
resource
routing
routingstatic
severitydef
stp
swpkg
trafficdescriptor
user
vlanprotprofile
interface
intf
linkagg
log
mgmtport
mstp
ne
ntp
Set the IP address and the UDP port for the OS
main / spare
ospfarea
pbflowbid
pbflowinunidir
pbflowoutunidir
Get/Set the auto-provisioning mode on a NE
pmmaint
pmqos
portportbid
portseg
resource
routing
routingstatic
severitydef
stp
swpkg
trafficdescriptor
user
vlanprotprofile
Help command execution
You can execute the help command from each command group selection. The
following example is shows the help command entered from the eqpt command
group.
In the following example, the help command lists the available commands, and any
available nested command groups, in the command group.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
1-9
Introduction
The Help Command
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId > acl
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
acl
- acl
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
add
- Create an Access Control Element in an Access
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
Control Li
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
st.
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
create
Create an Acces Control List.
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
delete
Delete an Access Control List with its elements.
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
disable
- Disable an already created Access Control List.
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
enable
- Enable an already created Access Control List.
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
remove
- Delete an Access Control element of an Access
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
Control Li
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
st, by indicating the index.
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
show
- Get info about all/one Access Control element of
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
Access
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
Control List.
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId (acl) >
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
In the following example, executing eqpt ? at top level gives the same result as
executing help in the eqpt command group.
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId > eqpt
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
eqpt
- The commands in this domain are based on
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
equipment
manag
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
ment specification and relevant MIB.
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
position
- Address to a specific equipment position
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
(slot).
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
prot
- ManualSwitch from eqptNaming1 to eqptNam
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
ing2 : it initiates / terminates a manua
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
l switch operation (either to main or sp
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
are protection unit).Show unit eqptNamin
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
g: get the information about a protectio
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
n unit of a protection group.
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
show
- Allows displaying some equipment positio
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
n information.
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId
>
eqpt
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
Note: ? is NOT displayed on screen.
You can view the syntax for a command by entering help followed by the command
(for example, help eqpt position) starting from top level or help eqpt on the
eqpt command group selection.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
1-10
Introduction
The Help Command
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
This is shown in the following examples.
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId > help eqpt position
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
position
- Address to a specific equipment position
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
(slot).
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
<eqptNaming>
- <String>
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
asap
- Set the Asap associated to an equippment
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
position.
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
reset
- Perform board reset of an item in a specific
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
equipment
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
position
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
show
- Show info of an equipment position (asap
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
, type, info, remote inventory).
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
type
- Configure an equipment expected in an equipment
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
position
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
slot
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId > help eqpt
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
eqpt
- The commands in this domain are based on
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
equipment management specification and r
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
elevant MIB.
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
position
Address
to a specific equipment position
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
(slot).
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
prot
- ManualSwitch from eqptNaming1 to eqptNam
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
ing2 : it initiates / terminates a manua
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
l switch operation (either to main or sp
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
are protection unit).Show unit eqptNamin
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
g: get the information about a protectio
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
n unit of a protection group.
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
show
Allows
displaying some equipment positio
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
n information.
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
>
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
1-11
Introduction
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

CLI command groups
The following CLI command groups are available from the top level.
Table 1-1
Commands and Groups
no.
Command/Group
y/n
no.
Command/Group
y/n
abnormalcond
---
25
log
accessctrl
26
mgmtport
acl
27
mstp
alarmlist
28
ne
alarmprofile
29
ntp
alarmsynth
30
os
autodiscovery
31
ospfarea
bridge
32
pbflowbid
bridgedbfiltering
33
pbflowinunidir
10
cbpdu
34
pbflowoutunidir
11
colorprofile
35
plugandplay
12
dcn
36
pmmaint
13
debug
37
pmqos
---
14
eqpt
38
portportbid
15
extpoint
39
portseg
16
flow
40
resource
17
flowgroup
41
routing
18
igmpforcedrep
42
routingstatic
19
igmpsnoop
43
severitydef
20
igmpstaticmgroups
44
stp
21
inflowclassifier
45
swpkg
22
interface
46
trafficdescriptor
23
intf
47
user
24
linkagg
48
vlanprotprofile
Note: Three dashes ( --- ) mean that the command group is not available in the
current release. A check ( ) means that the command group is available.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
1-12
Introduction
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
You can execute a CLI command from top level, by entering the command preceded
by the name of the command group in which it should be executed.
You can also execute the commands directly in the command group.
Instead of entering a complete command with all its parameters, you can enter the
command without parameters and be prompted to complete the command with the
required and optional parameters.
For the optional parameters you can press enter to bypass the parameter without
entering a value.
Note: In the following chapters when N/A is shown, it means that command has no
optional parameters (indexes definition) and the correct syntax is simply that of the
command name.
CLI command indexes

Overview
Naming formats can use specific symbols for AND operation, range interval, and
list elements separation.
This Document considers only one naming format which is coherent with the operator
label specification document and uses ampersand ( & ), hyphen ( - ), comma ( , )
respectively for AND operation, range interval, list elements separation.
Defined Indexes
The following indexes are defined to indicate specific resources within CLI commands:
1. ace_index
An integer value indicating an element of an ACL.
2. aceorder_number
An integer value, indicating the ordering position of execution of an Access Control
Element in an ACL.
3. adminkey_value
An integer value in the range 1 - 124.
4. admitted_fractional_rate
An integer value, indicating in Kbit/s the threshold value of the admitted bandwidth
on the interface; it is used for triggering PAUSE frames generation.
5. admitted_mc_rate
An integer value, indicating the threshold value of the admitted bandwidth (in
Kbps) on the interface for multicast traffic.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
1-13
Introduction
CLI command indexes
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6. admitted_unkn_rate
An integer value, indicating the threshold value of the admitted bandwidth (in
Kbps) on the interface for unknown traffic.
7. bridge_forward_delay
The Bridge Forward Delay used by STP to transition Root and Designated Ports to
Forwarding; an integer value, measured in 0.01 seconds, in the range 400 -3000,
with a default value of 1500.
8. bridge_hello_time
The interval between periodic transmissions of Configuration Message by
Designated Ports; an integer value, measured in 0.01 seconds, in the range 100 200, with a default value of 200.
9. bridge_max_age
The maximum age of the information transmitted by the Bridge when it is the Root
Bridge; an integer value, measured in 0.01 seconds, in the range 600 - 4000, with a
default value of 2000.
10. bridge_pri
Writable portion of the bridge identifier (the first 2 byte of 8 byte); an integer value
in the range [0 - 61440] with granularity 4096 and a default value of 32768.
11. cbs_value
An integer number, in the range [0 - 64 MB] with 1 byte granularity.
12. cir_value
An integer number, in the range [3 kbit/s - port line rate] with 1 kbit/s granularity.
13. classifier_id
An integer number, indicating the specific ETS InFlow classifier.
14. ctrl_frame_32bits
It identifies the control frame types for pass through or discard and has the
following syntax:
[customerbpdu][providerbpdu][slowprot][802.1x][providergvrp][customergmrp
Inside the MIB, this information is mapped in a 32-bit string, with 0 being most
significant bit. Each bit in this string indicates if the frame-type represented by this
bit is discarded (bit=0) or passed (bit=1). Data frames are always passed.
Bit mapping is defined in Table 1-2, Bit Mapping (p. 1-24).
15. dcn_ratelimited_value
The maximum allowed rate, measured in Kb/s, for management traffic over an
interface. The default Value is IfSpeed no rate limited traffic on this interface.
16. dscp
An integer value in the set [0 - 63], indicating the DSCP value, or the lower
boundary of a DSCP range.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
1-14
Introduction
CLI command indexes
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
17. dscp_set
An expression using integer values in the range [0 - 63], and specific symbols for
representing set of DSCP value ranges which are associated to a dropping
precedence value (green, yellow, red) in that color profile.
For instance, 12-15&55 means that the DSCP values 12, 13, 14, 15 and 55 are
associated to green in that color profile.
18. ebs_value
An integer number, in the range [0-min [64MB, 256 * corresponding_CBS]] with 1
byte granularity.
19. eir_value
An integer number, port line rate with 1 kbit/s granularity.
20. elr_value
The effective line rate expressed in Kb/s.
21. eqpt_type
Identifies the type of the equipment.
22. ethertype_value
A string composed of four hexadecimal characters.
23. ethertype_bitmask
A string of four hexadecimal characters, specifying the network bit mask.
24. extpointin_naming
An integer number in the range 1 - 8, indicating the specific Housekeeping Input.
25. extpointout_naming
An integer number in the range 1 - 4, indicating the specific Housekeeping Output.
26. eventtype_id
An integer number, indicating the specific event type (within the allowed set) to be
associated to an output external point working in automatic mode.
27. eventtype_name
A string equal to the specific event type string (within the allowed set) to be
associated to an output external point working in automatic mode.
28. filterDbAgeTime_value
a value in the set [10s, 300sec (default), 70min, 210min, 14h, 56h] indicating the
filtering database aging time.
29. floodinglimit_value
The ingress port admitted flooding rate expressed in kbit/s
30. green_lower_thr_value
The percentage (0-100) that is utilized of the buffer, after which the drop
probability of Green packets rises above 0. The default value is 70.
31. green_max_prob_value
The drop probability (0-100) of Green packets.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
1-15
Introduction
CLI command indexes
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
32. green_upper_thr_value
The percentage utilized (0-100) of the buffer, after which the drop probability of
Green packets is 100 percent. This means that all Green packets beyond this point
will be dropped. The default value is 90.
33. group_membership_interval
An integer value, measured in seconds, with a default value of 260.
34. hash_mask_id
Allowed combinations of Hashing key parameters, as input to Link Aggregation
Hash function:
0 (Default) Mask0 <MAC Destination Address(DA), MAC Source

Address(SA)>
1 Mask1 Bits 0,1 set to 1 value, any other bits set to 0 value - <MAC (DA),
MAC (SA)> + up to 3 MPLS Labels
2 Mask2 Bits 0,1,2,4,6 set to 1 value, any other bits set to 0 value - [<MAC
(DA), MAC (SA)> + up to 3 MPLS Labels] + <Inner VID, outer VID>
3 Mask3 Bits 0,1,2,4,6,8,9 set to 1 value, any other bits set to 0 value [<MAC (DA), MAC (SA)> + up to 3 MPLS Labels + <Inner VID, outer VID>]
+ <IP source Address, IP Destination Address>
4 Mask4 Bits 0,1,2,4,6,8,9,10,11 to 1 value, any other bits set to 0 value [<MAC (DA), MAC (SA)> + up to 3 MPLS Labels + <Inner VID, outer VID>]
+ <IP source Address, IP Destination Address> +<Destination Port Number,
Source Port Number>
Each combination is represented by a single bit within this object. Only the first 13
bits are defined (bits 0 to 12), the remaining bits (bits 13 to 31) have not been
defined yet. The bit mapping is defined in the following table.
Hashing key parameter
Bit
MAC Destination Address
MAC Source Address
C-VID
C-PRI
S-VID
S-PRI
All MPLS Labels
Lowest MPLS Label (MPLS label with 1 bottom-of-stack bit)
IP Destination Address
IP Source Address
Destination Port Number
10
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
1-16
Introduction
CLI command indexes
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Hashing key parameter
Bit
Source Port Number
11
IP DSCP
12
35. hh:mm:ss
Hours, minutes, and seconds, in the format:
Hour (hh), an integer value in the range 0 - 23
Minute (mm), an integer value in the range 0 - 59
Seconds (ss), an integer value in the range 0 - 59
36. ipAddr
An IP address in string decimal dot-separated format: n.n.n.n
37. ipAddrBitMask
An IP address netmask in decimal dot-separated format: n.n.n.n
38. lagnumber
the following syntax is used for naming a LAG to which a CLI command applies:
lagnumber, where number is an integer in the range 1-24. For example, lag18.
39. lagnumber_set An expression using integer values, ampersand (&) and hyphen
(-). For example, lag4-7&18.
40. lagnumber_set An expression using integer values, ampersand (&) and hyphen
(-). For example, lag4-7&18.
41. lagsize_value
An integer value, in the range 1 - 16.
42. last_member_query_count
An integer value, in the range 1 - 255, with a default value of 2.
43. last_member_query_interval
An integer value, measured in 0.1 seconds, in the range 1 - 255, with a default
value of 10 (1 second).
44. linkoam_max_symbolerrors
An integer value indicating the threshold value for the number of Symbol Errors in
one second that trigger the Link Fail flag in OAMPDUs.
45. linkoam_threshold
An integer value with the number of frame errors that must occur for this event to
be triggered.
46. linkoam_tx_interval
An integer value in terms of 100 ms between 2 consecutive Information
OAMPDUs.
47. ma_userlabel
An Octet String as Maintenance Association identifier. The combined length of MD
and MA user labels cannot exceed 48 bytes.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
1-17
Introduction
CLI command indexes
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
48. macAddr
A MAC Address in string hex colon-separated format: xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx
49. macBitMask
A MAC Address bit mask in string hex colon-separated format:
xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx (for example, FF:FF:E0:00:00:00)
50. maxEthertype_value
Same syntax of ethertype_value. It indicates the upper boundary of an
EtherType range.
51. maxdscp
Same syntax of dscp. It indicates the upper boundary of a DSCP range.
52. maxpri
Same syntax of pri. It indicates the upper boundary of a PRI range.
53. max_response_time
An integer value, measured in 0.1 seconds, in the range 1 - 255, with a default
value of 100.
54. maxvci_id
the same syntax as vci_id. It indicates the upper boundary of a ATM VCI range.
55. maxvlan_id
The same syntax as vlan_id. It indicates the upper boundary of a VLAN ID
range.
56. maxvpi_id
The same syntax as vpi_id. It indicates the upper boundary of an ATM VPI
range.
57. md_userlabel
An Octet String Integer identifying a Maintenance Domain. The combined length
of MD and MA user labels cannot exceed 48 bytes.
58. md_level
An integer in the range 0-7, identifying the Maintenance Domain Level.
59. mep_id
An Integer in the range 1-8191, identifying a Maintenance association End Point
Identifier (MEPID). It is unique over a given Maintenance Association.
60. mep_set
An expression, using integer values in the range 1-8191, and specific symbols, for
representing a set of MEPID ranges. For instance 1-3&21 means that the values
1,2,3,21 are specified
61. mstp_instance
The MSTP instance identifier. An integer value in the range of 1-64, used for both
vStpMstVlanAssignmentMstiNumber and vStpMstInstanceNumber.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
1-18
Introduction
CLI command indexes
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
62. mstp_instance_set
An expression using integer values in the range 1 - 6, and specific symbols for
representing a set of MSTP instance value ranges. For instance 1-3&21 means that
the values 1, 2, 3 and 21 are specified.
63. mtu_value
An integer value, indicating the MTU/MRU in byte. MTU/MRU allowed and
default values are listed in the relevant Alcatel-Lucent 1850 TSS-320/160 ZIC Craft
Terminal Operations Guide.
64. naming
The following syntax is used for naming a resource to which a CLI command
applies:
rRsrSslBdDpP , where:
R (Rack) = 1 - 7
S (Subrack) = 0 or 1 - 7
B (Board) = 0 or 1 - 43
D (Drawer) = 0 or 1 - 7
P (Port) = 0 or 1 - 1023
When a field is meaningless for naming a resource, this field is omitted in naming.
For 1850 TSS-320/160 R03.0, drawer has a fixed null value and is optional.
65. naming_set
An expression using integer values in the range 1 - 4094, ampersand (&) and
hyphen (-) for representing board, drawer or port value ranges. For example, the
following expression means that the ports 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5 of the boards in slots 4,
5, 6, 7 and 18 are specified:
r1sr1sl4-7&18d0p1-5
66. naming_set_list
A list of naming set as naming_set#1[,naming_set#2 { ,naming_set#n] is
an expression using integer values in the range 1 - 4094, ampersand (&) and
hyphen (-) for representing board, drawer or port value ranges.
For example:
r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3
means that the ports 1, 2 and 3 of the boards in slots 3, 4, 5, 6 and 18
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
means that the ports 4, 5, 6 of the boards in slots 7, 8, 9 and 19 are specified.
r1sr1sl3d0p1,r1sr1sl5d0p2
means that the port 1 of the board in slot 3 and the port 2 of the board in slot 5 are
specified.
67. naming_set_list_lagnumber_set_AND_Rule
An expression using naming_set_list_lagnumber_set (for port, LAG) and VPLS
Rule separated with /. For example, r1sr1sl3-6&18d1p1-3/VPLS UNI,lag4-7&18.
For example:
r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
1-19
Introduction
CLI command indexes
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
means that the ports 1, 2 and 3 of the boards in slots 3, 4, 5, 6 and 18

r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
means that the ports 4, 5, 6 of the boards in slots 7, 8, 9 and 19 are specified.
means that the port 1 of the board in slot 3 and the port 2 of the board in slot 5 are
specified.
68. neighbor_router_timeout
69. ne_pri
An integer value, in the range 0 - 65535, indicating the priority value associated
with the Actors NE.
70. pbs_value
An integer number, in the range [0-min [64 MB, 256 * corresponding_CBS]] with
1 byte granularity.
71. pir_value
An integer number, in the range 0 - port line rate, in 1 kbit/s increments.
72. port_lnkaggpri
Link Aggregation port priority (2 byte). An integer value in the range 0 - 255, with
default a value of 128.
73. port_path_cost
The port path cost. Its value depends on the link speed of the port. For example, if
the link speed of the port is Mb/s, port_path_cost= an integer value in the
range 1 - 200000000, with a default value of 20,000,000.
74. port_pri
Writable portion of the port identifier (the first 4 bit of 2 byte). An integer value in
the range 0 - 240, in increments of 16, with a default value of 128.
75. portseg_id
An integer value indicating Port Segregation identifier with:
A default value equal to 1
In R1.4 and R2: A fixed value of 1

For R3 onward: Values in the range of 1-15.
76. portseg_set
A default value equal to 1

In R1.4 and R2: A fixed value of 1
For R3 onward: An expression using integer values in the range 1-15, and
specific symbols for representing a set of Port Segregation. For instance 1-2&12
means that the Port Segregation values 1,2,12, are specified.
77. port_shaping_rate
An integer value, in Kbps, indicating the shaping rate for an egress port.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
1-20
Introduction
CLI command indexes
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
78. pri
An integer value in the range 0 - 7, indicating the Priority or the lower boundary of
a PRI range.
79. pri_set
An expression using integer values 0-7 to identify priorities, and characters g, y,
and r to specify green, yellow, or red for each priority. The format is:
0-3:abcd,4-7:efgh
Where: a, b, c, d, e, f, g, and h must be one of the characters g, y, or r, to specify
the color green, yellow, or red.
For instance, 0-3:gggy,4-7:yrrr means that priority 0, 1, and 2 are set to
green, priority 3 and 4 are set to yellow, and priority 5, 6, and 7 are set to red.
80. priyellow
An integer value in the range 0 - 7, indicating the Priority of the yellow frames.
81. pw_id
An integer value indicating the MPLS PW Index.
82. pw_set
An expression using PW Set. For example pwr1sr1sl3-6&18p1-3.
83. pw_set_AND_Rule
An expression using PW Set and VPLS Rule separated with /. For example,
pwr1sr1sl3-6&18d1p1-3/VPLS Core PW.
84. queuenumber
An integer value in the range 0-7, specifying the queue identifier.
85. ratelimited_value
The maximum allowed rate, measured in Kbit/s, configured on GFP/LAPS ports.
86. region_userlabel
An octet string representing the name of an MSTP region
87. region_revision_level
The MSTP region revision level. An integer value in the range of 0 - 65535.
88. reporting_interval
89. router_timeout
90. tca_lower_value
An integer value in terms of percentage (0-100), indicating the lower Filtering
Database threshold value for Filtering entries in on a per-VLAN basis. The default
Value is 70.
91. tca_upper_value
An integer value in terms of percentage (0-100), indicating the upper Filtering
Database threshold value for Filtering entries in on a per-VLAN basis. The default
Value is 80.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
1-21
Introduction
CLI command indexes
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
92. thresholdprofile_userlabel
An octet string used as a reference for PM threshold Data.
93. transportPortNumber
An integer number.
94. ttl_value
An integer value in the range 0-255, indicating LTM TTL field for Link Trace
Manager. The default value is 64.
95. tunnel_egress_ler
An IP Address for the egress LSR associated with an MPLS Tunnel Instance.
96. tunnel_id
An integer value identifying a set of tunnel instances.
97. tunnel_ingress_ler
An IP Address for the ingress LSR associated with an MPLS Tunnel Instance.
98. tunnel_instance
An integer value identifying a particular instance of a tunnel between a pair of
ingress and egress LSRs.
99. vci_id
An integer value in the range 0-65535, indicating the ATM VCI, or the lower
boundary of a ATM VCI range.
100.vlan_bitmask
A bit-mask for an integer value in the set range 0-4094.
101.vlan_id
An integer value in the set 1 - 4094, indicating the VID or the lower boundary of a
VLAN ID range.
102.vlan_set
An expression using integer values in the range 1 - 4094 and specific symbols for
representing a set of VLAN value ranges.
For instance 100-103&2555 means that the VLAN values 100, 101, 102, 103 and
2555 are specified.
103.vpi_id
An integer value in the range 0-4095, indicating the ATM VPI, or the lower
boundary of a ATM VPI range.
104.vplsDb_value
A value indicating the maximum number of unicast dynamic filtering entries that
can be learned for a VPLS Instance FilteringDatabase.
105.vpls_userlabel
An octet string (encoded into 8 bytes) as a unique VPLS Instance identifier, for
example: 100:10.
106.vt_cir_rate
The committed rate in kbit/sec associated to a specific VT.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
1-22
Introduction
CLI command indexes
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
107.vtid
An integer value in the range 1-40956, indicating theService-aware VT identifier
108.vt_set
An expression using integer values, in the range 1-40956, and specific symbols for
representing a set of Service-aware VT identifier value ranges. For instance,
1-3&21 means that the values 1,2,3,21 are specified.
109.vt_userlabel
An octet string used as Virtual Transport identifier.
110.vt_shaping_rate
An integer value, indicating in Kbps the shaping rate for a Virtual Transport.
111.vtq_cir_rate
The committed rate in kbit/sec. of egress Virtual Transport Queue.
112.vtq_cqs
The committed queue size in bytes. The default value is 0.
113.vtq_eqs
The excessive queue size in bytes. The default value is 0.
114.vtq_shaping_rate
The egress Virtual Transport Queue shaping rate in kbit/sec.
115.wred_userlabel
An Octet string indicating the WRED profile identifier.
116.yellow_lower_thr_value
Yellow packets rises above 0. The default value is 50.
117.yellow_max_prob_value
The drop probability (0-100) of Yellow packets . The default value is 80.
118.yellow_upper_thr_value
Green packets is 100 percent. This means that all Yellow packets beyond this point
119.yy:mm:dd
Year, month, and day, expressed as:
Year (yy), an integer value in the range 1 - 99.
Month (mm), an integer value in the range 1 - 12.
Day (dd), an integer value in the range 1 - 31.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
1-23
Introduction
CLI command indexes
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
User defined indexes
The following indexes (xxx_userlabel) are ASCII strings defined by the Operator
for indicating specific resources inside CLI commands:
1. acl_userlabel
An ASCII string defined by the
2. alarmprofile_userlabel
3. asap_userlabel
4. colorprof_userlabel
operator.
operator.
operator.
operator.
5. extpoint_userlabel
An ASCII string defined by the operator.
6. flow_userlabel
7. flowgroup_userlabel
8. lag_userlabel
9. ne_userlabel
10. trafficdescriptor_userlabel
11. vlanprof_userlabel
12. vlanprotprof_userlabel.
Table 1-2
Bit Mapping
Protocol Description
MAC Address
Bit
Data Frames
--
Customer BPDU (STP, RSTP, MSTP)
01-80-C2-00-00-00
Provider BPDU (STP, RSTP, MSTP)
01-80-C2-00-00-08
Slow Protocols
01-80-C2-00-00-02
802.1X PAE
01-80-C2-00-00-03
Reserved for future MAC applications
01-80-C2-00-00-04
Reserved for future MAC applications
01-80-C2-00-00-05
Reserved for future bridge applications
01-80-C2-00-00-06
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
1-24
Introduction
CLI command indexes
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 1-2
Bit Mapping
(continued)
Protocol Description
MAC Address
Bit
01-80-C2-00-00-07
01-80-C2-00-00-09
01-80-C2-00-00-0A
10
Reserved for future Provider bridge operations
01-80-C2-00-00-0B
11
Reserved for future Provider bridge operations
01-80-C2-00-00-0C
12
Provider GVRP
01-80-C2-00-00-0D
13
Reserved for future Customer bridge operations
01-80-C2-00-00-0E
14
Reserved for future Customer bridge operations
01-80-C2-00-00-0F
15
Bridge Management
01-80-C2-00-00-10
16
Customer GMRP
01-80-C2-00-00-20
17
Customer GARP
01-80-C2-00-00-21
18
Reserved for future GARP applications
01-80-C2-00-00-22
to01-80-C2-00-00-2F
19 to
32
Table 1-3
Alarm
pcause
Card Fail
rup
Card Mismatch
rutm
Card Out
rum
Unconfigured Equipment
uep
OR Battery Failure
batteryfail
Fuse Broken
fusebroken
SLC Unreachable
icp
LDC Unreachable
icp
LAN Alarm
lanfailure
Software Mismatch
versionmismatch
Excessive Environmental Temperature
excessiveenvironmentaltemperature
Link Failure
receiverfailure
Housekeeping not available
housekeepingalarm
PLM
plm
TSF
tsf
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
1-25
Introduction
CLI command indexes
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 1-3
(continued)
Alarm
pcause
TSD / DEG
sdhconcdegrade
LOS
los
LOF
lof
CSF
csf
EXM
extensionheadermismatch
UPM
userpayloadmismatch
URU
uru
UAT
uat
TCA
tca

Conventions and requirements
The following conventions are used in CLI command definitions.

1. Several commands require that the operator define a user label. The node must
assure that user labels for a specified resource are unambiguous.
2. Operator can define user labels containing spaces or / characters. In these cases, the
string must be in quotation marks (for example, ext point in 2 user label physical
LOS housekeeping).
3. Use the following guidelines for entering integer parameter values:
Integer parameter values are assumed to be positive. The plus sign (+) is not
needed and not a valid entry character with an integer value.
Negative integer values are identified with the minus sign (-)
A decimal point (.) is not required or valid anywhere in an integer parameter

value
Zero (0) is an accepted integer parameter value, by itself. However, leading

zeros are not valid with other integers.
The following integer values are valid: 0, 5, 100, -5, -100
The following integer values are not valid: +0, 0., +5, 05, 100.5.
4. The ASAP configuration commands require operator to enter the ASAP user label
instead of the ASAP index, for simplicity sake.
5. In some commands, the bridge port is referenced by the bridge port number.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
1-26
Introduction
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6. When an optional value in a command is not provided by the operator, the

corresponding currently configured value remains unchanged (if no value had been
previously configured the default value applies). In the commands where a different
behavior is applied, it is explicitly stated.
7. If only one resource is involved, then CLI command is atomic (that is, if any
command parameter setting fails, the entire command is rejected). If two or more
resources are involved, then it is possible that some resources will be modified
successfully and some resources will not be modified because a setting fails.
8. For commands which set parameters that are modifiable only when a certain
resource is administratively disabled, it is required to check if this condition is
satisfied and, if not, to reject the command advising properly the operator.
9. If a CLI command fails, the error code currently defined for the corresponding
management function failure has to be reported to the operator.
10. Any parameter that is retrievable by a show command but that is not significant in
a specific scenario in which the command has been applied, is neglected in the
show report.
11. By default, the output for all commands is presented one screen at a time. This can
be disabled, using the command, administrator config confirm disable (R2.0) or,
session config confirm disable (R2.1).
12. Some commands requires a confirmation for allowing operator an after-editing
verification.
13. CLI is allowed to perform set operations only if it has granted local access
control.
There is one exception: the set operation for requesting the access control itself.
14. When the NE is able to support both condition and change management
function of a certain parameter, the command, defined in this document for setting
that parameter, refers always to the change management function. This policy has
to be applied independent of which of the two management function (change or
condition) is referred in the command reference section.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
1-27
2 quipment Management
E
Commands
Available Commands
Purpose
This section contains the available commands listed below.

Contents
2-2
2-6
2-7
2-8
2-9
2-11
2-12
2-13
2-14
2-17
eqpt show nename
2-19
2-19
2-20
2-21
2-22
2-23
extpoint show in
2-23
extpoint out extpointout_naming userlabel extpoint_userlabel
2-25
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
2-1
Available Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
extpoint out extpointout_naming criteria {manual | remote | auto

{eventtype_id | eventtype_name}}
2-26
extpoint show out
2-27
2-28

Description
This command allows you to configure the equipment expected in an equipment

position slot.
The equipment type must be included in the list of the allowed equipment types for
that equipment position.
The 1850 TSS-320/160 supported items for each equipment position are listed in the
Product Information & Planning Guide Guide (8DG08763AAAA).
Syntax Definitions
naming_set_list
A list of naming set as naming_set#1 [,naming_set#2{,naming_set#n] is

hyphen (-) for representing board, drawer or port value ranges. For example:
r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3
means that the ports 1, 2 and 3 of the boards in slots 3, 4, 5, 6 and
18
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
means that the ports 4, 5, 6 of the boards in slots 7, 8, 9 and 19 are
specified.
eqpt_type
Identifies the type of the equipment item. Acceptable equipment types are
listed in the Alcatel-Lucent 1850 TSS-320/160 Product Information &
Planning Guide manual.
Example
In the following example the eqpt position command is entered, then the
eqpt show allpositions command is entered to show the equipment
configuration.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
2-2
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId > eqpt position r1sr1sl14 type PP20G

>> error: denied command for SwPackage profile
CLI:opticsIMCtUserId > eqpt show allpositions
Position
expected eqpt type
actual eqpt type
status
---------------- -------------------- -----------------r1
RACK
EMPTY
(1)
r1sr1
S320
EMPTY
(1)
r1sr1sl1
EC320
EC320
(1)
r1sr1sl2
EMPTY
EMPTY
outOfService (0)
r1sr1sl3
EMPTY
EMPTY
outOfService (0)
r1sr1sl4
EMPTY
EMPTY
outOfService (0)
r1sr1sl5
EMPTY
EMPTY
outOfService (0)
r1sr1sl3
PP20G
EMPTY
(1)
r1sr1sl3d0
PIM10GE
EMPTY
(1)
r1sr1sl3d0p101
10GB
EMPTY
(1)
r1sr1sl4d0
PIM1GE
EMPTY
(1)
r1sr1sl4d0p101
EMPTY
EMPTY
outOfService (0)
r1sr1sl4d0p102
1000B
EMPTY
(1)
r1sr1sl4d0p103
EMPTY
EMPTY
outOfService (0)
r1sr1sl4d0p104
EMPTY
EMPTY
outOfService (0)
r1sr1sl4d0p105
EMPTY
EMPTY
outOfService (0)
r1sr1sl4d0p106
1000B
EMPTY
(1)
r1sr1sl4d0p107
EMPTY
EMPTY
outOfService (0)
r1sr1sl4d0p108
EMPTY
EMPTY
outOfService (0)
r1sr1sl4d0p109
EMPTY
EMPTY
outOfService (0)
r1sr1sl4d0p110
EMPTY
EMPTY
outOfService (0)
equipment
---------------inService
inService
inService
inService
inService
inService
inService
inService
inService
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
2-3
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
r1sr1sl7
outOfService
r1sr1sl8
outOfService
r1sr1sl8d1
outOfService
r1sr1sl8d2
outOfService
r1sr1sl9
outOfService
r1sr1sl10
(1)
r1sr1sl11
(1)
r1sr1sl12
outOfService
r1sr1sl13
(1)
r1sr1sl13d1
(1)
r1sr1sl13d2
outOfService
1.1.13.3.0
outOfService
1.1.13.4.0
outOfService
1.1.13.5.0
outOfService
1.1.13.6.0
outOfService
1.1.13.7.0
outOfService
1.1.13.4.0
outOfService
r1sr1sl13
outOfService
r1sr1sl14
outOfService
r1sr1sl15
outOfService
r1sr1sl16
outOfService
r1sr1sl17
outOfService
r1sr1sl18
(1)
r1sr1sl18d1
(1)
EMPTY
(0)
PP20G
(0)
PIMMS
(0)
EMPTY
(0)
EMPTY
(0)
MT320
EMPTY
MT320
inService
MT320
EMPTY
inService
EMPTY
(0)
UNKNOWN
EMPTY
EMPTY
inService
UNKNOWN
EMPTY
inService
EMPTY
(0)
EMPTY
(0)
EMPTY
(0)
EMPTY
(0)
EMPTY
(0)
EMPTY
(0)
EMPTY
(0)
EMPTY
(0)
EMPTY
(0)
EMPTY
(0)
EMPTY
(0)
EMPTY
(0)
PP10G
PIM1GE
r1sr1sl18d1p1
EMPTY
outOfService (0)
r1sr1sl18d1p2
EMPTY
outOfService (0)
EMPTY
EMPTY
EMPTY
EMPTY
EMPTY
EMPTY
EMPTY
EMPTY
EMPTY
EMPTY
EMPTY
EMPTY
EMPTY
EMPTY
EMPTY
EMPTY
EMPTY
inService
EMPTY
inService
EMPTY
EMPTY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
2-4
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
r1sr1sl18d1p3
(1)
r1sr1sl18d1p4
outOfService
r1sr1sl18d1p5
outOfService
r1sr1sl18d1p6
(1)
r1sr1sl18d1p7
outOfService
r1sr1sl18d1p8
outOfService
r1sr1sl18d1p9
outOfService
r1sr1sl18d1p10
outOfService
r1sr1sl18d2
(1)
r1sr1sl19
outOfService
r1sr1sl20
outOfService
r1sr1sl21
outOfService
r1sr1sl22
outOfService
r1sr1sl23
outOfService
r1sr1sl24
outOfService
r1sr1sl25
outOfService
r1sr1sl26
outOfService
r1sr1sl27
outOfService
r1sr1sl28
outOfService
r1sr1sl29
outOfService
r1sr1sl30
outOfService
r1sr1sl31
outOfService
r1sr1sl32
outOfService
r1sr1sl33
outOfService
r1sr1sl34
outOfService
r1sr1sl35
outOfService
r1sr1sl36
SS-162C-1530
EMPTY
EMPTY
(0)
EMPTY
(0)
1000B
EMPTY
EMPTY
(0)
EMPTY
(0)
EMPTY
(0)
EMPTY
(0)
PIMMS
EMPTY
EMPTY
(0)
EMPTY
(0)
EMPTY
(0)
EMPTY
(0)
EMPTY
(0)
EMPTY
(0)
EMPTY
(0)
EMPTY
(0)
EMPTY
(0)
EMPTY
(0)
EMPTY
(0)
EMPTY
(0)
EMPTY
(0)
EMPTY
(0)
EMPTY
(0)
EMPTY
(0)
EMPTY
(0)
EMPTY
EMPTY
inService
EMPTY
EMPTY
inService
EMPTY
EMPTY
EMPTY
EMPTY
inService
EMPTY
EMPTY
EMPTY
EMPTY
EMPTY
EMPTY
EMPTY
EMPTY
EMPTY
EMPTY
EMPTY
EMPTY
EMPTY
EMPTY
EMPTY
EMPTY
EMPTY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
2-5
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
outOfService (0)
r1sr1sl37
POW320
(1)
r1sr1sl38
EMPTY
(1)
r1sr1sl39
POW320
(1)
r1sr1sl40
FAN320
(1)
r1sr1sl41
FAN320
(1)
r1sr1sl42
TBUS320
(1)
r1sr1sl43
TBUS320
(1)
POW320
inService
EMPTY
inService
EMPTY
inService
FAN320
inService
FAN320
inService
TBUS320
inService
TBUS320
inService
CLI:opticsIMCtUserId >

Description
This command allows you to get the following information about an equipment
position:
The position of the equipment (board, drawer or port)
The expected equipment type (acronym or empty)
Syntax Definitions
naming_set_list

r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3
18
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
specified.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
2-6
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Example
In the following example are shown three outputs:
First, a board type is shown (slot 6)

Second, a drawer type is shown (drawers 1 and 2 of previous board)
Third, a port type is shown (interface 1 of previous drawers)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId (eqpt)> position r1sr1sl6 show type
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1.1.6.0.0 - expected eqpt type: pp20G
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId (eqpt)> position r1sr1sl6d1-2 show type
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1.1.6.1.0 - expected eqpt type: PIM10GE
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1.1.6.2.0 - expected eqpt type: PM1GE
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId (eqpt)> position r1sr1sl6d1-2p1 show type
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1.1.6.1.1 - expected eqpt type: 10GB
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1.1.6.2.1 - expected eqpt type: EMPTY
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789

Description
This command allow you to set the ASAP associated with an equipment position.
Syntax Definitions
naming_set_list

r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3
18
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
specified.
asap_userlabel
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
2-7
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Example
The following example shows the command for a specific board (slot 6).
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId (eqpt)> position r1sr1sl6 asap no alarm
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789

Description
This commands shows all ASAP that can be assigned to position naming_set_list.
Syntax Definitions
naming_set_list

r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3
18
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
specified.
Example
The following shows an example of Alarm Severity Profile for slot 3:

Cli> eqpt position r1sr1sl3 show asap
LabelKey Status
Alarm Sevreity Profile UserLabel
---------------------------------------------------@1
active(1) no alarm
@2
active(1) primary alarms
@3
active(1) path alarms
@4
active(1) all alarms
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
2-8
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Description
This command shows the allowed equipment types for an equipment position.
Syntax Definitions
naming_set_list

r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3
18
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
specified.
Example
The following example shows the allowed equipment types available for a specific
position (slot 6):
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
2-9
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId (eqpt)> position r1sr1sl6 show allowedeqpt
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
r1sr1sl6 - allowed equipment Type: EMPTY
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
r1sr1sl6 - allowed equipment Type: PP20G
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
r1sr1sl6 - allowed equipment Type: CMDX8S
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
r1sr1sl6 - allowed equipment Type: CMDX2S-1470/1490
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
r1sr1sl6 - allowed equipment Type: CMDX1S
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
r1sr1sl6 - allowed equipment Type: CMDX8
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
r1sr1sl6 - allowed equipment Type: CADM4S-1470/1490/1510/1530
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
r1sr1sl6 - allowed equipment Type: CADM4S-1550/1570/1590/1610
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
r1sr1sl6 - allowed equipment Type: CADM2S-1470/1490
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
r1sr1sl6 - allowed equipment Type: CADM1S-1470
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
r1sr1sl6 - allowed equipment Type: CADM1S-1490r1sr1sl6 - allowed
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
equipment Type: CADM1S-1610r1sr1sl6 - allowed equipment Type:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
CADM4-1470/1490/1510/1530
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
r1sr1sl6 - allowed equipment Type: CADM4-1550/1570/1590/1610
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
r1sr1sl6 - allowed equipment Type: CADM2-1470/1490
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
r1sr1sl6 - allowed equipment Type: CADM1-1470
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId (eqpt)>
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
2-10
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Description
This command provides the following information about an equipment position:
the expected equipment type identification
the expected equipment type acronym of the board

the actual equipment type (empty or acronym)
the equipment status (administrative state: in service, out of service, ...)
the associated ASAP Index

the associated ASAP User label
Syntax Definitions
naming_set_list

r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3
18
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
specified.
Example
The following example shows all information about a specific board (slot 6):
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId (eqpt)> position r1sr1sl6 show info
Show Equipment Info r1sr1sl6
------------------------------expected eqpt type Id: 325
expected eqpt type: PP10G
actual eqpt type: EMPTY
equipment status: inService (1)
Asap Index: 2
Alarm Severity Profile UserLabel: primary alarms
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
2-11
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Description
This command provides the Remote Inventory (RI) data of an item in an equipment
position.
Syntax Definitions
naming_set_list

r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3
18
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
specified.
Example
In the following example, the fields relevant to the RI information (Status, Mnemonic,
CLEI code, P/N, etc.) for a specific equipped board (slot 6) are displayed:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli> eqpt position r1sr1sl6 show ri
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Show Remote Inventory Info r1sr1sl6
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
remote Inventory Status: available (1)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
remote Inventory Company Id:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
remote Inventory Mnemonic:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
remote Inventory CLEI Code:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
remote Inventory Part Number:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
remote Inventory Software Part Number:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
remote Inventory Factory Id:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
remote Inventory Serial Number:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
remote Inventory date Id:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
remote Inventory date:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
remote Inventory Customer Field:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
2-12
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Description
This command allows you to perform a reset of an item in a specific equipment

position.
Syntax Definitions
naming
applies:
rRsrSslBdDpP, where:
R
Rack
1-7
Subrack
0, 1-7
Board
0, 1-43
Drawer
0, 1-7
Port
0, 1-1023
Note: When a certain field is meaningless for naming a resource, this field is
omitted in the naming.
Note: For commands that apply to a board, naming must have rack, subrack, and
board. For commands that apply to a port, the naming must have rack, subrack,
board, drawer=0, and port.
Example
The following example illustrates a command that is relevant to a specific board in slot
6:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli: opticsIMCtUserId> eqpt position r1sr1sl6 reset
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
2-13
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Description
This command shows the expected equipment type for all slot positions (boards,
drawers and ports).
This command has the same objective of command eqpt position naming_set_list
show type (p. 2-6), but applied to all NE slot positions (for practical use).
Syntax Definitions
N/A
Example
The following example shows the information about all the Alcatel-Lucent 1850
TSS-320/160 equipment slot positions, specifically:
position (referred to board or drawer or port)
expected equipment type mnemonic (acronym, unknown or empty)
actual equipment type (acronym or empty)
equipment status (administrative state: in service, out of service, ...).
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
2-14
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId > eqpt show allpositions

Position
expected
eqpt type
-------------------- -----------r1
RACK
r1sr1
S320
r1sr1sl1
EC320
r1sr1sl2
EMPTY
r1sr1sl3
EMPTY
r1sr1sl4
EMPTY
r1sr1sl5
EMPTY
r1sr1sl6
PIM20G
r1sr1sl6d1
PIM10GE
r1sr1sl6d1p1
10GB
r1sr1sl6d2
PIM1GE
r1sr1sl6d2p1
EMPTY
r1sr1sl6d2p2
1000B
r1sr1sl6d2p3
EMPTY
r1sr1sl6d2p4
EMPTY
r1sr1sl6d2p5
EMPTY
r1sr1sl6d2p6
1000B
r1sr1sl6d2p7
EMPTY
r1sr1sl6d2p8
EMPTY
r1sr1sl6d2p9
EMPTY
r1sr1sl6d2p10
EMPTY
r1sr1sl7
EMPTY
r1sr1sl8
PP20G
r1sr1sl8d1
PIMMS
r1sr1sl8d2
EMPTY
r1sr1sl9
EMPTY
r1sr1sl10
MT320
r1sr1sl11
MT320
r1sr1sl12
EMPTY
r1sr1sl13
UNKNOWN
r1sr1sl13d1
UNKNOWN
r1sr1sl13d2
EMPTY
1.1.13.3.0
EMPTY
1.1.13.4.0
EMPTY
1.1.13.5.0
EMPTY
1.1.13.6.0
EMPTY
1.1.13.7.0
EMPTY
r1sr1sl13
EMPTY
r1sr1sl14
EMPTY
r1sr1sl15
EMPTY
r1sr1sl16
EMPTY
r1sr1sl17
EMPTY
actual
eqpt type
----------EMPTY
EMPTY
EC320
EMPTY
EMPTY
EMPTY
EMPTY
EMPTY
EMPTY
EMPTY
EMPTY
EMPTY
EMPTY
EMPTY
EMPTY
EMPTY
EMPTY
EMPTY
EMPTY
EMPTY
EMPTY
EMPTY
EMPTY
EMPTY
EMPTY
EMPTY
MT320
EMPTY
EMPTY
EMPTY
EMPTY
EMPTY
EMPTY
EMPTY
EMPTY
EMPTY
EMPTY
EMPTY
EMPTY
EMPTY
EMPTY
EMPTY
equipment status
---------------inService (1)
inService (1)
inService (1)
outOfService (1)
outOfService (1)
outOfService (1)
outOfService (1)
inService (1)
inService (1)
inService (1)
inService (1)
outOfService (1)
inService (1)
outOfService (1)
outOfService (1)
outOfService (1)
inService (1)
outOfService (1)
outOfService (1)
outOfService (1)
outOfService (1)
outOfService (1)
outOfService (1)
outOfService (1)
outOfService (1)
outOfService (1)
inService (1)
inService (1)
outOfService (1)
inService (1)
inService (1)
outOfService (1)
outOfService (1)
outOfService (1)
outOfService (1)
outOfService (1)
outOfService (1)
outOfService (1)
outOfService (1)
outOfService (1)
outOfService (1)
outOfService (1)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
2-15
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
r1sr1sl18
PP20G
EMPTY
inService (1)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
r1sr1sl18d1
PIM1GE
EMPTY
inService (1)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
r1sr1sl18d1p1
EMPTY
EMPTY
outOfService (1)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
r1sr1sl18d1p2
EMPTY
EMPTY
outOfService (1)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
r1sr1sl18d1p3
SS-162C-1530 EMPTY
inService (1)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
r1sr1sl18d1p4
EMPTY
EMPTY
outOfService (1)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
r1sr1sl18d1p5
EMPTY
EMPTY
outOfService (1)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
r1sr1sl18d1p6
1000B
EMPTY
inService (1)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
r1sr1sl18d1p7
EMPTY
EMPTY
outOfService (1)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
r1sr1sl18d1p8
EMPTY
EMPTY
outOfService (1)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
r1sr1sl18d1p9
EMPTY
EMPTY
outOfService (1)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
r1sr1sl18d1p10
EMPTY
EMPTY
outOfService (1)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
r1sr1sl18d2
PIMMS
EMPTY
inService (1)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
r1sr1sl19
EMPTY
EMPTY
outOfService (1)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
r1sr1sl20
EMPTY
EMPTY
outOfService (1)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
r1sr1sl21
EMPTY
EMPTY
outOfService (1)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
r1sr1sl22
EMPTY
EMPTY
outOfService (1)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
r1sr1sl23
EMPTY
EMPTY
outOfService (1)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
r1sr1sl24
EMPTY
EMPTY
outOfService (1)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
r1sr1sl25
EMPTY
EMPTY
outOfService (1)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
r1sr1sl26
EMPTY
EMPTY
outOfService (1)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
r1sr1sl27
EMPTY
EMPTY
outOfService (1)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
r1sr1sl28
EMPTY
EMPTY
outOfService (1)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
r1sr1sl29
EMPTY
EMPTY
outOfService (1)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
r1sr1sl30
EMPTY
EMPTY
outOfService (1)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
r1sr1sl31
EMPTY
EMPTY
outOfService (1)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
r1sr1sl32
EMPTY
EMPTY
outOfService (1)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
r1sr1sl33
EMPTY
EMPTY
outOfService (1)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
r1sr1sl34
EMPTY
EMPTY
outOfService (1)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
r1sr1sl35
EMPTY
EMPTY
outOfService (1)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
r1sr1sl36
EMPTY
EMPTY
outOfService (1)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
r1sr1sl37
POW320
EMPTY
inService
(1)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
r1sr1sl38
EMPTY
EMPTY
inService
(1)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
r1sr1sl39
POW320
EMPTY
inService (1)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
r1sr1sl40
FAN320
FAN320
inService (1)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
r1sr1sl41
FAN320
FAN320
inService (1)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
r1sr1sl42
TBUS320
TBUS320
inService
(1)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
r1sr1sl43
TBUS320
TBUS320
inService
(1)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
2-16
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Description
This command allows you to get the status of the backplane links from the Matrix
(main and spare MT320 units) to the ports and vice versa.
Syntax Definitions
N/A
Example
The following example shows the Rx/Tx status between a single port at the
board/drawer/port level, and the active MT320 unit (without ports into the shelf):
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
2-17
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId > eqpt show
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
linkstatus
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Index
rx Link Status
tx Link Status
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
-------------------- ------------------------- ----------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
r1
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
r1sr1
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
r1sr1sl1
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
r1sr1sl2
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
r1sr1sl3
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
r1sr1sl4
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
r1sr1sl5
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
r1sr1sl6
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
r1sr1sl6d1
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
r1sr1sl6d1p1
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
r1sr1sl6d2
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
r1sr1sl6d2p1
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
r1sr1sl6d2p2
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
r1sr1sl6d2p3
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
r1sr1sl6d2p4
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
r1sr1sl6d2p5
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
r1sr1sl6d2p6
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
r1sr1sl6d2p7
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
r1sr1sl6d2p8
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
r1sr1sl6d2p9
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
r1sr1sl6d2p10
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
r1sr1sl7
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
r1sr1sl8
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
r1sr1sl8d1
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
r1sr1sl8d2
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
r1sr1sl9
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
r1sr1sl10
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
r1sr1sl11
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
r1sr1sl12
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
r1sr1sl13
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
r1sr1sl13d1
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
r1sr1sl13d2
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1.1.14.3.0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1.1.14.4.0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1.1.14.5.0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1.1.14.6.0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1.1.14.7.0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
r1sr1sl13
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
r1sr1sl14
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
2-18
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
eqpt show nename

Description
This command displays the Alcatel-Lucent 1850 TSS-320/160 Network Element name.
Syntax Definitions
N/A
Example
The following example shows the information regarding the Alcatel-Lucent 1850
TSS-320/160 equipment name and associated equipment release.
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli:EML003 > eqpt show nename
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
NE Name: ne1850tss-320%3.0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789

Description
This command allows to initiate/terminate a manual switch operation (either to main or

spare protection unit).
This command is allowed if the equipment position, from and to which the switch is
performed, belong to the same EPS group.
Syntax Definitions
naming
applies:
R
Rack
1-7
Subrack
0, 1-7
Board
0, 1-43
Drawer
0, 1-7
Port
0, 1-1023
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
2-19
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
omitted in the naming. For 1850 TSS-320/160 R03.0, drawer is not supported and
the value must always be 0.
Example
The following example shows a command relevant to a switch between matrices

(MT320 units):
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId > eqpt prot manualswitch from r1sr1sl10 to
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
r1sr1sl11
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789

Description
This command allows you to get information about a protection unit of a protection
group.
Syntax Definitions
naming
applies:
R
Rack
1-7
Subrack
0, 1-7
Board
0, 1-43
Drawer
0, 1-7
Port
0, 1-1023
omitted in the naming. For 1850 TSS-320/160 R03.0, drawer is not supported and
the value must always be 0.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
2-20
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Example
The following two examples show EPS protection:
The first is relevant to the Matrix unit (MT320, position 10);

The second is relevant to the Equipment Controller unit (EC320, position 1). This
feature is NOT available in the current release.
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId> eqpt pro show unit r1sr1sl10
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Show Protection Unit Info - MT320 #10
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
--------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Protection Unit Type
: main (1)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Protection switch Command : noRequest (1)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Protection switch Criteria: equipmentFailure (2)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Protection switch Status : active (1)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId> eqpt prot show unit r1sr1sl1
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Show Protection Unit Info - EC320 #1
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
--------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Protection Unit Type
: -----1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Protection switch Command : -----1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Protection switch Criteria : -----1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Protection switch Status
: -----1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789

Description
This command allows you to set the ASAP associated to an External Point Input.
Syntax Definitions
extpointin_naming
An integer number in the range 1 - 8, indicating the specific Housekeeping

Input.
extpoint_userlabel
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
2-21
extpoint in extpointin_naming userlabel
extpoint_userlabel
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Example
The following example shows information for a specific Housekeeping Input (Input 1).
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId (extpoint)> in 1 userlabel RELUNOQUATTRO
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789

Description
This command allows you to set the ASAP associated to an External Point Input.
Syntax Definitions
extpointin_naming

Input.
asap_userlabel

Example
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId (extpoint)> in 1 asap all alarms
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
2-22
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Description
This command provides the user label and ASAP (index and user label) information
associated with a specific External Point Input.
Syntax Definitions
extpointin_naming

Input.
Example
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId > extpoint in 3 show asap
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Show Housekeeping input Info .3
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
---------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
external input point UserLabel: CPI3
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
external input point Asap Index: 2
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
extpoint show in
Description
This command provides the user label and ASAP (index and user label) information
associated with all External Point Inputs.
Syntax Definitions
N/A
Example
The following example shows information for all Housekeeping Input (eight inputs are
provided).
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
2-23
extpoint show in
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId > extpoint show in

Show external point input Info .1
----------------------------------external input point UserLabel: CPI1
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
2-24
extpoint show in
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
extpoint out extpointout_naming userlabel

extpoint_userlabel
Description
This command allows you to set the user label associated to an External Point Output.
When event type is specified, it must be one of the allowed event types. Otherwise, the
command is not allowed.
Syntax Definitions
extpointout_naming

Output.
extpoint_userlabel
An ASCII string defined by the Operator.

Example
The following example illustrates a command relevant to a specific Housekeeping

Output (Output 2):
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId (extpoint)> out 2 userlabel RELEASE14
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
2-25
extpoint out extpointout_naming criteria {manual |

remote | auto {eventtype_id | eventtype_name}}
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
extpoint out extpointout_naming criteria {manual | remote |

auto {eventtype_id | eventtype_name}}
Description
This command allows you to set:
The output criteria associated with an External Point Output
The event type that must be associated with an external point output when the
criteria is set to auto. (When the criteria is not set to auto, it must not be
associated.) The operator can provide either the identifier number or the identifier
name of the desired event as defined in the event table.
When event type is specified, it must be one of the allowed event types. Otherwise, the
command is not allowed.
Syntax Definitions
extpointout_naming

Output.
eventtype_id
An integer number, within the allowed set, indicating the specific event type
to be associated with an external output point working in automatic mode.
eventtype_name
A string equal to the specific event type string (within the allowed set) to be
associated to an external output point working in automatic mode.
Example
The following example illustrates a command relevant to a specific Housekeeping

Output (Output 1):
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId (extpoint)> out 1 criteria manual
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
2-26
extpoint show out
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
extpoint show out

Description
This command provides information associated with all External Point Outputs.
Syntax Definitions
N/A
Example
The following example shows information for all Housekeeping Output (four outputs
are provided).
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId > extpoint show out
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Show external point output Info .1
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
-----------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
external output point UserLabel: ------
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
external output point Criteria: -----1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
external output point automatic Event Id: -----1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
external output point automatic Event: -----1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
-----------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
-----------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
-----------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
2-27
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Description
This command provides a list of events, with corresponding identifiers, that can be
associated with an External Point Output when automatic management is active.
Syntax Definitions
N/A
Example
The following example are shows information relevant to the events for Housekeeping.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
2-28
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli:OpticsIMCtUserId > expoint show outeventslist
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Index
external output point allowed Event
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
--------- ----------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1000001
Card Fail in slot 1
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1000002
Card Mismatch in slot 1
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1000003
Card Out in slot 1
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1000000
Card Fail in slot 10
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1000000
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1000000
Card Out in slot 10
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1000000
Unconfigured Equipment in slot 10
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1100000
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1100000
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1100000
Card out in slot 11
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1100000
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1400000
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1400000
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1400000
Card out in slot 14
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1400000
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1401000
Card Fail in slot 14 in PIM 1
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1401000
Card Mismatch in slot 14 in PIM 1
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1401000
Card out in slot 14 in PIM 1
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1401000
Unconfigured Equipment in slot 14 in PIM 1
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1401060
Card Fail in slot 14 in PIM 1 Interface 6
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1401060
Card Mismatch in slot 14 in PIM 1 Interface 6
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1401060
Card Out in slot 14 in PIM 1 Interface 6
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1401060
Unconfigured Equipment in slot 14 in PIM 1 in
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
3700000
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
3700000
Card out in slot 37
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
3900000
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
3900000
Card Out in slot 39
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
4000000
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
4000000
Card Out in slot 40
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
4100000
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
4100000
Card Out in slot 41
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
2-29
3 thernet Physical, GFP,

E
and LAPS Management
Commands
Overview
Purpose
This chapter includes the Ethernet command sets listed below.

Contents
3-3
ne maxmtu mtu_value
3-3
ne show maxmtu
3-3
3-4
3-4
3-5
3-7
3-8
3-9
3-11
3-12
3-12
3-14
interface position naming_set_list localeth rcfcsfaction {none |

shutdown}
3-15
interface position naming_set_list localeth rcfssfaction {none |

shutdown}
3-16
3-16
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
3-1
Ethernet Physical, GFP, and LAPS Management

Commands
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
interface position naming_set_list localeth loopback {line | internal}

{enable | disable}
3-17
3-18
interface position naming_set_list_lagnumber_set localeth

trafficstatus {enable | disable}
3-19
interface position naming_set_list_lagnumber-set localeth

floodinglimit floodinglimit_value
3-20
interface position naming_set_list_lagnumber_set localeth show

trafficconditioning
3-21
3-22
interface position naming_set_list remoteeth ratelimited
3-23
ratelimited_value
3-24
3-25
3-26
3-27
3-28
interface position naming_set_list remoteeth errorframe {abortseq |

fcs}
3-29
interface position naming_set_list remoteeth trafficstatus {enable |

disable}
3-30
interface position naming_set_list remoteeth floodinglimit

floodinglimit_value
3-30
3-31
3-32
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
3-2

Commands
ne maxmtu mtu_value
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
ne maxmtu mtu_value
Description
This command allows you to configure the NE maximum MTU/MRU, replacing the
default MTU/MRU value.
Syntax Definitions
mtu_value

default values are listed in the Alcatel-Lucent 1850 TSS-320/160 User
Provisioning Guide.
Example
(tba)
ne show maxmtu
Description
This command allow you to retrieve the network element maximum MTU/MRU.
Syntax Definitions
NA
Example
(tba)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
3-3

Commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Description
This command retrieves information about the configured interfaces:
the interface type
the administrative status

The Ethernet port client layer
The ETS Service Type and ETS Service Status (beginning in R3.0)
The traffic port status (enabled/disabled)
Syntax Definitions
naming_set_list

an expression using integer values in the range 1 { 4094, ampersand (&) and
r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3
18
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
specified.
Example
The following example shows all interfaces configured for a specific board in slot 6.
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
Cli> interface show r1sr1sl6
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
Port
InterfaceType
ClientType
AdminStatus TrafficEnabled
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
==========================================================================
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
r1sr1sl6d1p1
eth (6)
ets (1)
down (2)
down (2)
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
r1sr1sl6d1p2
eth
(6)
ets
(1)
down
(2)
down (2)
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
r1sr1sl6d1p6
eth (6)
ets (1)
down (2)
down (2)
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
The following example shows all interfaces configured in the equipment.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
3-4

Commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
Cli> interface show r1sr1sl6
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
Port
InterfaceType
ClientType
AdminStatus TrafficEnabled
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
=========================================================================
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
r1sr1sl6d1p1
eth (6)
ets (1)
down (2)
down (2)
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
r1sr1sl6d1p2
eth (6)
ets (1)
down (2)
down (2)
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
r1sr1sl6d1p6
eth
(6)
ets
(1)
down
(2)
down (2)
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
r1sr1sl8d1p1
gfp (221)
-----down (2)
down (2)
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
rem
eth
(6)
ets
(1)
down
(2)
down (2)
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
r1sr1sl18d1p3
eth (6)
ets (1)
down (2)
down (2)
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
r1sr1sl18d1p6
eth (6)
ets (1)
up (1)
down (2)
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
r1sr1sl18d2p2
gfp (221)
-----up (1)
up (1)
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
rem eth (6)
ets (1)
up (1)
up (1)
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
r1sr1sl18d2p5
gfp
(221)
-----down
(2)
down
(2)
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
rem eth (6)
etb (2)
down (2)
down (2)
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567

Description
This command retrieves the following information of the configured interfaces:
the interface position (port)
the operational status

the line rate (speed)
the traffic rate to which transmission is limited (for remote Ethernet port only)
the ingress port admitted Flooding Rate (i.e. the threshold value of received
admitted bandwidth generating flooding traffic, on this ingress interface)
Syntax Definitions
naming_set_list
A list of naming set as naming_set#1 [,naming_set#2{,naming_set#n] is an

expression using integer values in the range 1- 4094, ampersand (&) and
r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3
18
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
3-5

Commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
specified.
Example
The following example shows all configured interface information for a specified board
in slot 6.
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId (interface)> trafficshow r1sr1sl6
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
Port
AdminStatus TrafficEnabled OperStatus Speed LimitedSpeed
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
FloodingRate
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
=============================================================================
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
r1sr1sl6d1p1 down (2)
down (2)
down (2) 10000000
0
10000000
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
down (2)
down (2)
1000000
0
1000000
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
down (2)
down (2)
1000000
0
1000000
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
The following example shows the information for all configured interfaces in the
equipment.
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId > interface trafficshow
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
Port
AdminStatus TrafficEnabled OperStatus Speed LimitedSpeed
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
FloodingRate
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
===========================================================================
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
down (2)
down (2) 10000000
0
10000000
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
down (2)
down (2)
1000000
0
1000000
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
r1sr1sl6d2p6
down
(2)
down
(2)
down
(2)
1000000
0
1000000
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
down (2)
down (2)
0
0
0
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
down (2)
down (2)
down (2)
0
0
0
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
down (2)
down (2) 3436792505
0
0
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
r1sr1sl18d1p6
up (1)
down (2)
down (2)
1000000
0
1000000
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
r1sr1sl18d2p2
up (1)
up (1)
down (2)
149760
0
149760
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
up (1)
up (1)
down (2)
149760
0
149760
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
down (2)
down (2)
0
0
0
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
down (2)
down (2)
down (2)
0
0
0
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
3-6

Commands

Available Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Available Commands
Purpose

Contents
3-8
3-9
3-11
3-12
3-12
3-14
interface position naming_set_list localeth rcfcsfaction {none |

shutdown}
3-15
interface position naming_set_list localeth rcfssfaction {none |

shutdown}
3-16
3-16
interface position naming_set_list localeth loopback {line | internal}

{enable | disable}
3-17
3-18
interface position naming_set_list_lagnumber_set localeth

3-19
interface position naming_set_list_lagnumber-set localeth

3-20
interface position naming_set_list_lagnumber_set localeth show

trafficconditioning
3-21
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
3-7

Commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Description
This command allows a user to set the default MAU type for the interface.
This command allows to set the default MAU type for interface [10 GBaseTx
full-duplex operation with unknown PMD (dot3MauType10GigBaseR) is assumed].
Note: This command applies only to optical GE (1000BaseX-FD), optical 10GE,
and (beginning in R3.0) Electrical GE interfaces.
Full Command
The full command, with all available variables is displayed below:

interface position naming_set_list localeth defaulttype {10 | 100 | 1000}
naming_set_list

expression using integer values in the range 1 - 4094, ampersand (&) and
r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3
18
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
specified.
Example
The following example displays two commands for a specific port (interface 1 of
drawer 1 of board in slot 8):
The first command is relevant to set a specific port (10ge-er type).
The second command has been entered to report all the relevant MAU information.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
3-8

Commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId (interface) > position r1sr1sl8d1p1 localeth
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
defaulttype 10ge-er
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
show mauinfo
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Show mau Info - r1sr1sl8d1p1
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
-----------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Mau status: shutdown (5)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Mau Media Available: other (1)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Mau Jabber State: other (1)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Mau Type List Bits: 000000004000 [b10GbaseR (33)]
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Mau default type: dot3MauType10GigBaseER (1.3.6.1.2.1.26.4.34)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Mau Auto Neg Supported: true (1)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Mau Ext Optical Channel Type: blackWhite (1)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Mau Ext Optical Channel Lambda: 0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Mau Ext Optical Channel spacing: 0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Mau Ext Asap Index: -----1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Jack Type: fiberLC (14)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789

Description
This command allows a user to retrieve general MAU information:
MAU status
operational status
jack connector type (fiber)
jabber status (only for 10BaseT)

allowed MAU types
MAU default type
auto-negotiation support
optical channel type (B&W or Colored)
optical wavelength (lambda)
optical channel spacing

ASAP pointer
Syntax Definitions
naming_set_list
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
3-9

Commands

interface position naming_set_list localeth show
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
mauinfo

r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3
18
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
specified.
Example
The following shows an example of MAU information relevant to a specified port.
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
show mauinfo
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Show mau Info of Port r1sr1sl8d1p1
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
MauStatus: shutdown (5)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Mau Media Available: other (1)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Mau Jabber State: other (1)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Mau Type List Bits: 000000004000 [b10GbaseR (33)]
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Mau default type: dot3MauType10GigBaseR (1.3.6.1.2.1.26.4.33)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Mau Auto Neg Supported: true (1)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Mau Ext Optical Channel Type: blackWhite (1)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Mau Ext Optical Channel Lambda: 0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Mau Ext Optical Channel Spacing: 0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Mau Ext Asap Index: -----1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Jack Type: fiberLC (14)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
3-10

Commands

interface position naming_set_list localeth autoneg
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
{enable | disable}
interface position naming_set_list localeth autoneg {enable

| disable}
Description
This command allows a user to enable or disable auto-negotiation on an interface

MAU.
Note: In the current release, this command does not apply to Optical FE and 10GE
interfaces, since they do not support auto-negotiation, or Electrical 1GE interfaces,
since they support mandatory auto-negotiation. It applies to Electrical FE and
optical 1GE interfaces on which auto-negotiation can be configured.
Syntax Definitions
naming_set_list

r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3
18
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
specified.
Example
The following example shows the output for a specified port:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli> interface position r1sr1sl28d0p8 localeth autoneg enable
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
62 - message: successful completed command !!
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Refer to the example of interface position naming_set_list localeth show
autoneg (p. 3-14) command to see the relevant status after the operation.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
3-11

Commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
restart

Description
This command allows you to restart Auto-negotiation.

Syntax Definitions
naming_set_list

r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3
18
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
specified.
Example
The following example shows the command output relevant to a specified port:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli> interface position r1sr1sl28d0p8 localeth autoneg restart
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789

advertisedcapability
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
3-12

Commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
advertisedcapability
Description
This command allows you to set the auto-negotiation capability to be advertised. For
example:
the MAU type;
the PAUSE frame handling capability; each possible value corresponds to a defined
combination of capability bits from 8 to 11:
0000 for no pause
1100 for asymmetric pause (default value)

1111 for asymmetric and symmetric pause
Note: in the current release Optical GE interfaces advertise only mau type =
1000BaseX-FD.
Full Command

interface position naming_set_list localeth autoneg advertisedcapability [10 | 100 |
1000 | 10&100 | 10&100&1000] [nopause | asympause | asym&sympause]
Syntax Definitions
naming_set_list

r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3
18
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
specified.
Example
The following example shows the command for a specific port (interface 1 of drawer 1
of board in slot 6):
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId > interface position r1sr1sl6d1p1 localeth
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
autoneg advertisedcapability
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
.. message: successful completed command !!
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
3-13

Commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
autoneg

Description
This command reports the following auto-negotiation information:
Enabled or disabled on the MAU
The current status of auto-negotiation

Auto-negotiation capabilities supported by the MAU
Auto-negotiation capabilities advertised by the MAU
Auto-negotiation capabilities advertised by the remote end

(Reported capabilities are considered meaningful only after the auto-negotiation has
been completed.)
Syntax Definitions
naming_set_list

r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3
18
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
specified.
Example
The following example shows information relevant to a specific port (interface 1 of

drawer 1 of board in slot 8):
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
3-14

Commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
autoneg
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli: opticsIMCtUserId (interface) > position r1sr1sl8d1p1 localeth
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
show autoneg
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Show Local Ethernet AutoNeg Interface Info - r1sr1sl8d1p1
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
----------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Mau Auto Neg Config: other (1)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Mau Auto Neg Admin Status: enabled (1)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Mau Auto Neg Capability Bits: 00C0 [bfdxPause (8)] [bfdxAPause (9)]
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Mau Auto Neg CapAdvertised Bits: 0000
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Mau Auto Neg CapReceived Bits: 0000
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId (interface) >
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
interface position naming_set_list localeth rcfcsfaction

{none | shutdown}
Description
This command sets the type of CSF action triggered by a Remote Client Fail
indication. It can be:
No action (default value)

Forced Transmitter shut-down
Syntax Definitions
naming_set_list

r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3
18
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
specified.
Example
(tba)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
3-15

Commands

interface position naming_set_list localeth rcfssfaction
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
{none | shutdown}
interface position naming_set_list localeth rcfssfaction

{none | shutdown}
Description
This command sets the type of SSF action triggered by a Remote Client Fail
indication. It can be:
No action (default value)
Forced Transmitter shut-down
Syntax Definitions
naming_set_list

r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3
18
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
specified.
Example
(tba)

Description
This command reports the type of CSF and SSF actions triggered by a Remote Client
Fail indication.
Syntax Definitions
naming_set_list

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
3-16

Commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
rcfaction
r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3
18
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
specified.
Example
The following example shows the Remote Client Fail status for interface 1, drawer 1,
slot 8.
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
show rcfaction
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
R1sr1sl8d1p1
- RCF consequent action type: no action (0)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
interface position naming_set_list localeth loopback {line |

internal} {enable | disable}
Description
This command allows you to enable or disable a Line Loopback or an Internal

Loopback on an interface.
Syntax Definitions
naming_set_list

r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3
18
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
specified.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
3-17

Commands

interface position naming_set_list localeth loopback
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
{line | internal} {enable | disable}
Example
In the following example, two commands are displayed:
The first disables an internal loopback on a specific port (interface 1, drawer 1, slot
6).
The second disables a line loopback on the same port.
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
CLI:opticsIMCtUserId (interface) > position r1sr1sl6d1p1 localeth loopback
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
internal disable
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
CLI msg: warning: already present value r1sr1sl6d1p1
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId (interface) > position r1sr1sl6d1p1 localeth loopback
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
line
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
disable
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567

Description
This command retrieves information about loopbacks. It will report if a loopback is

enabled and which type is enabled.
Syntax Definitions
naming_set_list

r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3
18
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
specified.
Example
The following example shows the loopback status for a specific port (interface 1,
drawer 1, slot 8):
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
3-18

Commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
loopback
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
show loopback
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Show Local Ethernet Interface Loopback - r1sr1sl8d1p1
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Internal Loopback: false (2)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Line Loopback: false (2)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
interface position naming_set_list_lagnumber_set

localeth trafficstatus {enable | disable}
Description
This command allows a user to configure the current port transmit/receive state on the
specified interfaces.
Syntax Definitions
naming_set_list_lagnumber_set

Rule separated with /. For example:
r1sr1sl3-6&18d1p1-3/VPLS UNI,lag4-7&18
r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3
18
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
specified.
means that the port 1 of the board in slot 3 and the port 2 of the
board in slot 5 are specified.
Example
(tba)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
3-19

Commands

interface position naming_set_list_lagnumber-set
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
localeth floodinglimit floodinglimit_value
interface position naming_set_list_lagnumber-set

localeth floodinglimit floodinglimit_value
Description
This command configures the ingress port flooding rate (the threshold for incoming
bandwidth, generating flooding traffic, on this ingress interface).
Syntax Definitions

r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3
18
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
specified.
floodinglimit_value
The ingress port flooding rate expressed in kbit/s.

Example
The following example displays the information for interface 1, drawer 1, slot 6.
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
floodinglimit 1000000
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
>>
message: successful completed command !!
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
show trafficconditioning
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Show LocalEthernet Interface Traffic Info of port r1sr1sl6d1p1
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
---------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
TrafficEnabled: down (2)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
FloodingRate: 1000000
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
3-20

Commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
localeth show trafficconditioning

localeth show trafficconditioning
Description
This command reports the following data for each given port:
the current port transmit/receive state on the interfaces
the ingress port admitted flooding rate
Syntax Definitions

r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3
18
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
specified.
Example
The following example displays information relevant to a specific port (interface 1,

drawer 1, slot 6):
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
show trafficconditioning
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Show Local Ethernet Interface Traffic Info of port r1sr1sl6d1p1
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
----------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
TrafficEnabled: down (2)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
FloodingRate: 10000000
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
3-21

Commands

Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Available Commands
Purpose

Contents
3-23
ratelimited_value
3-24
3-25
3-26
3-27
3-28
interface position naming_set_list remoteeth errorframe {abortseq |

fcs}
3-29
interface position naming_set_list remoteeth trafficstatus {enable |

disable}
3-30

floodinglimit_value
3-30
3-31
3-32
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
3-22

Commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
ratelimited_value

ratelimited_value
Description
This command allows a user to set the limit for the transmitted traffic rate.
Syntax Definitions
naming_set_list

r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3
18
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
specified.
ratelimited_value
The maximum allowed rate, measured in Kb/s, configured on GFP/LAPS

ports.
Example
The following example shows four commands:
The first sets the traffic value to 0 for a specific port (interface 1 of drawer 2 of
board in slot 6).
The second changes the value of that port to 10.
The third changes the traffic value that port to 0.
The fourth will report all the relevant information about the mapping for that port
(the output of the command is not shown).
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
3-23

Commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
ratelimited_value
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId (interface) > position r1sr1sl6d2p1 remoteeth ratelimited
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
0
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
10
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
0
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId (interface) > position r1sr1sl6d2p1 remoteeth show mappinginfo
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
interface position naming_set_list remoteeth sl {auto |

eqptnonspec}
Description
This command allows you to force or disable the equipment-non-specific Signal Label.
The NE default value is automatic (auto).
Syntax Definitions
naming_set_list

hyphen (-) for representing board, drawer, or port value ranges. For example:
r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3
specifies the ports 1, 2 and 3 of the boards in slots 3, 4, 5, 6 and 18
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
specifies the ports 4, 5, 6 of the boards in slots 7, 8, 9 and 19
Example
The command in the following example is relevant to a specific port (interface 1,

drawer 2, slot 6).
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId (interface) > position r1sr1sl6d2p1 remoteeth
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
sl auto
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
3-24

Commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Description
This command allows you to set the CSF transmit capability to one of the following:
disable - No consequent action (IDLE insertion)
bidir_los - Enable the usage of GFP CSF transmit capability in bi-directional

mode, with Loss of Client Signal.
unidir_los - Enable the usage of GFP CSF transmit capability in uni-directional
mode, with Loss of Client Signal.
backward_los - Enable the usage of GFP CSF transmit capability only in the
backward direction mode, with Loss of Client Signal.
bidir_lof - Enable the usage of GFP CSF transmit capability in bi-directional

mode, with standard Loss of Client Character Synchronization.
unidir_lof - Enable the usage of GFP CSF transmit capability in uni-directional,
with standard Loss of Client Character Synchronization.
backward_lof - Enable the usage of GFP CSF transmit capability only in the
backward direction mode, with standard Loss of Client Character Synchronization.
univcais - Enable VC-AIS uni-directional transmit capability
The default value for the Alcatel-Lucent 1850 TSS-320/160 is disable.

Note: Backward and VC-AIS are not supported in the current release.
Full command

interface position naming_set_list remoteeth csf {disable | bidir_los | unidir_los |
backward_los | bidir_lof | unidir_lof | backward_lof | univcais}
interface position naming_set_list remoteeth csf {disable | unidir_los | unidir_lof}
Syntax Definitions
naming_set_list

r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
3-25

Commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Example

drawer 2, slot 6).
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
csf bidir
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
interface position naming_set_list remoteeth fcs {disable |

enable}
Description
This command sets the usage of FCS. The NE default value is disable. This
command applies only to GFP remote port.
Syntax Definitions
naming_set_list

r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
Example
The following example is relevant to a specific port (interface 1, drawer 2, slot 6):
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId (interface) > position r1sr1sl6d2p1 remoteeth fcs disable
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
3-26

Commands

interface position naming_set_list remoteeth asap
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
asap_userlabel
interface position naming_set_list remoteeth asap

asap_userlabel
Description
This command allows you to change the ASAP pointer associated to the mapping
layer.
Syntax Definitions
naming_set_list

r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3
18
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
specified.
asap_userlabel

Example
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli > interface position r1sr1sl5d0p103 remoteeth asap all alarms
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
3-27

Commands

interface position naming_set_list remoteeth flag {one |
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
two}
interface position naming_set_list remoteeth flag {one |

two}
Description
This command sets the number of flags (one or two) that are inserted between two
consecutive LAPS frames. The NE default value is two.
This command applies only to LAPS remote port.
Syntax Definitions
naming_set_list

r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3
18
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
specified.
Example
The following example is relevant to a specific port (interface 1, drawer 2, slot 6).
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId (interface) > position r1sr1sl6d2p1 remoteeth flag two
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
3-28

Commands

interface position naming_set_list remoteeth errorframe
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
{abortseq | fcs}
interface position naming_set_list remoteeth errorframe

{abortseq | fcs}
Description
This command sets the Errored Frame handling mode, so that transmission can be
either:
abort sequence
frames with FCS error insertion
Syntax Definitions
naming_set_list

r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3
18
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
specified.
Example
In the following example, the command is relevant to a specific port (interface 1,

drawer 2, slot 6).
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId (interface) > position r1sr1sl6d2p1 remoteeth errorframe
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
abortseq
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
3-29

Commands

interface position naming_set_list remoteeth
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
interface position naming_set_list remoteeth trafficstatus

{enable | disable}
Description
This command allows you to configure the current port transmit/receive state on the
given interfaces.
Syntax Definitions
naming_set_list
A list of naming set as naming_set#1 [naming_set#2 {,naming_set#n] is

r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3
18
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
specified.
Example
(tba)

floodinglimit_value
Description
This command configures the ingress port admitted flooding rate on this interface (the
threshold value of the admitted incoming bandwidth generating flooding traffic).
Syntax Definitions
naming_set_list

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
3-30

Commands

interface position naming_set_list remoteeth
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3
18
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
specified.
floodinglimit_value
The ingress port admitted flooding rate expressed in kbit/s.

Example
(tba)
interface position naming_set_list remoteeth show

trafficconditioning
Description
This command displays the following information for a given port:
the current port transmit/receive state on the specified interfaces
the ingress port admitted flooding rate
Syntax Definitions
naming_set_list

r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3
18
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
specified.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
3-31

Commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
trafficconditioning
Example
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli > interface position r1sr1sl5d0p103 remoteeth show
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
trafficconditioning
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Show Remote Interface Traffic Info of port r1sr1sl5d0p103
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
----------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
TrafficEnabled: -----1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789

mappinginfo
Description
This command allows you to retrieve the following information:
The format (GFP only)
The type of GFP header as inferred by EXI field (GFP only)
The interface status

The interface configuration
The server layer
The SDH configuration

The signal label configuration
Equipment-non-specific Signal Label sending control
The ASAP pointer

The CSF Transmit capability (GFP only)
FCS support (GFP only)
Received GFP Header client type as inferred from UPI field value (GFP only)
Presence of GFP FCS in received frames as inferred from PFI bit (GFP only)
Flag insertion (LAPS only)
Erroneous frame handling mode (LAPS only).
Syntax Definitions
naming_set_list

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
3-32

Commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
mappinginfo
r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3
18
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
specified.
Example
The following example shows Ethernet Mapping Interface information relevant to a

specific port (interface 1, drawer 2, slot 6):
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
show mappinginfo
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Show Remote Ethernet Interface Info of Port r1sr1sl6d2p1
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Admin Status: down (2)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Oper Status: down (2)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Last Change: 0 days, 0:00:00 (hr:min:sec)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
interface type: gfp (221)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Speed: 0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
If Rate Limited Speed: 0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
High Speed: 0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Underlie Layer: 6
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Sdh If Type: gfp (221)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Sdh If Speed: 0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Sdh If Underlie Layer: vconc (6)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Sdh If Vc Type: vc4 (4)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Sdh If Curr Speed: 0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
If Tx SL: 27
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
If Exp SL: 27
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
If Rx SL: 0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
If SL Send Control: automatic (0)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
GFP Conf Encaps:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
GFP Conf Rx Type Header:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
GFP Conf Csf: disabled (0)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
GFP Conf Fcs: disable (2)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
GFP Conf Rx Client Type:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
GFP Conf Rx Fcs:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
If Asap Index: 2
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Alarm Severity Profile User Label: primary alarms
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
3-33
4 thernet Port
E
Management Commands
Overview
Purpose
This chapter includes the following Ethernet port command sets listed below.
Contents
ETH over MAU
4-3
4-3
interface position naming_set_list localeth portservice {ets | bridge |

mpls}
4-4
interface position naming_set_list_lagnumber_set localeth maxmtu
4-5
mtu_value
interface position naming_set_list localeth defaultflowcontrol

{nopause | asympause | asym&sympause}
4-6
interface position naming_set_list localeth admittedfractionalrate

admitted_fractional_rate
4-7
interface position naming_set_list_lagnumber_set localeth ethasap
4-8
asap_userlabel
4-9
4-11
4-13
4-13
interface position naming_set_list remoteeth portservice {ets | bridge |

mpls}
4-14
4-15
4-16
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
4-1
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-17
4-19
interface position naming_set_list_lagnumber_set vlanprotprofile

bind
4-20

default
4-21

activate
4-22

show
4-24
4-25
interface position naming_set_list_lagnumber_set show

vlanprotprofile
4-28
4-29
4-30
4-31
4-32
4-33
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
4-2
ETH over MAU

Available Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
ETH over MAU

Available Commands
Purpose

Contents
4-3
interface position naming_set_list localeth portservice {ets | bridge |

mpls}
4-4
interface position naming_set_list_lagnumber_set localeth maxmtu
4-5
mtu_value
interface position naming_set_list localeth defaultflowcontrol

{nopause | asympause | asym&sympause}
4-6
interface position naming_set_list localeth admittedfractionalrate

4-7
interface position naming_set_list_lagnumber_set localeth ethasap
4-8
asap_userlabel

4-9
4-11
interface position naming_set_list localeth {activate |

deactivate}
Description
This command allows you to create and administratively enable or disable an Ethernet
Local port: MAU, Ety, Ety/Eth, EFC, Eth_T layers.
Syntax Definitions
naming_set_list
A list of naming set as naming_set#1[,naming_set#2,naming_set#n] is an

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
4-3
ETH over MAU

interface position naming_set_list localeth {activate |
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
deactivate}
r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3
18
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
specified.
Example
The following example displays two commands:
The first command activates a specific port (interface 1 of drawer 1 of the board in
slot 6).
The second command deactivates the same port.
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
activate
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
deactivate
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Note: Deactivation of the local interface is necessary to set all the following
commands.
interface position naming_set_list localeth portservice {ets |

bridge | mpls}
Description
This command configures the port type (local). It configures promiscuous mode and
client type.
The default NE value is ets.
Note: In the current release, this command is used for setting or disabling
promiscuous mode.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
4-4
ETH over MAU

interface position naming_set_list localeth portservice
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
{ets | bridge | mpls}
Syntax Definitions
naming_set_list
A list of naming set as naming_set#1[,naming_set#2,naming_set#n] is an

r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
Example

drawer 1, slot 6).
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
portservice ets
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId (interface >
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789

localeth maxmtu mtu_value
Description
This command allows you to configure the port maximum MTU/MRU (local),
replacing the default MTU/MRU value.
Syntax Definitions

r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3
18
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
4-5
ETH over MAU

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
localeth maxmtu mtu_value
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
specified.
mtu_value

default values are listed in the Alcatel-Lucent 1850 TSS-320/160 User
Provisioning Guide.
Example
The following example is relevant to the specified port (interface 1, drawer 1, slot 6):
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId (interface) > position r1sr1sl6d1p1 localeth maxmtu 1574
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
interface position naming_set_list localeth

defaultflowcontrol {nopause | asympause | asym&sympause}
Description
This command allows you to set the Ethernet PAUSE frame handling that is applied
when auto-negotiation is disabled.
Syntax Definitions
naming_set_list
A list of naming set as naming_set#1[,naming_set#2{,naming_set#n] is an

r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3
18
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
specified.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
4-6
ETH over MAU

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
defaultflowcontrol {nopause | asympause |
asym&sympause}
Example
The following example shows the command for a specified port (interface 1, drawer 1,
slot 6):
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
defaultflowcontrol nopause
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789

admittedfractionalrate admitted_fractional_rate
Description
This command allows you to set the admitted fractional rate on an Ethernet port, for
triggering pause frame generation.
Syntax Definitions
naming_set_list

r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3
18
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
specified.
An integer value, indicating in Kbit/s the threshold value of the admitted

bandwidth on the interface. It is used for triggering PAUSE frames generation.
Example
The following example shows is relevant to a specific port (interface 1, drawer 1, slot
6):
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
4-7
ETH over MAU

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
admittedfractionalrate admitted_fractional_rate
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
admittedfractionalrate 1000000
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567

localeth ethasap asap_userlabel
Description
This command allows you to change the ASAP pointer associated to the Ethernet layer.
Syntax Definitions

r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3
18
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
specified.
asap_userlabel
An ASCII string defined by the Operator. Valid characters are letters

(both cases), digits and dash (-).
Example
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli > interface position r1sr1sl28d0p8 localeth ethasap all-alarms
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
4-8
ETH over MAU

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Description
This command is useful for script editing (local port).

Full Command

[defaulttype {10 | 100 | 1000}]
[rcfcsfaction {none | shutdown}] [rcfssfaction {none | shutdown}]
[trafficstatus {enable | disable}]
[floodinglimit floodinglimit_value]
[portservice {ets | bridge | mpls}]
[maxmtu mtu_value]
[defaultflowcontrol {nopause | asympause | asym&sympause}]
[admittedfractionalrate admitted_fractional_rate]
[ethasap asap_userlabel]
Syntax Definitions
naming_set_list

r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
mtu_value
An integer, indicating the MTU/MRU value. The allowed and default

MTU/MRU values are listed in the Alcatel-Lucent 1850 TSS-320/160 ZIC
Craft Terminal Operations Guide.
An integer value, in Kbit/, indicating the threshold value of the bandwidth

admitted on the interface. It is used for triggering PAUSE frame generation.
floodinglimit_value
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
4-9
ETH over MAU

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The flooding rate admitted at the ingress port expressed in kbit/s (see the
Alcatel-Lucent 1850 TSS-320/160 ZIC Craft Terminal Operations Guide).
asap_userlabel
An operator-defined ASCII string.

Example
The following example shows all local Ethernet interface information relevant to a
specified port:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli > interface position r1sr1sl28d0p8 localeth show ethinfo
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Show Local Ethernet Interface Info of port r1sr1sl28d0p8
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
---------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
AdminStatus: down (2)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
OperStatus: down (2)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
LastChange: 2007-05-30 15:37:23
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
InterfaceType: eth (6)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Speed: 10000
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
AvailableBandwidth: 10000
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Mtu: 1574
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
PromiscuousMode: true (1)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
PhysAddress:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
ConnectorPresent: true (1)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
FCSDiscardErroredFrames: true (1)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
ClientType: ets (1)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
BridgeBasePort: 0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
DefaultPause: asymmetric-PAUSE (1)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
AdmittedFractionalRate: 200
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
ConfEncaps: ethernetV2 (1)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
AsapIndex: 4
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Alarm Severity Profile UserLabel: all alarms
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
4-10
ETH over MAU

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Description
This command allows you to get the following local Ethernet port information:
The administrative status
The operative status

The system time at which the port has entered the current operational state
The interface type
The line rate

The available bandwidth
The interface maximum MTU/MRU
The interface mode

The Ethernet local MAC Address (if the local Mac Address is unavailable, it is set
to 00:00:00:00:00:00)
If the interface has a physical connector

The handling of incoming errored Ethernet frames
The Ethernet port client layer
The automatically assigned bridge port number

The PAUSE frame handling capability to be applied when auto-negotiation is
disabled
The admitted fractional rate
The encapsulation method used by the local Ethernet entity (for example,
ethernetV2, llc-snap)
The ASAP associated to the Ethernet port.
Syntax Definitions
naming_set_list

r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3
18
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
specified.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
4-11
ETH over MAU

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Example
The following example shows all local Ethernet interface information relevant to the
specified port (interface 1, drawer 1, slot 6):
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
show ethinfo
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Show Local Ethernet Interface Info of port r1sr1sl6d1p1
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
---------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Admin Status: up (1)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Interface Type: eth (6)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Speed: 1000000
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Available Bandwidth: 3567587
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Mtu: 1574
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Promiscuous Mode: true (1)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Phys Address:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Connector Present: true (1)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
FCS Discard Errored Frames: true (1)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Client Type: ets (1)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Bridge Base Port: 0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Default Pause: disabled (0)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Admitted Fractional Rate: 1000000
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Conf Encaps: ethernetV2 (1)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
If Asap Index: 2
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Alarm Severity Profile User Label: primary alarms
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
4-12

Available Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Available Commands
Purpose

Contents
4-13
interface position naming_set_list remoteeth portservice {ets | bridge |

mpls}
4-14
4-15
4-16
4-17
interface position naming_set_list remoteeth {activate |

deactivate}
Description
This command allows you to administratively enable or disable an Ethernet remote

port on either a GFP or LAPS port.
Syntax Definitions
naming_set_list

r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3
18
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
specified.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
4-13

interface position naming_set_list remoteeth {activate |
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
deactivate}
Example
The following examples display two commands:
The first activates a specific port (interface 2 of drawer 2 of board in slot 6).
The second deactivates the same port.
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId (interface) > position r1sr1sl6d2p2 remoteeth activate
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId (interface) > position r1sr1sl6d2p2 remoteeth deactivate
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
Note: Deactivation of the remote interface is necessary to set all subsequent
commands.
interface position naming_set_list remoteeth portservice

Description
This command configures the port type (remote). It configures promiscuous mode and
client type.
The default NE value is ets.
Syntax Definitions
naming_set_list

r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3
18
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
specified.
Example
The following example of the command is relevant to a specific port (interface 2,

drawer 2, slot 6):
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
4-14

interface position naming_set_list remoteeth portservice
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
portservice ets
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
interface position naming_set_list remoteeth maxmtu

mtu_value
Description
This command allows you to replace the default MTU/MRU (remote) value with a
new port maximum.
Syntax Definitions
naming_set_list

r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3
18
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
specified.
mtu_value

default values are listed in the relevant Alcatel-Lucent 1850 TSS-320/160 User
Provisioning Guide.
Example
The following example shows output relevant to the specified port (interface 2, drawer
2, slot 6):
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
maxmtu 1574
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
4-15

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Description
This command is useful for script editing (remote port).

Full Command

[ratelimited ratelimited_value]
[sl {auto | eqptnonspec}]
[trafficstatus {enable | disable}]
[floodinglimit floodinglimit_value]
[asap asap_userlabel]
[portservice {ets | bridge | mpls}]
[maxmtu mtu_value]
[ [[csf {disable | bidir_los | unidir_los | backward_los | bidir_lof | unidir_lof |
backward_lof | univcais}] [fcs {disable | enable}]] | [[flag {one | two}] [error frame
{abortseq | fcs}]] ]
Syntax Definitions
naming_set_list

r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3
18
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
specified.
mtu_value
An integer value, indicating the MTU/MRU value. MTU/MRU allowed and

default values are listed in the relevant Alcatel-Lucent 1850 TSS-320/160 User
Provisioning Guide.
ratelimited_value
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
4-16

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The maximum allowed rate, measured in Kb/s, configured on GFP/LAPS

ports.
floodinglimit_value
The flooding rate admitted at the ingress port, expressed in kbit/s (see
asap_userlabel
An operator-defined ASCII string.

Example
(tba)

Description
This command displays the following Ethernet port information (remote):

the operative status
the system time at which the port entered the current operational state
the interface type

the line rate
the available bandwidth
the interface maximum MTU/MRU

the interface mode
the Ethernet local MAC Address (if the local Mac Address is unavailable, it is set
to 00:00:00:00:00:00)
the presence or absence of a physical connector for the interface
the handling of incoming errored Ethernet frames

the Ethernet port client layer
the automatically assigned bridge port number
Syntax Definitions
naming_set_list
A list of naming set as naming_set#1[,naming_set#2{ ,naming_set#n] is

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
4-17

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
ethinfo
r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3
18
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
specified.
Example
The following example shows remote Ethernet interface information relevant to the
specified port (interface 2, drawer 2, slot 6):
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
show ethinfo
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Show Remote Ethernet Interface Info of port r1sr1sl6d2p2
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
-----------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Admin Status: down (2)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Interface Type: rem eth (6)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Speed: 0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Available Bandwidth: 0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Mtu: 1574
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Promiscuous Mode: true (1)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Phys Address:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Connector Present: false (2)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
FCS Discard Errored Frames: true (1)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
ClientType: ets (1)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Bridge Base Port: 0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
4-18

Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Available Commands
Purpose

Contents
bind
4-20

default
4-21

activate
4-22

show
4-24
4-25

vlanprotprofile
4-28
4-29
4-30
4-31
4-32
4-33
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
4-19

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
vlanprotprofile bind

Description
This command allows you to associate a VLAN protocol profile to an Ethernet port
configured as an ETS port. Incoming Ethernet frames, received on the Ethernet
interface and matching the VLAN EtherType, are handled as VLAN Tagged frames
(Q-Tagged or P-Tagged).
Full Command

interface position naming_set_list_lagnumber_set vlanprotprofile bind
vlanprotprof_userlabel
Syntax Definitions
An expression using naming_set_list and lagnumber_set, separated by

commas. As described below:
A naming_set_list is a list of naming set as naming_set#1[,naming_
set#2{ ,naming_set#n] is an expression using integer values in the range 1
- 4094, ampersand (&) and hyphen (-) for representing board, drawer or port
value ranges. For example:
r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3
18
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
specified.
A lagnumber_set is an expression using integer values (1-124), ampersand
(&) and hyphen (-). For example:
lag4-7&18
: (e.g. r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3,r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6,lag4-7&18,r1sr1sl717d0p10)nnn
The following is an example of a naming_set_list_lagnumber_set
r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3,r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6,lag4-7&18,r1sr1sl717d0p10

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
4-20

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Example
The following shows the output of this command for a specific port (interface 2,
drawer 1, slot 6):
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId (interface) > position r1sr1sl6d1p2
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
vlanprotprofile bind pippo
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789

vlanprotprofile default
Description
This command allows you to associate the default VLAN protocol profile with an
Ethernet port configured as an ETS port.
Syntax Definitions

r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3
18
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
specified.
lag4-7&18
: (e.g. r1sr1sl3-6&18dop1-3,r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6,lag4-7&18,r1sr1sl717d0p10)nnn
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
4-21

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Example
drawer 1, slot 6):
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789

Description
This command allows you to create and activate a VLAN protocol profile, defining its
user label and optional EtherType. If the EtherType is not specified, the profile is
initiated with EtherType=0x8100.
Full Command

interface position naming_set_list_lagnumber_set vlanprotprofile activate
vlanprotprof_userlabel [type ethertype_value]
Syntax Definitions

r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3
18
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
4-22

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
r1sr1sl7-9&1d09p4-6
specified.
lag4-7&18

ethertype_value

Example
drawer 1, slot 6):
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
vlanprotprofile activate pippo
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
(interface) >
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
4-23

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
vlanprotprofile show

Description
This command allows you to get the list of all VLAN protocol profiles with the
corresponding protocol type. The information can be limited to one VLAN profile by
indicating its user label.
Full Command

interface position naming_set_list_lagnumber_set vlanprotprofile show
[vlanprotprof_userlabel]
Syntax Definitions

r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3
18
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
specified.
lag4-7&18
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
4-24

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Example
drawer 1, slot 6):
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId (interface) > position r1sr1sl6d1p2 vlanprotprofile show
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
pippo
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
Index
Vlan User Label
vlan Ether Type vlan Status
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
----------------------------------------------------- ---------------12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
1
pippo
33024
active (1)
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567

l2ctrlframe
Description
This command allows you to configure how to manage layer2 control frames as passed
or discarded when received at a certain Ethernet port, configured as ETS port. All
frames specified by the user as pass are tunneled, and those specified as drop are
discarded. The status of all unspecified frames is unchanged.
Full Command

ctrl_frame_32bits {pass | drop}
Syntax Definitions

r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3
18
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
4-25

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
l2ctrlframe
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
specified.
lag4-7&18
ctrl_frame_32bits
It identifies the control frame types for pass-through or discard and has the
following syntax:
[all] [customerbpdu] [slowprot] [802.1x] [providergvrp]
[providerbpdu] [bridgemgt] [customergmrp] [customergarp] [reserved]
[bridgeblock] [garpblock]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
4-26

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
l2ctrlframe
This parameter specifies the control frame types to which the command {pass |
drop} applies. If none of the following parameters are present, all control
frames are specified by default.
all all others
customerbpdu Customer BPDU (STP, RSTP, MSTP), MAC Address

01-80-C2-00-00-00
providerbpdu Provider BPDU (STP, RSTP, MSTP), MAC Address

01-80-C2-00-00-08
slowprot Slow Protocols, MAC Address 01-80-C2-00-00-02
802.1x 802.1X PAE, MAC Address 01-80-C2-00-00-03
providergvrp Provider GVRP, MAC Address 01-80-C2-00-00-0D
bridgemgt Bridge Management, MAC Address 01-80-C2-00-00-10
customergmrp Customer GMRP, MAC Address 01-80-C2-00-00-20
customergarp Customer GARP, MAC Address 01-80-C2-00-00-21
reserved A group of MAC Addresses: 01-80-C2-00-00-04 to

01-80-C2-00-00-07, 01-80-C2-00-00-09 to 01-80-C2-00-00-0C,
01-80-C2-00-00-0E to 01-80-C2-00-00-0F, 01-80-C2-00-00-22 to
01-80-C2-00-00-2F
bridgeblock A group of MAC Addresses: 01-80-C2-00-00-00,

01-80-C2-00-00-02 to 01-80-C2-00-00-0F
garpblock A group of MAC Addresses: 01-80-C2-00-00-20 to

01-80-C2-00-00-2F.
Inside the MIB, this information is mapped in a 32-bit string, with 0 being
most significant bit. Each bit in this string indicates if the frame-type
represented by this bit is discarded (bit=0) or passed (bit=1). Data frames are
always passed.
Example
(tba)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
4-27

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
show vlanprotprofile

vlanprotprofile
Description
This command allows you to get the VLAN protocol profile associated with a
particular Ethernet port defined as ETS port.
Syntax Definitions

r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3
18
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
specified.
lag4-7&18
Example
The following example shows the VLan Protocol Profile information for a specific port
(interface 2, drawer 1, slot 6):
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
4-28

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
show vlanprotprofile
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId (interface) > position r1sr1sl6d1p2 show
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
vlanprotprofile
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Show Vlan Protocol Profile Info r1sr1sl6d1p2
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Vlan Ether Type: 0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789

vlanset
Description
This command allows you to get the VLANs registered on each indicated port. It also
gets the VLAN for the VLAN port member set to which each indicated port belongs.
Syntax Definitions

r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3
18
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
specified.
lag4-7&18
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
4-29

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
show vlanset
Example
(tba)

l2ctrlframe
Description
This command allows you to get the Layer2 control frame management (tunneled or
discarded) associated to a particular Ethernet port defined as ETS port.
Syntax Definitions

r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3
18
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
specified.
lag4-7&18
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
4-30

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
show l2ctrlframe
Example
The following example shows L2 Control Frame information relevant to a specific port
(interface 2, drawer 1, slot 6):
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId (interface) > position r1sr1sl6d1p2 show
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
l2ctrlframe
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
r1sr1sl6d1p2 - Layer2 Protocol List: FFFFFFFFFF [0] [customerbpdu
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
(1)] [providerbpdu-pass (2)] [slowprot-pass (3)] [802.1x-pass (4)]
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
[5] [6] [7] [8] [9] [10] [11] [12] [providergvrp-pass (13)] [14]
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
[15] [bridgemgt-pass (16)] [customergmrp-pass (17)] [customergarp1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
pass (18)] [19] [20] [21] [22] [23] [24] [25] [26] [27] [28] [29]
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
[30] [31] [32] [33] [34] [35] [36] [37] [38] [39]
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Description
This command allows you to create and activate a VLAN protocol profile, defining its
user label and optional EtherType. If the ethertype_value is not specified, the
profile is initiated with EtherType=0x8100.
Full Command

vlanprotprofile activate vlanprotprof_userlabel [type ethertype_value]
Syntax Definitions

ethertype_value

Example
The following example illustrates two commands:
The first command activates a specific VLan profile.

The second command reports all the relevant VLan user Label information.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
4-31

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId > vlanprotprofile activate pluto
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId > vlanprotprofile show
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Index
vlan User Label
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
--------- ----------------------------- --------------- -----------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1
pippo
33024
active (1)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
2
pluto
33024
active (1)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789

Description
This command allows you to delete a VLAN protocol profile.

Syntax Definitions

Example
The first command deletes a specific VLan profile.
The second command reports all the relevant VLan user Label information.
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId > vlanprotprofile delete pluto
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Index
vlan User Label
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
--------------------------------------------------- -----------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1
pippo
33024
active (1)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
4-32

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Description
This command allows you to get a list of all VLAN protocol profiles with the
corresponding protocol type. The information can be limited to one VLAN profile by
indicating its user label.
Syntax Definitions

Example
The following shows an example of this command:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Index
vlan User Label
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
--------- ----------------------------- --------------- -----------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1
pippo
33024
active (1)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
4-33
5 thernet Flow and

E
Ethernet Flow QOS
Management Commands
Overview
Purpose
This chapter includes the Ethernet flow and Ethernet flow QOS management command
sets listed below.
Contents
Classifiers
5-2
5-2
5-4
5-5
Color Profile
5-7
5-7
5-8
5-9
Traffic Descriptor
5-10
5-10
5-12
5-12
5-14
5-15
flowgroup activate
5-15
5-17
5-17
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
5-1
Ethernet Flow and Ethernet Flow QOS Management

Commands
Classifiers
Available Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Classifiers
Available Commands
Purpose

Contents
5-2
5-4
5-5

Description
This command creates, configures, and activates an ETS InFlow classifier.

Configuration can specify the VLAN ID and the PRI value/range.
Beginning with Release 3.0, it can also specify:
The IP DSCP specific value/range
The EtherType value
The VPI and VCI
When the VLAN or PRI parameter is absent, it is set to dontcare. When the optional
maximum value for VLAN or PRI is absent, the corresponding SNMP attribute is set
to 0.
Note that this command is used for adding classifiers to one that is first defined when
an ETS InFlow is created.
Full command
The full command with all available variables is displayed below:

[vlan {vlan_id[-maxvlan_id] | dontcare| untagged}]
[pri {pri[-maxpri] | dontcare | untagged}]
[dscp {dscp[-maxdscp] | dontcare | noip}] [etype {ethertype_value | dontcare}] }]
[vpi {vpi_id[-maxvpi_id] }] [vci {vci_id[-maxvci_id] }]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
5-2

Commands
Classifiers
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Syntax Definitions
vlan_id
An integer value in the set 0 - 4094, indicating the VID (or the lower
boundary of a VLAN ID range).
maxvlan_id
An integer value in the set 1 - 4094. It indicates the upper boundary of a

VLAN ID range.
pri
An integer value in the range 0 - 7, indicating the Priority, or the lower

boundary of a PRI range.
maxpri
An integer value in the range 0 - 7, indicating the upper boundary of a

PRI range.
dscp
An integer value in the range 0-63, indicating the DSCP value, or the
lower boundary of a DSCP range.
maxdscp
An integer value in the range 0-63, indicating the upper boundary of a

DSCP range.
flow_userlabel

ethertype_value

vpi_id
An integer value in the range 0-4095 indicating the ATM VPI, or the lower
limit of a ATM VPI range.
maxvpi_id
An integer value in the range 0-4095 that indicates the upper limit of an
ATM VPI range.
vci_id
An integer value in the range 0-65535 indicating the ATM VCI, or the
lower limit of a ATM VCI range.
maxvci_id
An integer value in the range 0-65535 indicating the upper limit of a ATM
VCI range.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
5-3

Commands
Classifiers
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Example
In the following example displays two commands:
The first command adds an ETS InFlow Classifier.

The second command reports all the relevant ETS InFlow Classifier information.
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId > inflowclassifier add in1flow vlan untagged pri untagged
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId > inflowclassifier show in1flow
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
OID
ClassifieClassifieClassifieClassifieClassifieClassifieClassifier
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
-------------------- -------- -------- -------- -------- ---------12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
1.1
4097
0
9
0
active (1)
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
1.3
4097
0
9
0
notInServi
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
1.4
4096
0
8
0
active (1)
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
2.2
4097
0
9
0
active (1)
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567

Description
This command deletes an ETS InFlow classifier added by previous commands. It

cannot delete the classifier that is defined when a flow is created.
Syntax Definitions
classifier_id
An integer number, indicating a specific ETS InFlow classifier.

Example
The following example shows the InFlow classifier information before the command is
used to remove classifier 3.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
5-4

Commands
Classifiers
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId > inflowclassifier show
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
OID
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
------ -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- ---------12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
1.1
4097
0
9
0
active (1)
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
1.3
4097
0
9
0
notInServi
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
1.4
4096
0
8
0
active (1)
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
2.2
4097
0
9
0
active (1)
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
In the following example displays two commands:
The first command removes a specific ETS InFlow Classifier.

The second command reports all the updated relevant ETS InFlow Classifier
information.
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId > inflowclassifier remove 3
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
OID
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
-------------------- -------- -------- -------- -------- ---------12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
1.1
4097
0
9
0
active (1)
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
1.4
4096
0
8
0
active (1)
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
2.2
4097
0
9
0
active (1)
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567

Description
This command allows you to get information for each defined classifier, including
classifier index. The information can be limited to classifiers for a certain ETS InFlow
by specifying the flow user label.
Syntax Definitions
flow_userlabel

Example
The following examples show the command reporting the relevant information:
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
5-5

Commands
Classifiers
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
OID
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
------ -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- ---------12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
1.1
4097
0
9
0
active (1)
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
2.2
4097
0
9
0
active (1)
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
5-6

Commands
Color Profile
Available Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Color Profile
Available Commands
Purpose

Contents
5-7
5-8
5-9

Description
This command allows you to create, configure, and activate a Color Profile.
Each color profile associated PRI or DSCP values to a drop precedence [green(g)
and/or or yellow(y) and/or red(r)].
The command allows the following options:
allg all values are associated with green
ally all values are associated with yellow
allr all values are associated with red
DSCP default the default association scheme defined in the Alcatel-Lucent
1850 TSS-320/160 ZIC Craft Terminal Operations Guide is used
pri_set the specified PRI values are associated with green, yellow, or red.
dscp_set the specified DSCP values are associated to green, assuming the
others are associated to yellow.

Full command

colorprofile activate colorprof_userlabel {pri {allg | ally | allr | pri_set [g | y |
r] [.... pri_set [g | y | r]] } | dscp {default | allg | ally | allr | dscp_set [g | y |
r][{. dscp_set [g | y | r]] }}
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
5-7

Commands
Color Profile
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Syntax Definitions
dscp_set
An expression using integer values in the range of 0 ... -63] and specific
symbols for representing a set of DSCP value ranges which are associated
with green in that color profile. For instance, 12-15&55 means that the
DSCP values 12, 13, 14, 15 and 55 are associated with green in a color
profile.
pri_set
An expression using integer values 0-7, and specific symbols - and & to
represent a set of PRI value ranges associated with green in a color
profile.
For instance, 0-3&5 means that the PRI values 0,1,2,3,5 are associated
with green in the color profile. All other PRI values are associated with
yellow in that color profile.
colorprof_userlabel

Example
The following example shows the configuration and activation of a Color Profile.
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId > colorprofile activate colorprof1 pri allg
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789

Description
This command deletes a Color Profile.

Syntax Definitions
colorprof_userlabel
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
5-8

Commands
Color Profile
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Example
The following example shows two commands.
The first command deletes a specified Color Profile.

The second command shows the updated Color Profiles.
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId > colorprofile delete colorprof1
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId > colorprofile show
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
Index User Label Status
Prty0 Prty1 Prty2 Prty3 Prty4 Prty5 Prty6 Prty7
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
--------------------------- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567

Description
This command provides a list of color profiles with their drop precedence information.
The information can be limited to one color profile by indicating its user label.
Syntax Definitions
colorprof_userlabel

Example
The following command shows information for the specified Color Profile.
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId > colorprofile show colorprof1
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
Index User Label Status
Prty0 Prty1 Prty2 Prty3 Prty4 Prty5 Prty6 Prty7
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
----- ---------- ---------- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
1
colorprof1 active (1) green green green green green green green green
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
5-9

Commands
Traffic Descriptor
Available Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Traffic Descriptor
Available Commands
Purpose

Contents
5-10
5-12
5-12
5-14
Description
This command allows you to create, activate, and configure an ETS traffic descriptor.
It is possible to specify the parameters according to IETF (PIR and PBS) or MEF (EIR
and EBS).
Note: SNMP parameters are set according to MEF definition, using the relations:
PIR=CIR+EIR, PBS=EBS.
Full Command

trafficdescriptor activate trafficdescriptor_userlabel
traffictype {bk| be | reg(4) | reg(3) | reg | reg(1)| gua(2) | gua | group}
cir cir_value {pir pir_value | eir eir_value}
cbs cbs_value {pbs pbs_value | ebs ebs_value}
[admittedmcrate admitted_mc_rate]
[admittedunknrate admitted_unkn_rate]
[trafficmctype {bk| be | reg(4) | reg(3) | reg | reg(1)| gua(2) | gua | group}]
[trafficunktype {bk| be | reg(4) | reg(3) | reg | reg(1)| gua(2) | gua | group}]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
5-10

Commands
Traffic Descriptor
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Syntax Definitions
trafficdescriptor_userlabel

cbs_value
An integer number, in the range 0 - 64 MB in 1 byte increments.

cir_value
An integer number, in the range 3 kbit/s - port line rate, in 1 kbit/s

increments.
ebs_value
An integer number, in the range [0-min [64MB, 256 * corresponding_

CBS]] in 1 byte increments.
eir_value

increments.
pbs_value
An integer number, in the range [0-min [64 MB, 256 * corresponding_CBS]],

in 1 byte increments.
pir_value

increments.
admitted_mc_rate
An integer value, indicating the threshold value of the admitted bandwidth

(in Kbps) on the interface for multicast traffic.
admitted_unkn_rate

(in Kbps) on the interface for unknown traffic.
Example
The following example shows the activation and configuration of a Traffic Descriptor:.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
5-11

Commands
Traffic Descriptor
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId > trafficdescriptor activate TDTest1 traffictype be cir 0
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
pir 1000 cbs 0 pbs 6400
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
CLI msg: already present TD User Label
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567

Description
This command deletes an ETS traffic descriptor.

Syntax Definitions

Example
The following example shows the deletion of a specific Traffic Descriptor:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId > trafficdescriptor delete TDTest1
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789

Description
This command allows you to configure an ETS traffic descriptor without changing the
assigned Traffic Descriptor type.
Note: SNMP parameters are set according to MEF definition via the relations:
PIR=CIR+EIR, PBS= EBS.
Full Command

trafficdescriptor config trafficdescriptor_userlabel
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
5-12

Commands
Traffic Descriptor
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
cir cir_value {pir pir_value | eir eir_value}

cbs cbs_value {pbs pbs_value | ebs ebs_value}
[admittedmcrate admitted_mc_rate]
[admittedunknrate admitted_unkn_rate]
[trafficmctype {bk| be | reg(4) | reg(3) | reg | reg(1)| gua(2) | gua | group}]
[trafficunktype {bk| be | reg(4) | reg(3) | reg | reg(1)| gua(2) | gua | group}]
Syntax Definitions

cbs_value
An integer number, in the range 0 - 64 MB in 1 byte increments.

cir_value

increments.
ebs_value
An integer number, in the range [0-min [64MB, 256 * corresponding_

CBS]] in 1 byte increments.
eir_value

increments.
pbs_value
An integer number, in the range [0-min [64 MB, 256 * corresponding_CBS]],

in 1 byte increments.
pir_value

increments.
admitted_mc_rate

(in Kbps) on the interface for multicast traffic.
admitted_unkn_rate

(in Kbps) on the interface for unknown traffic.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
5-13

Commands
Traffic Descriptor
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Example
(tba)

Description
This command displays the following information for an ETS traffic descriptor:
Traffic type
Traffic parameters
Status
Syntax Definitions

Example
The following example shows information about all active Traffic descriptors:
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId > trafficdescriptor show
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
Index User Label TD Status
TD Type
cir
pir
cbs
pbs
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
----- ---------- ------------- ---------- -------- -------- -------- -----12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
1
nullBeTD
active (1)
bestEffort 0
0
0
0
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
2
TDTest1
active
(1)
bestEffort
0
1000
0
64000
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
5-14

Commands

Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Available Commands
Purpose

Contents
flowgroup activate
5-15
5-17
5-17
flowgroup activate
Description
This command allows you to create, activate, and configure an ETS Flow Group
(InFlow/OutFlow).
The following details can be configured:
The traffic descriptor association to the ETS InFlow
The policing management for the ETS InFlow. It can be any one of the following:
color blind
IETF coloraware
MEF color-aware without coupling flag
MEF color-aware with coupling flag
disabled
The color profile association to the ETS InFlow. If this parameter is absent, a color
profile with drop precedence=green for any priority/dscp is associated by default to
the ETS InFlow.
Full Command

flowgroup activate flowgroup_userlabel
port {naming | lagnumber}
trafficdescriptor trafficdescriptor_userlabel
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
5-15

Commands

flowgroup activate
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
policingmode {c-blind | ietfc-aware | mefc-aware-cf0 | mefc-aware-cf1 | disabled}

[colorprofile colorprof_userlabel]
Syntax Definitions
naming
applies:
R
Rack
1-7
Subrack
0 or 1 - 7
Board
0 or 1 - 43
Drawer
0 or 1 - 7
Port
0 or 1 - 1023
When a field is meaningless as naming a resource, this field is omitted from the
naming.
For commands that apply to a board, the naming must have rack, subrack,
board0, and drawer=port=0. For commands that apply to a port, the naming must
have rack, subrack, board, and port0.
flowgroup_userlabel


colorprof_userlabel

lagnumber
An expression lagN, where N is an integer value in the range [1 - 124], indicating

the number of a link aggregation group.
For example: lag18
Example
(tba)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
5-16

Commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Description
This command allows you to delete an ETS Flow Group.

Syntax Definitions
flowgroup_userlabel

Example
(tba)

Description
This command allows you to get the information about ETS flow groups. The
information can be limited to a single ETS Flow Group by specifying its userlabel.
Syntax Definitions
flowgroup_userlabel

Example
(tba)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
5-17
6 ervices Management
S
Commands
Overview
Purpose
This chapter includes the services management command sets listed below.
Contents
6-3
flow show
6-3
6-5
6-5
6-10
6-12
6-12
6-14
6-14
6-15
6-16
ETS-to-Provider Bridge ETS/PW/VPLS ingress unidirectional flow
6-17
6-17
6-21
6-23
6-23
Provider Bridge/PW/VPLS to ETS egress unidirectional flow
6-24
6-24
6-26
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
6-1
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-26
6-28
6-28
6-30
6-31
6-32
vrrp activate flow_userlabel port naming {svlan vlan_id | pw
6-34
pw_id}
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
6-2

Available Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Available Commands
Purpose

Contents
flow show
6-3
flow show
Description
This command allows you to retrieve the following information for a specific flow, all
configured flows with a specified service type (pb, pw, vpls,atm), a specific port, or all
ports if an flow optional parameter is not specified:
The flow index
The flow user label
The flow type
provider bridge bidirectional
provider bridge unidirectional inbound (ingress)
provider bridge unidirectional outbound (egress)
port-to-port
Full command

flow show [flow_userlabel] [port {naming | lagnumber}][flowtype { pb | pw |
vpls | atm}]
Syntax Definitions
flow_userlabel

naming
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
6-3

flow show
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
applies:
R
Rack
1-7
Subrack
0 or 1 - 7
Board
0 or 1 - 43
Drawer
0 or 1 - 7
Port
0 or 1 - 1023
When a field is meaningless for naming a resource, the field is omitted in the
naming.
In commands that apply to a board, the naming must have rack, subrack, board0
and drawer=port=0. In commands that apply to a port, the naming must have
rack, subrack, board.
lagnumber

For example: lag18
Example
The following example shows information about all configured flows:
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId > flow show
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
LabelKey
Flow User Label
Flow Type
InFlow Port
OutFlow Port
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
==============================================================================
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
#1.1.1
portportbid (3) r1sr1sl18d1p6 r1sr1sl18d2p2

12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
6-4

Available Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
ETS-to-Provider Bridge ETS/PW/VPLS

bidirectional flow
Available Commands
Purpose

Contents
6-5
6-10
6-12
6-12

Description
This command creates, configures and activates an ETS InFlow/OutFlow and the
Provider Bridge/PW/VPLS ETS InFlow/OutFlow on which it is transported. The
command also creates the cross-connection between them.
Full command

pbflowbid activate flow_userlabel port {naming | lagnumber}
[classificationmode {pri | dscp}]
[inflowclassifier [vlan {vlan_id[-maxvlan_id] | dontcare | untagged}] [pri
{pri[-maxpri] | dontcare | untagged}] [dscp {dscp[- maxdscp] | dontcare | noip}]]
[etype {ethertype_value | dontcare}]]
trafficdescriptor trafficdescriptor_userlabel {svlan vlan_id | pw pw_id |
vpls vpls_userlabel}
[l2ctrlframe ctrl_frame_32bits {pass | drop}]
[policingmode {c-blind | ietfc-aware | mefc-aware-cf0 | mefc-aware-cf1 | disabled}]
[colorprofile colorprof_userlabel]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
6-5

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
[pop [swap swap_cvlan vlan_id swap_mode {colorblind | coloraware} swap_cpri pri

[swap_cpriyellow priyellow]]]
[push cvlan vlan_id mode {colorblind | coloraware} cpri pri [cpriyellow
priyellow]]
[flowgroup flowgroup_userlabel]
[outtraffictype {bk | be | reg(4) | reg(3) | reg | reg(1) | gua(2) | gua}]
Configuration options
Configuration includes:
Classification mode based on PRI bits
Classifier definition and association

The operator can add new classifiers for an ETS InFlow (see Classifiers (p. 5-2)).
However, the operator cannot delete the first defined classifier without deleting the
entire PB flow. The operator can delete later defined classifiers at any time.
Traffic descriptor association to the ETS InFlow carries information for CoS and
traffic descriptor parameters
Traffic descriptor association to the ETS Provider Bridge InFlow carries

information for CoS with null traffic descriptor parameters. If not present, the CoS
of the ETS InFlow in the corresponding bidirectional connection is used.
One of the following:
SVID definition for the Provider Bridge ETS InFlow/OutFlow
PW for PW ETS InFlow/OutFlow
VPLS ID for VPLS ETS InFlow/OutFlow
Management of the received L2 Control Frames (tunneled or discarded) for the

ETS InFlow.
L2 Control Frames, configured to be discarded at the ETS flow level will be
classified as not belonging to the ETS flow by the ETS classifier. L2 Control
Frames, configured to be tunneled at the ETS flow level, will be classified as
belonging to the ETS flow only if they match all the other ETS classifier criteria.
Since transport network is based on the Provider Bridge, L2 control frames with a
MAC DA of 01-80-C2-00-00-08 must be discarded, independent of user
configuration.
If the L2 control frame optional parameter is absent, all L2 control frames (except
those with MAC DA 01-80-C2-00-00-08) are tunnelled by default.
Policing for the ETS InFlow can be either:
Color blind
IETF color-aware
MEF coloraware with coupling flag
Disabled
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
6-6

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Color profile association to the ETS InFlow.

If this parameter is absent, a color profile with drop precedence of green for any
priority is associated by default with the ETS InFlow.
VLAN pop enabling/disabling on the ETS InFlow.

If this parameter is absent, pop operation is disabled by default.
VLAN push configuration on the ETS OutFlow.

This consists of enabling/disabling push operation on ETS OutFlow, configuring:
The VID to be pushed

The colorblind/coloraware meaning of the PRI
The PRI to be pushed for all frames (in colorblind mode) or only for green
frames (in coloraware mode)
The PRI to be pushed for yellow frames in coloraware mode.
If this parameter is absent, a PRI of 0 is applied by default.
If VLAN push configuration parameter is absent, push operation is disabled by
default.
ETS group to which the ETS Inflow belongs.
This optional information is an alternative to the traffic descriptor/policing/color
profile configuration.
When the ETS Inflow belongs to an ETS group (flowgroup is specified), the
operator must omit:
Policing
Color profile
ETS Cross-connection set-up
Syntax Definitions
naming
applies:
R
Rack
1-7
Subrack
0 or 1 - 7
Board
0 or 1 - 43
Drawer
0 or 1 - 7
Port
0 or 1 - 1023
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
6-7

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
naming. For 1850 TSS-320/160 R03.0, drawer is not supported. The value must
always be 0.
For commands that apply to a board, the naming must have rack, subrack, board,
and drawer=0, and port. For commands that apply to a port, the naming must
have rack, subrack, board, and port.
maxdscp
An integer value in the range 0-63, indicating the upper boundary of a DSCP
range.
ctrl_frame_32bits
following syntax:
[all] [customerbpdu] [slowprot] [802.1x] [providergvrp] [bridgemgt]
[customergmrp] [customergarp] [reserved] [bridgeblock] [garpblock]
drop} applies. If none of the following parameters are present, all control frames
are specified by default.
all all others

01-80-C2-00-00-00

01-80-C2-00-00-07, 01-80-C2-00-00-09 to 01-80-C2-00-00-0C,
01-80-C2-00-00-0E to 01-80-C2-00-00-0F, 01-80-C2-00-00-22 to
01-80-C2-00-00-2F

01-80-C2-00-00-02 to 01-80-C2-00-00-07, 01-80-C2-00-00-09 to
01-80-C2-00-00-0F

01-80-C2-00-00-2F.
significant bit. Each bit in this string indicates if the frame-type represented by
this bit is discarded (bit=0) or passed (bit=1). Data frames are always passed.
maxpri
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
6-8

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Uses the same syntax as pri, and indicates the upper boundary of a PRI range.
maxvlan_id
Uses the same syntax as vlan_id, and indicates the upper boundary of a VLAN
ID range.
dscp
An integer value in the range 0-63, indicating the DSCP value, or the lower
boundary of a DSCP range.
pri
An integer value in the range 0 - 7, indicating the Priority (the lower boundary of
a PRI range).
vlan_id
An integer value in the range 0 - 4094, indicating the VID (the lower boundary of
a VLAN ID range).
flow_userlabel


colorprof_userlabel

priyellow
flowgroup_userlabel

Example
(tba)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
6-9

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Description
This command specifies the L2 Control Frames that should be tunneled or discarded
by a previously created ETS InFlow.
Since transport network is based on Provider Bridge, the L2 control frames with a
MAC DA of 01-80-C2-00-00-08 must be discarded, independent of user configuration
Full command

pbflowbid config flow_userlabel [l2ctrlframe ctrl_frame_32bits {pass | drop}]
[trafficdescriptor trafficdescriptor_userlabel]
Syntax Definitions
ctrl_frame_32bits
It identifies the control frame types for managing their passing through or
discarding and it has the following syntax:
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
6-10

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
all all others

01-80-C2-00-00-00

01-80-C2-00-00-07, 01-80-C2-00-00-09 to 01-80-C2-00-00-0C,
01-80-C2-00-00-0E to 01-80-C2-00-00-0F, 01-80-C2-00-00-22 to
01-80-C2-00-00-2F

01-80-C2-00-00-02 to 01-80-C2-00-00-07, 01-80-C2-00-00-09 to
01-80-C2-00-00-0F

01-80-C2-00-00-2F.
flow_userlabel


Example
(tba)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
6-11

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Description
This command deletes an ETS InFlow/OutFlow, the Provider Bridge ETS

InFlow/OutFlow on which it is transported, and the corresponding cross-connections.
Syntax Definitions
flow_userlabel

Example
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli:EML001 > pbflowbid delete f001
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789

Description
This command provides a list of all defined ETS InFlow/OutFlow along with the
Provider Bridge/PW/VPLS ETS InFlow/OutFlow on which they are transported.
By specifying a user label, this command can also provide detailed information about a
specific ETS InFlow/OutFlow and the Provider Bridge/PW/VPLS ETS
InFlow/OutFlow on which it is transported.
Syntax Definitions
flow_userlabel
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
6-12

pbflowbid show [flow_userlabel] [flowtype { pb | pw |
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
vpls }]
Example
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli:EML001 > pbflowbid show
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
FlowLabelKey Flow UserLabel Flow Type
InFlow Port OutFlow Port
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
===================================================================
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
@41.1.1
AXL001
pbflowbid (2) r1sr1sl3d0p1 r1sr1sl3d0p1
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
@43.3.3
AXL002
pbflowbid (2) r1sr1sl3d0p4 r1sr1sl3d0p4
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
6-13

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Purpose

Contents
6-14
6-15
6-16
portportbid activate flow_userlabel port1 naming port2

naming
Description
This command allows you to create, configure, and activate a port-to-port

configuration. This means a local ETS InFlow/OutFlow is transparently
cross-connected to an ETS InFlow/OutFlow in such a way that all traffic incoming
from one ETS is transmitted to the other one.
Classifier definition: default classifier is applied (for example, dont-care for VLAN
or PRI) values. No other classifier can be added by operator.
Traffic descriptor association: BE NULL traffic descriptor is applied.
Management of the received L2 Control Frames: all control frames are tunneled.
Policy management: it is disabled.
Color profile association: a default color profile with a drop precedence of green
for any priority is applied.
VLAN pop enabling/disabling: it is disabled.
VLAN push configuration: it is disabled by default.
ETS cross-connection set-up.
Syntax Definitions
naming
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
6-14

portportbid activate flow_userlabel port1 naming port2
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
naming
applies:
R
Rack
1-7
Subrack
0 or 1 - 7
Board
0 or 1 - 43
Drawer
0 or 1 - 7
Port
0 or 1 - 1023
When a field is meaningless as naming a resource, the field is omitted from

naming. For 1850 TSS-320/160 R03.0, drawer is not supported and the value
must always be 0.
flow_userlabel

Example
The following example shows the command for specific ports:
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId > portportbid activate in1flow port1 r1sr1sl6d1p3 port2
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
r1sr1sl6d1p4
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567

Description
This command allows a user to delete the coupling of ETS InFlow/OutFlow and the
transparent connection between them.
Syntax Definitions
flow_userlabel
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
6-15

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Example
The following example shows the command for a deletion:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId > portportbid delete in1flow
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789

Description
This command allows you to get the list of ETS InFlow/OutFlow pairs that are
transparently connected.
This command also allows you to get detailed information about a single pair, by
specifying the corresponding flow user label.
Syntax Definitions
flow_userlabel

Example
The following example shows the command reporting the relevant information:
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId > portportbid show
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
InFlow User Label
XC Type
InFlow Port
OutFlow Port
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
=======================================================================
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
in1flow
portportbid (2) r1sr1sl6d1p3 r1sr1sl6d1p4
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
6-16
ETS-to-Provider Bridge ETS/PW/VPLS ingress

unidirectional flow
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Available Commands

unidirectional flow
Available Commands
Purpose

Contents
6-17
6-21
6-23
6-23

Description
This command creates, configures and activates an ETS InFlow and the Provider
Bridge/PW/VPLS ETS OutFlow on which it is transported. The command also creates
the cross-connection between them.
Full command

pbflowinunidir activate flow_userlabel port {naming | lagnumber}
[classificationmode {pri | dscp} ]
[inflowclassifier [vlan {vlan_id[-maxvlan_id] | dontcare| untagged}]
[pri {pri[-maxpri] | dontcare | unntagged}] [dscp {dscp[-maxdscp] | dontcare |
noip}]] [etype {ethertype_value | dontcare }] }]
trafficdescriptor trafficdescriptor_userlabel
{svlan vlan_id | pw pw_id | vpls vpls_userlabel }
[l2ctrlframe ctrl_frame_32bits {pass | drop}]
[policingmode {c-blind | ietfc-aware | mefc-aware-cf0 | mefc-aware-cf1 | disabled}]
[colorprofile colorprofile_userlabel]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
6-17

unidirectional flow
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
[pop [swap swap_cvlan vlan_id swap_mode {colorblind | coloraware} swap_cpri pri

[swap_cpriyellow priyellow]]]
[flowgroup flowgroup_userlabel]
Configuration options
Classification mode based on PRI bits or IP DSCP bits
Classifier definition and association

The operator can add new classifiers for an ETS InFlow (see Classifiers (p. 5-2)).
However, the operator cannot delete the first defined classifier without deleting the
entire PB flow. The operator can delete later defined classifiers at any time.
Traffic descriptor association to the ETS InFlow carries information for CoS and
traffic descriptor parameters
SVID definition for the Provider Bridge ETS InFlow/OutFlow
Management of the received L2 Control Frames (tunneled or discarded) for the

ETS InFlow.
L2 Control Frames, configured to be discarded at the ETS flow level will be
classified as not belonging to the ETS flow by the ETS classifier. L2 Control
Frames, configured to be tunneled at the ETS flow level, will be classified as
belonging to the ETS flow only if they match all the other ETS classifier criteria.
Since transport network is based on the Provider Bridge, L2 control frames with a
MAC DA of 01-80-C2-00-00-08 must be discarded, independent of user
configuration.
If the L2 control frame optional parameter is absent, all L2 control frames (except
those with MAC DA 01-80-C2-00-00-08) are tunnelled by default.
Policing for the ETS InFlow can be either:
Color blind
IETF color-aware
MEF coloraware with coupling flag
Disabled
Color profile association to the ETS InFlow.

If this parameter is absent, a default color profile with a drop precedence of green
for any priority/dscp is associated with the ETS InFlow.
VLAN pop enabling/disabling on the ETS InFlow. If this parameter is absent, pop
operation is disabled by default.
VLAN push configuration on the ETS OutFlow consists of enabling or disabling
push operation on ETS OutFlow irrespective of ETS OutFlow Server Types
(Ethernet, pw, and beginning in Rel.3.0 vpls) by configuring:
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
6-18

unidirectional flow
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The PRI to be pushed for all frames in colorblind mode, or only for green
frames in coloraware mode
The PRI to be pushed for yellow frames in coloraware mode. If this parameter
is absent, PRI=0 is applied by default.
ETS group to which the ETS Inflow belongs.

This optional information is an alternative to the traffic descriptor/policing/color
profile configuration.
When the ETS Inflow belongs to an ETS group (flowgroup is specified), the
operator must omit:
Traffic descriptor (the BE NULL traffic descriptor)

Policing
Color profile
ETS Cross-connection set-up
Syntax Definitions
naming
applies:
R
Rack
1-7
Subrack
0 or 1 - 7
Board
0 or 1 - 43
Drawer
0 or 1 - 7
Port
0 or 1 - 1023
always be 0.
ctrl_frame_32bits
following syntax:
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
6-19

unidirectional flow
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
all all others

01-80-C2-00-00-00

01-80-C2-00-00-07, 01-80-C2-00-00-09 to 01-80-C2-00-00-0C,
01-80-C2-00-00-0E to 01-80-C2-00-00-0F, 01-80-C2-00-00-22 to
01-80-C2-00-00-2F

01-80-C2-00-00-02 to 01-80-C2-00-00-07, 01-80-C2-00-00-09 to
01-80-C2-00-00-0F

01-80-C2-00-00-2F.
maxdscp
An integer value in the range of 0-63, indicating the upper limit of a DSCP range.
maxpri
Uses the same syntax as pri, and indicates the upper boundary of a PRI range.
maxvlan_id
Uses the same syntax as vlan_id, and indicates the upper boundary of a VLAN
ID range.
dscp
An integer value in the range of 0-63, indicating the DSCP value, or the lower
limit of a DSCP range.
pri
a PRI range).
vlan_id
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
6-20

unidirectional flow
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
a VLAN ID range).
flow_userlabel


colorprof_userlabel

Example
(tba)

Description
This command allows you to set whether L2 Control Frames should be tunneled or
discarded by a previously created ETS InFlow.
Since the transport network is based on Provider Bridge, L2 control frames with a
MAC DA of 01-80-C2-00-00-08 must be discarded, independent of user configuration.
Full Command

pbflowinunidir config flow_userlabel l2ctrlframe ctrl_frame_32bits {pass |
drop} [trafficdescriptor trafficdescriptor_userlabel]
Syntax Definitions
ctrl_frame_32bits
following syntax:
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
6-21

unidirectional flow
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
all all others

01-80-C2-00-00-00

01-80-C2-00-00-07, 01-80-C2-00-00-09 to 01-80-C2-00-00-0C,
01-80-C2-00-00-0E to 01-80-C2-00-00-0F, 01-80-C2-00-00-22 to
01-80-C2-00-00-2F

01-80-C2-00-00-02 to 01-80-C2-00-00-07, 01-80-C2-00-00-09 to
01-80-C2-00-00-0F

01-80-C2-00-00-2F.
flow_userlabel


Example
(tba)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
6-22

unidirectional flow
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Description
This command allows you to delete an ETS InFlow, the Provider Bridge ETS OutFlow
on which it is transported, and the corresponding cross-connection.
Syntax Definitions
flow_userlabel

Example
(tba)
pbflowinunidir show [flow_userlabel] [flowtype { pb | pw |

vpls }]
Description
This command provides a list of all defined ETS InFlows, along with the Provider
Bridge ETS OutFlows on which they are transported.
By specifying the user label, this command provides detailed information for a specific
ETS InFlow and the Provider Bridge ETS OutFlow on which it is transported.
Syntax Definitions
flow_userlabel

Example
(tba)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
6-23
Provider Bridge/PW/VPLS to ETS egress unidirectional

flow
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Available Commands
Provider Bridge/PW/VPLS to ETS egress

unidirectional flow
Available Commands
Purpose

Contents
6-24
6-26
6-26

Description
This command allows you to create, configure and activate an ETS OutFlow and the
Provider Bridge ETS InFlow on which it is transported. The command also creates the
cross-connection between them.
The SVID definition for the Provider Bridge ETS InFlow/OutFlow.
The VLAN push configuration on the ETS OutFlow.

It consists in enabling/disabling push operation on ETS OutFlow, configuring:
The PRI to be pushed for all frames (in colorblind mode) or only for green
frames (in coloraware mode)
The PRI to be pushed for yellow frames in coloraware mode. If this parameter
is absent, a default PRI of 0 is applied.
If VLAN push configuration parameter is absent, push operation is disabled by
default.
ETS Cross-connection set-up.
CoS for the Provider Bridge ETS InFlow. (If not provided, the Regulated GUA
CoS is used.)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
6-24

flow
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Full command

pbflowoutunidir activate flow_userlabel port {naming | lagnumber}
{svlan vlan_id| pw pw_id | vpls vpls_userlabel}
[push cvlan vlan_id mode {colorblind | coloraware} cpri pri [cpriyellow priyellow]]
[outtraffictype {be{bk| be | reg(4) | reg(3) | reg | reg(1)| gua(2) | gua}]
Syntax Definitions
naming
applies:
R
Rack
1-7
Subrack
0 or 1 - 7
Board
0 or 1 - 43
Drawer
0 or 1 - 7
Port
0 or 1 - 1023
always be 0.
lagnumber

For example: lag18
pri
a PRI range).
vlan_id
a VLAN ID range).
pw_id
An integer value in the range of 1-4294967295, indicating the MPLS PW Index.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
6-25

flow
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
flow_userlabel

priyellow
Example
(tba)

Description
This command deletes an ETS OutFlow, the Provider Bridge ETS InFlow on which it
is transported, and the corresponding cross-connection.
Syntax Definitions
flow_userlabel

Example
(tba)
pbflowoutunidir show [flow_userlabel] [flowtype { pb | pw |

vpls }]
Description
This command provides the list of all defined ETS OutFlows with the
Bridge/MPLS/PW/VPLS ETS InFlows on which they are transported.
By specifying the corresponding user label, this command can also provide detailed
information about a specific ETS OutFlow and the Provider Bridge/MPLS/PW/VPLS
ETS OutFlow on which it is transported.
Syntax Definitions
flow_userlabel
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
6-26

flow
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
pbflowoutunidir show [flow_userlabel] [flowtype { pb |
pw | vpls }]
Example
(tba)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
6-27

Available Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Available Commands
Purpose

Contents
6-28
6-30
6-31
6-32
vrrp activate flow_userlabel port naming {svlan vlan_id | pw

pw_id}
6-34

Description
This command allows you to create, configure, and activate an ETS InFlow/OutFlow,
which selectively classifies the customer STP/RSTP/MSTP BPDU.
This can be one of the following:
The Provider Bridge ETS InFlow/OutFlow associated to an already registered

SVLAN, on which classified frames will be transported.
The pseudowire ETS InFlow/OutFlow associated with an already registered

pseudowire, on which classified frames will be transported.
This command also creates a cross-connection between the corresponding Inflow and
Outflow.
Classification The classifier takes the incoming untagged frames.

The classification process is completed by the ETS Inflow L2 CTRL frame
configuration (described below).

This carries information for the CoS and traffic descriptor parameters. They contain
the fixed values for the guaranteed CoS, and minimum vales for CIR and PIR (3
Kbit/s).
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
6-28

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The SVID definition for the Provider Bridge ETS InFlow/OutFlow, or the
Pseudowire for a Pseudowire ETS InFlow/OutFlow.
The SVID carries the C-BPDU through the service provider network between the
service provider nodes facing the customer network.
Management of the received L2 control frames, tunneled or discarded, for the ETS
InFlow. C-BPDU must be tunneled. All other L2 control frames must be discarded.
Data frames, represented by bit 0 of the L2CTRL 32-bit string, must also be
discarded.
Policing for the ETS InFlow It is disabled.
The Color profile association with the ETS InFlow A color profile with a drop
precedence of green for any priority is associated with the ETS InFlow.
VLAN pop enabling/disabling on the ETS InFlow The pop operation is

disabled.
VLAN push configuration on the ETS OutFlow The push operation is disabled.
The ETS group to which the ETS Inflow belongs No flow group is allowed.
Full command

[inflowclassifier [vlan {vlan_id[-maxvlan_id] | dontcare | untagged}]
[pri {pri[-maxpri] | dontcare}]] {svlan vlan_id | pw pw_id }
Syntax Definitions
flow_userlabel

vlan_id
An integer value in the range of 1 - 4094, indicating the VID (the lower boundary
of a VLAN ID range).
naming
applies:
R
Rack
1-7
Subrack
0 or 1 - 7
Board
0 or 1 - 43
Drawer
0 or 1 - 7
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
6-29

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Port
0 or 1 - 1023
always be 0.
Example
(tba)

Description
This command allows you to create, configure, and activate a CEPST instance over a
Provider Bridge UNI port.
Syntax Definitions
naming
applies:
R
Rack
1-7
Subrack
0 or 1 - 7
Board
0 or 1 - 43
Drawer
0 or 1 - 7
Port
0 or 1 - 1023
always be 0.
port_path_cost
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
6-30

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The port path cost. Its value depends on the link speed of the port (e.g. if the link
speed of the port is Mbit/s, the port_path_cost is an integer value in the range 1 200000000. The default value is 20,000,000.
Example
(tba)

Description
This command allows you to deactivate a CEPST instance over a Provider Bridge UNI
port.
Syntax Definitions
naming
applies:
R
Rack
1-7
Subrack
0 or 1 - 7
Board
0 or 1 - 43
Drawer
0 or 1 - 7
Port
0 or 1 - 1023
always be 0.
Example
(tba)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
6-31

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Description
which selectively classifies the untagged service STP/RSTP/MSTP BPDU, and the ETS
InFlow/OutFlow on which classified frames will be transported. The InFlow/OutFlow
can be Provider Bridge ETS InFlow/OutFlow associated to an already registered
SVLAN, or pseudowire ETS InFlow/OutFlow associated to an already registered
pseudowire.
This command creates also the cross-connection between the corresponding Inflow and
Outflow.

the fixed values for the guaranteed COS, and 3Kbs values for CIR and PIR, and
CBS and PBS equal to MTU on a per NE basis, via the opticsimNeMtu SNMP
attribute.
The SVID carries the S-BPDU through the service provider network between the
InFlow. S-BPDU must be tunneled. All other L2 control frames must be discarded.
Data frames, represented by bit 0 of the L2CTRL 32-bit string, must also be
discarded.
Policing for the ETS InFlow It is disabled.

disabled.
Full command

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
6-32

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
[inflowclassifier [vlan {vlan_id[-maxvlan_id] | dontcare | untagged}]

[pri {pri[-maxpri] | dontcare}]] {svlan vlan_id | pw pw_id }
Syntax Definitions
flow_userlabel

vlan_id
naming
applies:
R
Rack
1-7
Subrack
0 or 1 - 7
Board
0 or 1 - 43
Drawer
0 or 1 - 7
Port
0 or 1 - 1023
always be 0.
pw_id

Example
(tba)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
6-33

vrrp activate flow_userlabel port naming {svlan vlan_id
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
| pw pw_id}
vrrp activate flow_userlabel port naming {svlan vlan_id |

pw pw_id}
Description
which selectively classifies the service VRRP PDU, and the ETS InFlow/OutFlow on
which classified frames will be transported. The InFlow/OutFlow can be Provider
Bridge ETS InFlow/OutFlow associated to an already registered SVLAN, or
pseudowire ETS InFlow/OutFlow associated to an already registered pseudowire.
This command creates also the cross-connection between the corresponding Inflow and
Outflow.


the fixed values for the guaranteed COS, and minimum vales for CIR and PIR (3
Kbit/s).
The SVID carries the S-BPDU through the service provider network between the
InFlow. VRRP PDU must be tunneled. All other L2 control frames must be
discarded. Data frames, represented by bit 0 of the L2CTRL 32-bit string, must
also be discarded.
Policing for the ETS InFlow It is color-blind.
disabled.
Syntax Definitions
flow_userlabel
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
6-34

vrrp activate flow_userlabel port naming {svlan vlan_id
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
| pw pw_id}

vlan_id
naming
applies:
R
Rack
1-7
Subrack
0 or 1 - 7
Board
0 or 1 - 43
Drawer
0 or 1 - 7
Port
0 or 1 - 1023
always be 0.
pw_id

Example
(tba)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
6-35
7 AC/Virtual/Provider
M
Bridge Port and Bridge
Port QOS Management
Commands
Available Commands
Purpose

Contents
7-1
bridge show type
7-2
7-3

Description
This command configures the bridge type on the Alcatel-Lucent 1850 TSS-320/160
Network Element.
Syntax Definitions
N/A
Example
The following example contains two commands:
The first is sets the bridge type configuration.
The second shows the type of bridge configured for the NE.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
7-1
MAC/Virtual/Provider Bridge Port and Bridge Port QOS

Management Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId > bridge type provider
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
>> message: successful completed command!!
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId > bridge show type
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Bridge Type: provider bridge8021ad (3)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
The following example shows the response from the NE when a configuration is
already present.
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId > bridge type virtual
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
>> warning: already present value for Bridge Type of
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
bridge show type

Description
This command displays the bridge type which is configured on the Alcatel-Lucent
1850 TSS-320/160 Network Element.
Syntax Definitions
N/A
Example
The following example displays the configured bridge type:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId > bridge show type
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Bridge Type: virtual bridge8021Q (2)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
7-2

Management Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Description
This command allows to configure the Provider Bridge Operation mode.

Syntax Definitions
N/A
Example
(tba)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
7-3

Management Commands

Available Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Available Commands
Purpose

Contents
7-4
7-7
7-7
7-9
7-11

Description
This command can be used to create a static VLAN registration entry in a Virtual
bridge, or an S-VLAN registration entry in a Provider bridge.
It specifies the VID, VLAN Port Member Set, and VLAN Port Untagged Set. All
identified ports are added to the VLAN Port Member Set. When the u keyword is
specified for a port entry, the port is also added to the corresponding VLAN Port
Untagged Set.
When the optional port set parameter is absent, the VLAN port member set remains
empty.
A static VLAN registration entry, VID=1, is automatically created. All virtual bridge
ports are in VID=1, VLAN Port Member Set, and VLAN Port Untagged Set.
Full command

[portset naming_set_list_lagnumber_set [u]
[naming_set_list_lagnumber_set [u]{ naming_set_list_lagnumber_set
[u]]]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
7-4

Management Commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Syntax Definitions

r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3
18
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
specified.
lag4-7&18
vlan_set
An expression using integer values in the range 1 - 4094, and specific

symbols, for representing a set of VLAN value ranges.
For instance 100-103&2555 means that the VLAN values 100, 101, 102, 103
and 2555 are specified.
Example
The first activates a VLAN.
The second command displays information about all VLANs configured on the NE.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
7-5

Management Commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId > bridge vlan activate 1000
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
>> message: executed command for Vlan Id. .1000
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
>>message: successful completed command !!
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId > bridge vlan show
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Index
Vlan Status
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1
active (1)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1000
active (1)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
The first command shows a configuration for a specific VLAN (2000) associated to
a specific port (interface 2, drawer 1, slot 6).
The second command displays information about all VLANs configured for the
NE.
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId > bridge vlan activate 2000 portset
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
r1sr1sl6d1p2
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
>>
message: executed command for Vlan Id. .2000
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId > bridge vlan show
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Index
Vlan Status
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1
active
(1)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1000
active (1)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
2000
active (1)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
7-6

Management Commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Description
This command can be used to delete a static VLAN or S-VLAN registration entry by
specifying its VLAN ID. This command flushes the IVL dynamic entries in the
filtering database, and removes the IVL static entries defined for the VID.
Syntax Definitions
vlan_set

Example
The following example shows the deletion of a specific VLAN (1000).
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId > bridge vlan delete 1000
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789

Description
This command allows you to add ports to a VLAN Port Member Set and/or VLAN
Port Untagged Set for a static VLAN or S-VLAN registration entry.
If u is not specified for a port entry, it is added to only the VLAN Port Member
Set.
If u is specified for a port entry, it is added to the VLAN Port Member Set and the
VLAN Port Untagged Set.
Note: When a port is already in a VLAN Port Member Set, it is only added to the
VLAN Port Untagged Set.
Full command

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
7-7

Management Commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
bridge vlan add vlan_set portset naming_set_list_lagnumber_set [u]

[naming_set_list_lagnumber_set [u] naming_set_list_lagnumber_set [u]]
Syntax Definitions

r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3
18
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
specified.
lag4-7&18
vlan_set

Example
The following example shows the command to add specific ports (interface 3 and 5 of
drawer 1 of the board in slot 6) to a specific VLAN (2000).
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
7-8

Management Commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId > bridge vlan add 2000 portset r1sr1sl6d1p3&5
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
The following example displays information about VLAN 2000.
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId > bridge vlan show 2000
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Show Info of Vlan .2000
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Vlan Status: active (1)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
VlanStaticEgressPorts: r1sr1sl6d1p2-3&5
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
VlanStaticUntaggedPorts:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789

Description
This command allows you to remove ports from a VLAN Port Member Set and/or
VLAN Port Untagged Set for a static VLAN or S-VLAN registration entry.
If u is not specified for a port entry, it is removed from only the VLAN Port
Untagged Set.
If u is specified for a port entry, it is removed from the VLAN Port Member Set
and the VLAN Port Untagged Set.
This command triggers the removal of IVL static entries, and the flushing of IVL
dynamic entries in the Filtering Database for each port being removed from VLAN
port member set <port, VID>.
Full command

bridge vlan remove vlan_set portset naming_set_list_lagnumber_set [u]
[naming_set_list_lagnumber_set [u] naming_set_list_lagnumber_set [u]]
Syntax Definitions
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
7-9

Management Commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3
18
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
specified.
lag4-7&18
vlan_set

Example
The following example shows the command to remove a specific port (interface 2 of
drawer 1 of the board in slot 6) from a specific VLAN (2000).
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId > bridge vlan remove 2000 portset r1sr1sl6d1p2
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
7-10

Management Commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Description
This command allows you to get static VLAN or S-VLAN registration entry
information.
Note: The ports in the VID VLAN port member set, and VLAN port untagged set,
are indicated by their naming information.
Syntax Definitions
vlan_set

Example
The following example shows all information about a specific VLAN (1000).
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId > bridge vlan show 1000
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Show Info of Vlan .1000
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Vlan Status: active (1)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
VlanStaticEgressPorts: r1sr1sl6d1p1
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
VlanStaticUntaggedPorts:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
7-11

Management Commands

Available Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Available Commands
Purpose

Contents
7-12
bridge port naming_set_list_lagnumber_set show info [vlan

vlan_set]
7-14
7-16
bridge port naming_set_list_lagnumber_set vlanprotprofile bind

7-16
7-17
bridge vlanprotprofile activate vlanprotprof_userlabel [type
7-18
ethertype_value]
7-19
7-20

Description
This command allows you to set:
The status of ingress filtering on a Virtual/Provider Network bridge port. The

default is ingress filtering enabled.
Virtual/Provider Network bridge port acceptance of VLAN-tagged frames only, or

all frames. The default setting is to admit all.
The PVID for a Virtual/Provider Network bridge port. The default value for the
VLAN ID assigned to untagged frames or Priority-tagged frames received on this
port is 1.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
7-12

Management Commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The default user priority associated with untagged frames received on a

MAC/Virtual/ Provider Network bridge port. The default value is 0.
The regeneration user table associated with Priority-tagged and Q-tagged frames
received on a Virtual/Provider Network bridge port. The default value is for
identity mapping.
Full command

[ingressfilter {on | off}]
[acceptableframetype {all | vlan-tagged}]
[pvid vlan_id]
[defaultpri {0 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7}]
[regenerationpritable 0:{0 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7} 1:{0 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7} 2:{0 |
1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7} 3:{0 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7} 4:{0 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7} 5:{0 |
1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7} 6:{0 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7} 7:{0 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7}] [pcp
{default | 5p3d | 8p0d | 7p1d | 6p2d }]
Syntax Definitions

r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3
18
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
specified.
lag4-7&18
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
7-13

Management Commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
vlan_id
An integer value in the range 1 - 4094, indicating the VID, or the lower
boundary of a VLAN ID range.
Example
(tba)
bridge port naming_set_list_lagnumber_set show info

[vlan vlan_set]
Description
This command allows you to get the following information:
The port status, default user PRI, for a MAC bridge
The port status (for a specified VLAN set), default user PRI, regeneration user
table, PVID, acceptable frame type, and ingress filtering information for a
Virtual/Provider (Network) bridge port
Syntax Definitions

r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3
18
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
specified.
lag4-7&18
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
7-14

Management Commands

bridge port naming_set_list_lagnumber_set show info
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
[vlan vlan_set]
vlan_set

Example
The following example shows all information for a specific VLAN (2000) on a specific
port (interface 2 of drawer 1 of the board in slot 6).
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId > bridge port r1sr1s25d1p2 show info vlan 2000
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Show Bridge Vlan Port Info r1sr1s25d1p2
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
----------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Vlan # 2000 - Bridge Vlan Port State: disabled (1)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
PortDefaultUserPriority: 0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
RegenUserPriority: 0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Pvid: 1
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Port Acceptable Frame Types: admitAll (1)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Port Ingress Filtering: enabled (1)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
7-15

Management Commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Description
This command applies only to a Provider Bridge. It allows you to associate a VLAN
protocol profile with all Provider Bridge Network ports in one shot.
Syntax Definitions

Example
The following example shows the command for specific VLAN protocol profile
(TEST0002), defined by the operator.
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId > bridge vlanprotprofile bind TEST0002
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId > bridge vlanprotprofile show
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
Index Vlan UserLabel
Vlan Ether Type Vlan Status
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
----- ---------------------------------- --------------- -----------12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
1
aa1;
0x9f8b
active (1)
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
2
TEST0002
0x8100
active (1)
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
bridge port naming_set_list_lagnumber_set

vlanprotprofile bind vlanprotprof_userlabel
Description
This command applies only to Provider Bridge. This command allows you to associate
a VLAN protocol profile to one or more Ethernet ports configured as ETB ports.
Syntax Definitions

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
7-16

Management Commands

bridge port naming_set_list_lagnumber_set
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
vlanprotprofile bind vlanprotprof_userlabel

r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3
18
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
specified.
lag4-7&18

Example
(tba)

Description
This command allows you to associate the default VLAN protocol profile to all
Provider Bridge Network ports, or a specified set of Provider Bridge NNI ports (ETB)
that can be specified in the optional parameter.
Syntax Definitions

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
7-17

Management Commands

bridge vlanprotprofile default [port naming_set_list_lag....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
number_set]

r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3
18
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
specified.
lag4-7&18
Example
(tba)
bridge vlanprotprofile activate vlanprotprof_userlabel

[type ethertype_value]
Description
This command allows you to activate the VLAN protocol profile, defined by the
operator, associated to the Provider Bridge Network ports.
Syntax Definitions
ethertype_value

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
7-18

Management Commands

bridge vlanprotprofile activate vlanprotprof_userlabel
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
[type ethertype_value]
Example
The following example shows the command to activate a VLAN protocol profile
(TEST0002) defined by the operator.
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId > bridge vlanprotprofile activate TEST0002
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789

Description
This command allows you to delete the VLAN protocol profile, defined by the
operator, associated with the Provider Bridge Network ports.
Syntax Definitions

Example
The following example shows the command to delete a VLAN protocol profile
(TEST0002) defined by the operator.
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId > bridge vlanprotprofile delete TEST0002
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
7-19

Management Commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Description
This command allows you to display the VLAN protocol profile associated with the
Provider Bridge Network ports.
Syntax Definitions

Example
The following example shows the command to display information about all VLAN
protocol profiles configured on the Network Element.
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId > bridge vlanprotprofile show
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
Index Vlan UserLabel
Flan Ether Type Vlan Status
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
----- ---------------------------------- --------------- -----------12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
1
aa1;
0x9f8b
active (1)
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
2
TEST0002
0x8100
active (1)
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
7-20
8 thernet Switch
E
Management Commands

Available Commands
Purpose

Contents
8-1
8-2
bridgedbfiltering vlan config vlan_set learning {enable| disable}
8-3
8-3

Description
This command allows you to set the filtering database Aging Time.
Syntax Definitions
filterDbAgeTime_value
A value in the set [280sec (default), 70min, 210min, 14h, 56h], indicating the
filtering database Aging Time (see the Alcatel-Lucent 1850 TSS-320/160 ZIC
Craft Terminal Operations Guide).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
8-1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Example
The following example contains two commands:
The first sets the Aging Time

The second displays the value that has been set for the Aging Time (in seconds)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId (bridgedbfiltering) > agetime 70min
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId (bridgedbfiltering) > show agetime
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Aging Time: 4200
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId (bridgedbfiltering) >
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789

Description
This command allows you to display the filtering database Aging Time.
Syntax Definitions
N/A
Example
The following example shows the command to get the value of the Aging Time in
seconds.
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId > bridgedbfiltering show agetime
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Aging Time: 300
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
8-2

bridgedbfiltering vlan config vlan_set learning {enable|
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
disable}
bridgedbfiltering vlan config vlan_set learning {enable|

disable}
Description
This command allows you to enable or disable filtering database learning on a per
VLAN basis.
Syntax Definitions
vlan_set
An expression using integer values in the range 1 - 4094 and specific symbols
for representing a set of VLAN value ranges.
Example
(tba)

Description
This command allows you to get the filtering database information.

Syntax Definitions
vlan_set
Example
(tba)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
8-3

Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Available Commands
Purpose

Contents
8-4
bridgedbfiltering activate mac macAddr [vlan vlan_id] [portout

naming_set_list_lagnumber_set]
8-5
8-7
8-8
8-9
8-10

Description
This command allows you to delete:
The unicast dynamic filtering entry
The unicast static filtering entry
The multicast static filtering entry
If the VLAN parameter is not specified, it refers to VID=1.

The inbound bridge port parameter is always zero (0), indicating all inbound ports of
the VLAN.
The delete operation applies to the Multicast Static, Unicast Static or Unicast dynamic
MIB tables, depending on the entry being deleted.
It is possible to recognize the entry as Multicast or Unicast, by looking at the least
significant bit of the most significant byte of the MAC address. If it is 1 the entry is
multicast, otherwise it is Unicast.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
8-4

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
If it is a Unicast entry, the NE tries to delete the entry from the static unicast entry
table. If the operation is rejected, the NE tries to delete the entry in the dynamic
unicast entry table. If the operation is rejected, the entry has not been previously
registered.
Syntax Definitions
vlan_id
An integer value in the range 1 - 4094, indicating the VID, or the lower boundary
of a VLAN ID range.
macAddr
A MAC address hexadecimal colon-separated format:

xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx
Example
(tba)
bridgedbfiltering activate mac macAddr [vlan vlan_id]

[portout naming_set_list_lagnumber_set]
Description
This command allows you to create a unicast/multicast static filtering entry in the
Filtering Database, consisting of the items below:
The range of allowed outbound bridge ports: The set of ports to which frames,
received from the inbound port and addressed to a specific VLAN MAC address,
are to be forwarded. If no outbound port is specified, then the frame is forwarded
to all ports of that VLAN.
VLAN: If the VLAN parameter is not specified, it refers to VID=1
Syntax Definitions

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
8-5

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3
18
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
specified.
lag4-7&18
vlan_id
macAddr
A MAC address in string hex colon-separated format:

xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx
Example
The following example displays a command that activates the bridge filtering
parameters for a specific VLAN (1), and configure it for a specific port (interface 1 or
drawer 1 of the board in slot 6) relevant to a MAC address:
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId > bridgedbfiltering activate mac 00:32:96:00:01:01 vlan 1
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
portint r1sr1sl6d1p1
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
The following example displays a command that activates the bridge filtering
parameters for a specific VLAN (1) it to a specific port (interface 1 of drawer 1 of the
board in slot 6) relevant to a different MAC address:
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
8-6

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId > bridgedbfiltering activate mac 10:32:96:00:02:02 vlan
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
1
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567

Description
This command allows you to get the entries related to a unicast dynamic MAC
address, registered in the Filtering Database, that match the selection criteria.
If a MAC is not specified, this command refers to any MAC unicast destination
address (both static and dynamic).
If the VLAN parameter is not specified, this command refers to any VID.
If the port parameter is not specified, this command refers to any outbound port.
Full command

bridgedbfiltering show unicast-dynamic mac macAddr [vlan vlan_id ] [portout
naming_set_list_lagnumber_set]
Syntax Definitions

r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3
18
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
specified.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
8-7

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
lag4-7&18
vlan_id
macAddr

xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx
Example
(tba)

Description
This command allows you to get the following information about the unicast static
filtering entries in Filtering Database:
The MAC Address

Inbound bridge port with either, all inbound ports or, a specific bridge port
The set of allowed outbound bridge ports the set of ports to which frames,
received from inbound port and addressed to a specific <[VLAN], MAC address>,
are to be forwarded.
If the MAC address parameter is not specified, it refers to any unicast static MAC
address. If the VLAN parameter is not specified, it refers to any VID.
Full command

bridgedbfiltering show unicast-static [mac macAddr] [vlan vlan_id]
Syntax Definitions
vlan_id
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
8-8

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
macAddr

xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx
Example
The following example displays all parameters relevant to unicast-static configuration

for all VLANs and ports (in the example only one is shown).
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId > bridgedbfiltering show
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId (bridgedbfiltering - show) > unicast-static
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
Show Unicast Static Info MAC 00:32:96:00:01:01 vlan 1
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
-------------------------------------------------------------------------12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
StaticUnicastAllowedToGoTo: r1sr1sl6d1p1-4
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
Static Unicast Status: permanent (3)
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId (bridgedbfiltering - show) >
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567

Description
This command allows you to get the following information about the multicast static
MAC addresses registered in the filtering database:
The MAC Address

The inbound bridge port with either, all inbound ports or, a specific bridge port
The set of allowed outbound bridge ports: The set of ports to which frames,
received from an inbound port and addressed to a specific VLAN or MAC address,
are to be forwarded.
If the MAC address parameter is not specified, it refers to any MAC static multicast
static address. If the VLAN parameter is not specified, it refers to any VID
Full command

bridgedbfiltering show multicast-static [mac macAddr] [vlan vlan_id]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
8-9

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Syntax Definitions
vlan_id
macAddr

xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx
Example
The following example displays all parameters relevant to multicast-static configuration

for all VLANs and ports (in the example only one is shown).
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId > bridgedbfiltering show multicast-static
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
Show Multicast Static Info MAC 01:32:96:00:02:02 Vlan 1
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
---------------------------------------------------------------------------12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
StaticMulticastStaticEgressPorts: r1sr1sl6d1p1
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
Static Multicast Status: permanent (3)
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567

Description
This command allows to get the following information about the multicast MAC
addresses registered dynamically by a Group Address Registration Protocol in the
filtering database:
The MAC Address
The set of allowed outbound bridge ports: The set of ports to which frames,
received from an inbound port, and addressed to a specific VLAN or MAC address,
are to be forwarded
If MAC address parameter is not specified, it refers to any MAC dynamic multicast
static address. If VLAN parameter is not specified, it refers to any VID.
Full command

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
8-10

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
bridgedbfiltering show multicast-dynamic [mac macAddr] [vlan vlan_id]

Syntax Definitions
vlan_id
macAddr

xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx
Example
(tba)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
8-11
9 panning Tree Protocol

S
Management Commands
Available Commands
Purpose

Contents
9-2
stp disable
9-3
stp show type
9-3
stp config
9-4
9-6
9-8
stp port naming_set_list_lagnumber_set show info [vlan vlan_set]
9-10
mstp region
9-13
mstp show region
9-14
mstp cist config
9-14
mstp cist show info
9-15
9-17
9-17
9-18
9-19
9-21
9-22
9-23
9-24
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
9-1
Available Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9-26
9-28
9-30

Description
This command allows to enable a Spanning Tree Protocol type per node.
Syntax Definitions
N/A
Example
The following 2 examples show how to enable STP.
The first shows STP enabled as STP type and the command that shows the type of
STP provided for the node.
The second shows STP enabled as RSTP type.
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId > stp enable stp
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId > stp show type
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
STP Type: stp (2)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId > stp enable rstp
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
STP Type: rstp (3)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
9-2
stp disable
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
stp disable
Description
This command allows you to disable the currently active Spanning Tree Protocol per
node.
Syntax Definitions
N/A
Example
The following two examples show how STP is disabled, and how the STP status of the
node is displayed.
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId > stp disable
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
STP Type: manual disable (1)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
stp show type

Description
This command allows you display the type of Spanning Tree Protocol that is active per
node.
Syntax Definitions
N/A
Example
The following example shows information about the STP type provided on the node:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
STP Type: rstp (3)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
9-3
stp config
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
stp config
Description
This command allows you to change the STP, RSTP, and per-VLAN RSTP Spanning
Tree Protocol information per node for the following items:
Bridge Identifier Priority
Bridge Max Age

Bridge Hello Time
Bridge Forward Delay
When an optional value is absent, the corresponding currently configured value is not
changed.
This command is checked for the following:
It cannot be applied to MSTP
It must have a VLAN parameter for per-VLAN RSTP. A VLAN parameter is not
required for STP and RSTP.
When this command is entered, the NE retrieves the currently configured STP Type
and, if the command does not meet the above criteria, it is rejected and the operator is
notified. This policy is valid for all commands in the STP context.
Full command

stp config [vlan vlan_set] [pri bridge_pri] [maxage bridge_max_age] [hellotime
bridge_hello_time] [fwddelay bridge_forward_delay]
Syntax Definitions
vlan_set
bridge_forward_delay
The Bridge Forward Delay is used by STP to transition Root and Designated
Ports to Forwarding. It is an integer value, measured in 0.01 seconds, in the
range 400 - 3000. The default value is 1500.
bridge_hello_time
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
9-4
stp config
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The interval between periodic transmissions of the Configuration Message by

Designated Ports. It is an integer value, measured in 0.01 seconds, in the
range 100 - 200. The default value is 200.
bridge_max_age
The maximum age of the information transmitted by the Bridge when it is the
Root Bridge. It is an integer value, measured in 0.01 seconds, in the range 600
- 4000. The default value is 2000.
bridge_pri
the writable portion of the bridge identifier (the first 2 byte of 8 byte). It is an
integer value in the range 0 - 61440, at increments of 4096. The default value
is 32768.
Example
The following examples show STP configuration (all parameters except VLAN
parameter), and the command that displays all information for the STP provisioned for
the node.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
9-5
stp config
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId > stp config pri 24576 maxage 1500 hellotime
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
200 fwddelay 1000
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId > stp show info
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Show Info of STP 0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
-------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Stp Priority: 24576
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Stp BridgeAddress: 00:20:60:2C:7C:00 (prty 6291456)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Stp TimeSinceTopologyChange: 0 days, 0:00:00 (hr:min:sec)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Stp TopChanges: 0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Stp DesignatedRoot: 00:00:00:00:00:00 (prty 0)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Stp RootCost: 0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Stp RootPortNumber: 0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Stp MaxAge: 2000
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Stp Hellotime: 200
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Stp ForwardDelay: 1500
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Stp BridgeMaxAge: 1500
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Stp BridgeHelloTime: 200
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Stp BridgeForwardDelay: 1000
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Stp NextBestRootCost: 0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Stp NextBestRootPortNumber: 0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Stp TxHoldCount: 6
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789

Description
This command allows you to get the following Spanning Tree Protocol information per
node.
For STP and RSTP:
Bridge Identifier
Time Since Topology Change the time since the last topology change that was
detected by the spanning tree protocol
Topology Change Count the total number of topology changes detected by this
bridge since reset or initialization
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
9-6
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Designated Root the Bridge Identifier of the root for the spanning tree as
determined by the protocol on this bridge. This value is used as the Root Identifier
parameter in all Configuration BPDUs originated by this node.
Root Path Cost
Root Port
Max Age
Hello Time
Forward Delay
Bridge Max Age
Bridge Hello Time
For STP:
Hold Time the interval during which no more than two BDPUs shall be
transmitted by the STP. This is in units of hundredths of a second.
Forward Delay
For RSTP, per-VLAN RSTP:
Next Best Root Cost the cost of the path to the root through the next best root
port on this bridge
Next Best Root Port Number the port number of the next port which provides
the lowest cost path from this bridge to the root bridge. This port will become root
port if the actual root port goes down.
Transmit Hold Count
Syntax Definitions
vlan_set
Example
In the following example are shown information about STP provided for the node:
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
9-7
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId > stp show info
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Show Info of STP 0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
-------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Stp Priority: 32768
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Stp BridgeAddress: 00:20:60:2C:7C:00: (prty 8388608)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Stp TopChanges: 0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Stp RootCost: 0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Stp MaxAge: 2000
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Stp HelloTime: 200
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Stp TxHoldCount: 6
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789

Description
This command allows you to change the following Spanning Tree Protocol information
per port.
For STP and RSTP:
Port Identifier Priority
Port Path Cost
Force Port State
For RSTP:
Administrative Connection Type
When an optional value is absent, the currently configured value is not changed.
Full command

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
9-8
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
[vlan vlan_set]
[pri port_pri]
[pathcost port_path_cost]
[forcestate {dynamic | blocked | forwarding}]
[adminxctype {edge | ptp | noptp | auto}]
Syntax Definitions

r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3
18
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
specified.
lag4-7&18
vlan_set
An expression using integer values in the range 1 - 4094, and specific symbols
For instance, 100-103&2555 means that the VLAN values 100, 101, 102, 103
port_pri
The writable portion of the port identifier (the first 4 bits of the 2 bytes). An
integer value in the range 0 - 240 at increments of 16 and a default value of
128.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
9-9
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
port_path_cost
The port path cost. Its value depends on the link speed of the port (e.g. if the
link speed of the port is Mbit/s, the port_path_cost is an integer value in the
range 1 - 200000000. The default value is 20,000,000.
Example
The following two examples show STP configuration:
The first shows STP configuration (except VLAN parameter) for a specific port
(interface 1 of drawer 1 of the board in slot 6), where the PRI value is set to 3.
The second shows STP configuration (except VLAN parameter) for a specific port
(interface 1 of drawer 1 of the board in slot 6), where the PRI value is set to 0.
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId > stp port r1sr1sl6d1p1 config pri 3 pathcost 19
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
forcestate forwarding adminxctype ptp
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
>> warning: rounded off priority value
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId > stp port r1sr1sl6d1p1 config pri 0 pathcost 19
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
forcestate forwarding adminxctype ptp
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
stp port naming_set_list_lagnumber_set show info [vlan

vlan_set]
Description
This command allows you to get the following Spanning Tree Protocol information per
port:
For STP and RSTP:
Port State the current control plane state of the port
For STP the possible values are: disabled, blocking, listening, learning and
forwarding
For RSTP, the possible values are: disabled, learning and forwarding
Port Identifier the unique Port Identifier consisting of Port Number and Port
Priority
Port Role
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
9-10
stp port naming_set_list_lagnumber_set show info

[vlan vlan_set]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Port Path Cost

Port Designated Root the unique Bridge Identifier, in the Configuration BPDUs,
for the Bridge recorded as the Root, transmitted by the Designated Bridge for the
segment to which the port is attached.
Port Designated Cost the path cost of the Designated Port for the segment
connected to this port
Port Designated Bridge the Bridge Identifier of the bridge, which this port
considers to be the Designated Bridge for this segment.
Port Designated Port Identifier the Port Identifier of the port on the Designated
Bridge for this segment.
Port Forward Transitions the number of times the control plane state of this port
has changed from learning to forwarding state.
Force Port State the force control plane port state in charge of disabling or
enabling spanning tree protocol for a specific port. If it is enabled for a specific
port, the control plane port state is set by the protocol. If it is disabled, the control
plane port state can be set by the manager. The possible values for this are:
dynamic, blocked, and forwarding.
For RSTP:
AdminConnectionType the connection type of administrative port. The possible

values for this are: edge port, point-to-point, not-point-to-point, or automatically
determined by bridge.
OperConnectionType the connection type of the operational port. The possible
values for this are the same as for AdminConnectionType.
Syntax Definitions

r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3
18
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
specified.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
9-11
stp port naming_set_list_lagnumber_set show info

[vlan vlan_set]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

lag4-7&18
vlan_set
For instance, 100-103&2555 means that the VLAN values 100, 101, 102, 103
Example
The following example shows information about STP for the node related to a specific
port (interface 1 of drawer 1 of the board in slot 6).
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId > stp port r1sr1sl6d1p1 show info
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Show Info of Stp Port 0 Port r1sr1sl6d1p1
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
STP Port State Force: forwarding (4)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Stp Port State: forwarding (5)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Stp Port Priority: 0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Stp Port Role: disabled (5)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Stp Port PathCost: 19
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Designated Root: 00:00:00:00:00:00 (prty 0)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Designated Cost: 0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Designated Bridge: 00:00:00:00:00:00 (prty 0)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Designated Pt Number :0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Designated Pt Prio: 0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Forward Transitions: 0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Admin Connection Type: pointtopoint (2)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Oper Connection Type: nonsignificant (3)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
9-12
mstp region
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
mstp region
Description
This command allows to you change the following MSTP information per node:
Region name
Revision level
When information for an optional value is absent, the currently configured value is not
changed.
When these parameters are not set the NE automatically sets the Region Name to the
Bridge Address as a text string using the hexadecimal representation, and the Revision
Level to zero (0).
Full command

mstp region [name region_ userlabel] [revisionlevel region_revision_level]
Syntax Definitions
region_userlabel
An octet string representing the name of an MSTP region

region_revision_level
The MSTP region revison level

An integer value in the range 0-65535
Example
(tba)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
9-13
mstp show region
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
mstp show region

Description
This command allows you to get the following MSTP region information per node:
Formal selector: The value 0 indicates that the components are coded as specified
in the 802.1 standard
Configuration Digest: The MST Region identifier (16 octets) as defined by the
802.1 standard
Configuration Name
Revision Level
MSTI list: A list of MST instances configured in this region
Syntax Definitions
N/A
Example
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId > mstp show region
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Show Info of Region
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
--------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Region Format Selector: 0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Region Digest: AC36177F50283CD4B83821D8AB26DE62
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Region Name: Reg001
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Region Revision Level: 0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Region MSTI List: 0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
mstp cist config

Description
This command allows you to change the following CIST information per node:
Bridge Identifier Priority
Bridge Max Age

Bridge Hello Time
When an value is absent, the currently configured value is not changed.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
9-14
mstp cist config
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Full command

mstp cist config [pri bridge_pri] [maxage bridge_max_age] [hellotime
bridge_hello_time]
Syntax Definitions
bridge_hello_time
The interval between periodic transmissions of Configuration Message by

Designated Ports. This is an integer value, measured in 0.01 seconds, in the
range 100 - 200 with a default value of 200.
bridge_max_age
The maximum age of the information transmitted by the Bridge when it is the
Root Bridge. This is an integer value, measured in 0.01 seconds, in the range
600 - 4000 with a default value of 2000.
bridge_pri
The writable portion of the bridge identifier (the first 2 of 8 bytes). This is an
integer value in the range 0 - 61440 in increments of 4096 and with a default
value of 32768.
Example
(tba)
mstp cist show info

Description
This command allows you to get the following CIST information per node:
Bridge Identifier
Time Since Topology Change
Topology Change Count
Designated Root
Root Path Cost
Root Port
Max Age
Hello Time
Forward Delay
Bridge Max Age
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
9-15
mstp cist show info
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Bridge Hello Time

Next Best Root Cost
Next best Root Port Number

Transmit Hold Count
CIST Regional Root ID
Syntax Definitions
N/A
Example
The following example shows information about MSTP CIST for the node:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId > mstp cist show info
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Show Info of Mstp 0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
--------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Stp Priority: 32768
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Stp TopChanges: 0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Stp RootCost: 0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Stp MaxAge: 2000
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Stp HelloTime: 200
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Stp TxHoldCount: 6
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
9-16
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Description
This command allows you to create an MSTI.

Syntax Definitions
mstp_instance_set
for representing a set of MSTP instance value ranges. For example, 1-3&21
means that the values 1, 2, 3 and 21 are specified.
Example
The following example shows the command used to create an MSTI, with a specific
range:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId > mstp msti 10-15&17-20 activate
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789

Description
This command allows you to delete an MSTI.

Syntax Definitions
mstp_instance_set
Example
The following example shows the command to delete a specific MSTI:
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
9-17
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId > mstp msti 10-15&17-20 delete
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789

Description
This command allows you to change the Bridge Identifier Priority of an MSTI instance
on a node when the STP Type is MSTP.
Syntax Definitions
bridge_pri
Writable portion of the bridge identifier (the first 2 of 8 bytes). This is an

integer value in the range 0 - 61440 in increments of 4096. The default value
is 32768.
mstp_instance_set
for representing a set of MSTP value ranges. For example 1-3&21 means that
the values 1, 2, 3 and 21 are specified.
Example
The following example shows the command to configure an MSTI, with a specific
range and bridge priority (PRI).
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId > mstp msti 10-15&17-20 config pri 24576
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
9-18
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Description
This command allows to get the following MSTI information per node:
Bridge Identifier
Time Since Topology Change

Topology Change Count
Designated Root
Root Path Cost

Root Port
Syntax Definitions
mstp_instance_set
Example
The following example shows information about MSTP MSTI for a specific range.
Three of the ten items in this range are shown; mstp 10, mstp 11, and mstp 20.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
9-19
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId > mstp msti 10-15&17-20 show info

Show Info of Mstp 10
--------------------Stp Priority: 24586
Stp TopChanges: 0
Stp RootCost: 0
Stp MaxAge: 2000
Stp HelloTime: 200
Stp TxHoldCount: 6
--------------------Stp Priority: 24587
Stp TopChanges: 0
Stp RootCost: 0
Stp MaxAge: 2000
Stp HelloTime: 200
Stp TxHoldCount: 6

--------------------Stp Priority: 24596
Stp TopChanges: 0
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
9-20
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Stp
Stp
Stp
Stp
Stp
Stp
Stp
Stp
Stp
Stp
Stp
Stp
DesignatedRoot: 00:00:00:00:00:00 (prty 8388608)

RootCost: 0
RootPortNumber: 0
MaxAge: 2000
HelloTime: 200
ForwardDelay: 1500
BridgeMaxAge: 2000
BridgeHelloTime: 200
BridgeForwardDelay: 1500
NextBestRootCost: 0
NextBestRootPortNumber: 0
TxHoldCount: 6

Description
This command changes the MSTID assigned to one or more specific VIDs. By default,
all VIDs are allocated to CIST (MSTID = 0). This command is valid only for an IVL
Bridge.
Syntax Definitions
mstp_instance
The MSTP instance identifier. An integer value in the range 1 - 63.

vlan_set
For example, 100-103&2555 means that the VLAN values 100, 101, 102, 103
Example
The following example shows the command to change a specific VLAN identification
for a specific MSTI (12).
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId > mstp msti 12 vlan 2-5&10
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
9-21
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Description
This command allows you to get the MSTID assigned to each VLAN that has been
created. This command can be targeted to a specific VID.
Syntax Definitions
vlan_set
For example, 100-103&2555 means that the VLAN values 100, 101, 102, 103
Example
The following example shows information about MSTP MSTI for to a specific range
of VLANs.
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId > mstp show msti vlan 2-5&10
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
vlan 2 - Assignment Mstp Number: 12
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
9-22
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Description
This command allows you to display the VLANs to which the created MSTIs are
assigned. This command can be targeted to a specific MSTI.
Syntax Definitions
mstp_instance_set

Example
In the following two examples:
The first example shows information about MSTP MSTIs configured for all
VLANs;
The second example shows information for the specified MSTP MSTI range.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
9-23
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId > mstp show vlan
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
msti 0 - Vlan List: 1&6-9&11-4094
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
msti 10 - Vlan List:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
msti 12 - Vlan List: 2-5&10
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId > mstp show vlan msti 10-15&17-20
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
msti 12 - Vlan List: 2-5&10
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789

Description
This command allows you to change the following CIST information for a port:
Force Port State

Port Path Cost
When an value is absent, the currently configured value is not changed.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
9-24
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Full command

[forcestate {dynamic | blocked | forwarding}]
[adminxctype {edge | ptp | noptp | auto}]
[pri port_pri]
[pathcost port_path_cost] [extpathcost port_path_cost]
Syntax Definitions

r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3
18
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
specified.
lag4-7&18
port_pri
The writable portion of the port identifier (the first 4 bits of 2 bytes). It is an
integer value in the range 0 - 240, in increments of 16. The default value is
128.
port_path_cost
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
9-25
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The port path cost value depends on the link speed of the port.
port_path_cost is an integer value in the range 1 - 200000000. The default
value is 20,000,000.
Example
The following example shows the command to change several CIST parameters for a
specific port.
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId > mstp cist port r1sr1sl6d1p1#r1sr1sl6d1p2 config
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
forcestate blocked adminxcty edge pri 3 pathcost 22
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId (mstp - cist - port)>
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567

Description
This command allows you to get the following CIST information for a port:
CIST Port State: the current control plane state of the port. The possible values are:
disabled, learning and forwarding.
CIST Port Identifier: the unique Port Identifier consisting of Port Number and Port
Priority.
CIST Port Role
CIST Port Path Cost

CIST Port Designated Root
CIST Port Designated Cost
CIST Port Designated Bridge

CIST Port Designated Port Identifier
Operational Connection Type

CIST Port Hello Time
CIST Port Bridge Hello Time
Force Port State
Syntax Definitions
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
9-26
mstp cist port naming_set_list_lagnumber_set show

info
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3
18
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
specified.
lag4-7&18
Example
The following example shows information about MSTP CIST for a specific port
(interface 1 of drawer 1 of the board in slot 6).
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
9-27
mstp cist port naming_set_list_lagnumber_set show

info
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId > mstp cist port r1sr1sl6d1p1#r1sr1sl6d1p2 show
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
info
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId (mstp - cist - port) > show info
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Show Info of Mstp 0 Port r1sr1sl6d1p1
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
--------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Stp Port State Force: dynamic (1)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Stp Port State: disabled (1)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Designated Cost: 0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Designated Pt Number: 0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Admin Connection Type: pointtopoint (2)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Oper Connection Type: nonsignificant (3)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Bridge Hello Time: 200
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789

Description
This command allows you to change the following MSTI information for a port:
Force Port State
Port Path Cost
Full command

mstp msti mstp_instance_set port naming_set_list_lagnumber_set config
[pri port_pri]
[pathcost port_path_cost]
Syntax Definitions
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
9-28
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3
18
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
specified.
lag4-7&18
mstp_instance_set
This is an expression using integer values in the range 1 - 63, and specific
symbols for representing a set of MSTP ranges. For example, 1-3&21 means
that the values 1, 2, 3 and 21 are specified.
port_pri
This is the writable portion of the port identifier (the first 4 bits of 2 bytes). It
is an integer value in the range 0 - 240, in increments of 16. The default value
is 128.
port_path_cost
The port path cost value depends on the link speed of the port.
port_path_cost is an integer value in the range 1 - 200000000. The default
value is 20,000,000.
Example
The following example displays the command to change several MSTI parameters for
a specific port:
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
9-29
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId > mstp msti 10-15&17-20 port r1sr1sl6d1p1#r1sr1sl6d1p2
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
config pri 3 pathcost 19
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId (mstp - msti - port) >
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567

Description
This command allows you to get the following MSTI information for MSTI, identified
by MSTID, on a port.
MSTI Force Port State.
MSTI Port State: the current control plane state of the port. The possible values
are: disabled, learning and forwarding.
MSTI Port Identifier: the unique Port Identifier consisting of Port Number and Port
Priority.
MSTI Port Role
MSTI Port Path Cost
MSTI Port Designated Root

MSTI Port Designated Cost
MSTI Port Designated Bridge
MSTI Port Designated Port Identifier
Full command

mstp msti mstp_instance_set port naming_set_list_lagnumber_set show
info
Syntax Definitions

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
9-30
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3
18
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
specified.
lag4-7&18
mstp_instance_set
This is an expression using integer values in the range 1 - 63, and specific
symbols for representing a set of MSTP ranges. For example, 1-3&21 means
that the values 1, 2, 3 and 21 are specified.
Example
The following example displays information about MSTP MSTI configured on a

specific port (interface 1 of drawer 1 of the board in slot 6).
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
9-31
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId > mstp msti 10-15&17-20 r1sr1sl6d1p1 show info
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
---------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Designated Cost: 0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
---------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Designated Cost: 0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
9-32
10
10 Aggregation
Link
Management Commands
Available Commands
Purpose

Contents
linkagg activate
10-2
linkagg config
10-3
10-4
10-5
10-5
linkagg port naming_set_list bind lagnumber [pri port_lnkaggpri]
10-6
10-7
10-7
10-8
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
10-1
linkagg activate
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
linkagg activate
Description
This command allows you to create and activate a Link Aggregation Group.
If a parameter is not specified in the command, the NE sets it to its default value. For
additional information about default values, see the Alcatel-Lucent 1850 TSS-320/160
ZIC Craft Terminal Operations Guide.
Full command

linkagg activate lagnumber adminkey adminkey_value
[ets | bridge] [size lagsize_value] [vlanprotprof vlanprotprof_userlabel]
[trafficstatus {enable | disable}] [asap asap_userlabel] [lagname lag_userlabel]
[neprio ne_pri] [hashingkey hash_mask_id] [lacp {enable | disable}]
Syntax Definitions
lagnumber
A string in the format, lagN, where N is an integer value in the range 1-24.
For example: lag18
adminkey_value
An integer value in the range 1 - 124.

lagsize_value

asap_userlabel

lag_userlabel


ne_pri
An integer value in the range 0 - 65535, indicating the priority value

associated with the NE.
hash_mask_id
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
10-2
linkagg activate
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Allowed combinations of Hashing key parameters, as input to Link

Aggregation Hash function:
0 (Default) Mask0 <MAC Destination Address (DA), MAC Source

Address (SA)>
1 Mask1 <MAC DA, MAC SA> + up to 3 MPLS Labels
2 Mask2 [<MAC DA, MAC SA> + up to 3 MPLS Labels] + <Inner

VID, outer VID>
3 Mask3 [<MAC DA, MAC SA> + up to 3 MPLS Labels + <Inner

VID, outer VID>] + <IP source Address, IP Destination Address>

+<Destination Port Number, Source Port Number>
Example
(tba)
linkagg config
Description
This command allows you to enable or disable LACP for a Link Aggregation Group,
or to change all parameters of an active Link Aggregation Group.
Full command

linkagg config lagnumber [ets | bridge] [size lagsize_value] [vlanprotprof
vlanprotprof_userlabel] [trafficstatus {enable | disable}] [floodinglimit
floodinglimit_value] [asap asap_userlabel] [lagname lag_userlabel]
[adminstate {enable | disable}] [hashingkey hash_mask_id] [lacp {enable | disable}]
Syntax Definitions
lagnumber
A string in the format, lagN, where N is an integer value in the range 1-24.
For example: lag18
floodinglimit_value
The ingress port admitted flooding rate expressed in kbit/s (see the
lagsize_value

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
10-3
linkagg config
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
asap_userlabel

lag_userlabel


hash_mask_id
Allowed combinations of Hashing key parameters, as input to Link

Aggregation Hash function:
0 (Default) Mask0 <MAC Destination Address (DA), MAC Source

Address (SA)>
1 Mask1 <MAC DA, MAC SA> + up to 3 MPLS Labels
2 Mask2 [<MAC DA, MAC SA> + up to 3 MPLS Labels] + <Inner

VID, outer VID>


+<Destination Port Number, Source Port Number>
Example
(tba)

Description
This command allows you to change the NE priority for all Ling aggregation Groups
defined on the NE.
The CLI code selects one of the configured LAGs and sets the NE priority attribute for
this LAG. The NE is responsible for propagating this information on all LAGs
configured on the NE.
Syntax Definitions
ne_pri
An integer value in the range 0 - 65535, indicating the priority value

associated with the NE.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
10-4
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Example
(tba)

Description
This command allows you to deactivate and delete a Link Aggregation Group.
Syntax Definitions
lagnumber_set
An expression, lagN, where N can be integer values in the range 1 - 124, with
optional ampersand (&) and dash (-) symbols for representing a set of LAG
instance value ranges.
For example, lag4-7&18 means that the values 4, 5, 6, 7 and 18 are specified.
Example
(tba)

Description
This command allows you to get a list of all the configured link aggregation groups
with user label and administrative key information. It also shows the component LAG
ports.
This command also allows you to get detailed information about a specific Link
Aggregation Group, including a list of its component ports, by specifying the
corresponding LAG number.
Syntax Definitions
lagnumber_set
An expression, lagN, where N can be integer values in the range 1 - 124, with
optional ampersand (&) and dash (-) symbols for representing a set of LAG
instance value ranges.
For example, lag4-7&18 means that the values 4, 5, 6, 7 and 18 are specified.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
10-5
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Example
(tba)
linkagg port naming_set_list bind lagnumber [pri

port_lnkaggpri]
Description
This command allows you to bind local Ethernet ports to a LAG. If port priority is not
specified, it is set to the default value (0x80).
Syntax Definitions
naming_set_list

r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3
18 are specified
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
specified.
port_lnkaggpri
Link Aggregation port priority (2 bytes). An integer value in the range 0 255, with default a value of 128.
lagnumber
An expression, lagN, where N is an integer value in the range 1 - 124,

indicating the number of a link aggregation group.
For example: lag18
Example
(tba)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
10-6
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Description
This command allows you to set the port priority of Aggregation ports.
Syntax Definitions
naming_set_list

r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3
18 are specified
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
specified.
port_lnkaggpri
Link Aggregation port priority (2 bytes). An integer value in the range 0 255, with default a value of 128.
Example
(tba)

Description
This command allows you to unbind a local Ethernet port from a LAG.
Syntax Definitions
naming_set_list

r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3
18 are specified
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
10-7
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
specified.
Example
(tba)

Description
This command allows you to get information about the aggregation ports in a LAG. It
also provides information about the LAG to which the port belongs.
If any port provided in the command is not a LAG component port, the CLI will show
its port index with the indication that it does not belong to a LAG.
Syntax Definitions
naming_set_list

r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3
18 are specified
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
specified.
Example
(tba)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
10-8
11
11 Segregation
Port
Management Commands
Available Commands
Purpose

Contents
portseg activate [seg portseg_id] [port naming_set_list_lagnumber_
set]
11-1
11-2
portseg remove [seg portseg_id] port naming_set_list_lagnumber_
11-3
set
11-4
11-5

Description
This command allows you to create and activate the Port Segregation set, configuring
the member ports.
Syntax Definitions

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
11-1
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3
18
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
specified.
lag4-7&18
portseg_id
An integer value indicating Port Segregation identifier in the range of 1-15.

The default value is 1.
Example
(tba)

Description
This command allows to add ports to the Port Segregation set.

Syntax Definitions

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
11-2
portseg add [seg portseg_id] port naming_set_list_la-
gnumber_set
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3
18
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
specified.
lag4-7&18
portseg_id

Example
(tba)
portseg remove [seg portseg_id] port naming_set_list_lagnumber_set

Description
This command allows you to remove ports from the Port Segregation set.
Syntax Definitions

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
11-3
portseg remove [seg portseg_id] port naming-
_set_list_lagnumber_set
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3
18
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
specified.
lag4-7&18
portseg_id

Example
(tba)

Description
This command allows you to delete the Port Segregation set.

Syntax Definitions
portseg_set
An integer expression using values in the range 1-15, and specific

symbols for representing a Port Segregation set . For example,
1-2&12 means that the Port Segregation values 1, 2, and 12 are
specified. The default value is 1.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
11-4
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Example
the first deletes the Port Segregation set.

the second shows the response to a portseg show info command after the
deletion.
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId > portseg delete
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
-- message: successful completed command !!
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId > portseg show info
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
>> error: not activated the Port Segregation Set
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789

Description
This command allows you to show the port list of the Port Segregation set.
Syntax Definitions
portseg_set
An integer expression using values in the range 1-15, and specific

symbols for representing a Port Segregation set . For example,
1-2&12 means that the Port Segregation values 1, 2, and 12 are
specified. The default value is 1.
Example
The following example displays the information for the Port Segregation set.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
11-5
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId > portseg show info
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Show Segregation Set Ports
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
----------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
segregatedPortSetPorts:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Status: active (1)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
11-6
12
Ethernet Link OAM

12
Available commands
Purpose
A summary of available commands is listed here:

Contents
12-2
12-2
12-3
12-4
12-5
linkoam position naming_set_list remoteloopback {enable | disable}
12-5
12-6
12-7
12-8
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
12-1
Ethernet Link OAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Description
This command allows you to enable or disable Ethernet Link OAM on an interface.
Syntax Definitions
naming_set_list

r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3
18
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
specified.
Example
(tba)

Description
This command allows you to provision Ethernet Link OAM parameters on a per
interface basis.
Full command

linkoam position naming_set_list config
[linkoam_tx linkoam_tx_interval]
[linkoam_rx_frame {drop | pass}]
[linkoam_max_symberror linkoam_max_symbolerrors]
Syntax Definitions
naming_set_list
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
12-2
Ethernet Link OAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3
18
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
specified.
linkoam_tx_interval
An integer value in terms of 100 ms between two consecutive Information

OAMPDUs.
linkoam_max_symbolerrors
An integer value indicating the threshold for the number of Symbol Errors in
one second that trigger a Link Fail flag in OAMPDUs.
Example
(tba)

Description
This command allows you to show Ethernet Link OAM parameters on the local
Ethernet interface.
Syntax Definitions
naming_set_list

r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3
18
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
12-3
Ethernet Link OAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
specified.
Example
(tba)

Description
This command allows you to show Ethernet Link OAM for the local Ethernet interface
of peer Ethernet.
Syntax Definitions
naming_set_list

r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3
18
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
specified.
Example
(tba)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
12-4
Ethernet Link OAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Description
This command allows you to show Ethernet Link OAM statistics on the local Ethernet
interface.
Syntax Definitions
naming_set_list

r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3
18
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
specified.
Example
(tba)
linkoam position naming_set_list remoteloopback {enable |

disable}
Description
This command allows you to enable or disable a remote loopback on the local Ethernet
interface.
Syntax Definitions
naming_set_list

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
12-5
Ethernet Link OAM
linkoam position naming_set_list remoteloopback

{enable | disable}
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3
18
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
specified.
Example
(tba)

Description
This command allows you to configure the following for an Errored Symbol Period
Event, Errored Frame Event, Errored Frame Period Event, and Errored Frame seconds
Summary Event.
Enable or disable Event Notification
Event Monitoring Window
Event Threshold
Full command

{errsymperiod | errframe | errframeperiod | errframesecs}
[{enable | disable}]
[window linkoam_window]
[threshold linkoam_threshold]
Syntax Definitions
naming_set_list

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
12-6
Ethernet Link OAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3
18
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
specified.
Example
(tba)

Description
This command allows you to retrieve the following information for an Errored Symbol
Period Event, Errored Frame Event, Errored Frame Period Event, and Errored Frame
seconds Summary Event.
Enabled or disabled status for Event Notification
Event Monitoring Window
Event Threshold
Syntax Definitions
naming_set_list

r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3
18
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
specified.
Example
(tba)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
12-7
Ethernet Link OAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Description
This command allows you to show the log of events related to Errored Symbol Period
Event, Errored Frame Event, Errored Frame Period Event, and Errored Frame seconds
Summary Event.
Syntax Definitions
naming_set_list

r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3
18
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
specified.
Example
(tba)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
12-8
13
Ethernet OAM
13
Available commands
Purpose

Contents
ethoam activate md_userlabel [level md_level] [md_mip_creation
{none | explicit}]
13-2
ethoam config md_userlabel [level md_level] [md_mip_creation {none

| explicit}]
13-3
13-3
13-4
13-4
13-5
13-6
13-6
ethoam md md_userlabel ma ma_userlabel add remote-mepid
13-7
mep_set
ethoam md md_userlabel ma ma_userlabel remove remote-mepid
13-7
mep_set
ethoam md md_userlabel ma ma_userlabel show remote-mepid
13-8
mep_set
ethoam md md_userlabel ma ma_userlabel mep mep_id activate port
13-9
ethoam md md_ userlabel ma ma_userlabel mep mep_id config
13-10
ethoam md md_userlabel ma ma_userlabel mep mep_id delete
13-11
ethoam md md_userlabel ma ma_userlabel mep mep_id show
13-12
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
13-1
Ethernet OAM
Available commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
ethoam md md_userlabel ma ma_userlabel mep mep_id loopback

remote {macAddr | mep_id} [pri pri]
13-12
ethoam md md_userlabel ma ma_userlabel mep mep_id loopback

show
13-13
ethoam md md_userlabel ma ma_userlabel mep mep_id linktrace

remote {macAddr | mep_id} [ttl ttl_value]
13-14
ethoam md md_userlabel ma ma_userlabel mep mep_id linktrace

show
13-15
ethoam activate md_userlabel [level md_level]

[md_mip_creation {none | explicit}]
Description
This command allows you to create a Maintenance Domain (MD), inside Ethernet
OAM, by setting the MD name, level, and MIP Creation status (enabled or disabled).
The default MD level is 4.
Syntax Definitions
md_userlabel
An Octet String Integer identifying a Maintenance Domain. The combined

length of MD and MA userlabels cannot exceed 48 bytes.
md_level

Example
(tba)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
13-2
Ethernet OAM
ethoam config md_userlabel [level md_level]

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
ethoam config md_userlabel [level md_level]

Description
This command allows you to change the Maintenance Domain (MD) parameters (the
MD name, level, and MIP Creation status).
Syntax Definitions
md_userlabel

md_level

Example
(tba)

Description
This command allows you to delete a Maintenance Domain.

Syntax Definitions
md_userlabel

Example
(tba)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
13-3
Ethernet OAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Description
This command allows you to display a Maintenance Domain.

Syntax Definitions
md_userlabel

Example
(tba)

Description
This command allows you to create a Maintenance Association inside a Maintenance

Domain by setting the MA Name, automatic MIP creation, and associated VLAN
value.
Full command

ethoam md md_userlabel activate ma_userlabel
[vlan vlan_id]
[ccmInterval { 3ms | 10ms| 100ms | 1 sec | 10 sec | 1min | 10 min}]
[ma_mip_creation {none | explicit}]
Syntax Definitions
md_userlabel

ma_userlabel
An Octet String that identifies a Maintenance Association. The combined

vlan_id
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
13-4
Ethernet OAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
An integer value in the range 1 to 4094 indicating the VID, or the lower
Example
(tba)

Description
This command allows you to configure a Maintenance Association inside a

Maintenance Domain by setting the MA Name, automatic MIP creation, and associated
VLAN value.
Full command

ethoam md md_userlabel config ma_userlabel
[vlan vlan_id]
[ccmInterval { 3ms | 10ms| 100ms | 1 sec | 10 sec | 1min | 10 min}]
[ma_mip_creation {none | explicit}]
Syntax Definitions
md_userlabel

ma_userlabel

vlan_id
An integer value in the range 1 to 4094 indicating the VID, or the lower
Example
(tba)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
13-5
Ethernet OAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Description
This command allows you to delete a Maintenance Association inside a Maintenance

Domain.
Syntax Definitions
md_userlabel

ma_userlabel

Example
(tba)

Description
This command allows to you show a Maintenance Association.

Syntax Definitions
md_userlabel

ma_userlabel

Example
(tba)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
13-6
Ethernet OAM
ethoam md md_userlabel ma ma_userlabel add

remote-mepid mep_set
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
ethoam md md_userlabel ma ma_userlabel add

Description
This command allows you to add a MEP, or a list of MEPs, to MEP list entry.
Syntax Definitions
md_userlabel

ma_userlabel

mep_set
An integer expression in the range 1-8191, and specific symbols for

representing a set of MEPID ranges. For instance 1-3&21 means that the
values 1,2,3,21 are specified
Example
(tba)
ethoam md md_userlabel ma ma_userlabel remove

Description
This command allows you to delete a MEP, or a list of MEPs, from MEP list entry.
Syntax Definitions
md_userlabel

ma_userlabel

mep_set
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
13-7
Ethernet OAM
ethoam md md_userlabel ma ma_userlabel remove

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Example
(tba)
ethoam md md_userlabel ma ma_userlabel show

Description
This command allows you to show a MEP list entry.

Syntax Definitions
md_userlabel

ma_userlabel

mep_set

Example
(tba)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
13-8
Ethernet OAM
ethoam md md_userlabel ma ma_userlabel mep mep_id

activate port
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

activate port
Description
This command allows you to create an MEP inside a Maintenance Association and set
the MEP parameters.
Full command

ethoam md md_userlabel ma ma_userlabel mep mep_id activate port {naming |
lagnumber} direction {up | down} [mep_cc {enable | disable}] [ccmLtmPriority pri]
Syntax Definitions
md_userlabel

of MD and MA userlabels cannot exceed 48 bytes.
ma_userlabel
An Octet String that identifies a Maintenance Association. The combined length

mep_id

Identifier (MEPID). It is unique for a given Maintenance Association.
naming
applies:
R
Rack
1-7
Subrack
0 or 1 - 7
Board
0 or 1 - 43
Drawer
0 or 1 - 7
Port
0 or 1 - 1023
naming.
lagnumber
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
13-9
Ethernet OAM

activate port
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

For example: lag18
pri
An integer value in the range 0 - 7, indicating the Priority, or the lower boundary
of a PRI range.
Example
(tba)
ethoam md md_ userlabel ma ma_userlabel mep mep_id

config
Description
This command allows you to change MEP parameters.

Full command

ethoam md md_ userlabel ma ma_userlabel mep mep_id config [port {naming |
lagnumber}] [mep_cc {enable | disable}][ ccmLtmPriority pri]
Syntax Definitions
md_userlabel

ma_userlabel

mep_id

naming
applies:
R
Rack
1-7
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
13-10
Ethernet OAM
ethoam md md_ userlabel ma ma_userlabel mep

mep_id config
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Subrack
0 or 1 - 7
Board
0 or 1 - 43
Drawer
0 or 1 - 7
Port
0 or 1 - 1023
naming.
pri
of a PRI range.
Example
(tba)

delete
Description
This command allows you to delete an MEP

Syntax Definitions
md_userlabel

ma_userlabel

mep_id

Example
(tba)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
13-11
Ethernet OAM

show
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show
Description
This command allows you to show a MEP.

Syntax Definitions
md_userlabel

ma_userlabel

mep_id

Example
(tba)

loopback remote {macAddr | mep_id} [pri pri]
Description
This command allows you to perform a Loopback operation with a remote MAC
destination address or MEP ID, configuring the optional priority value.
Syntax Definitions
md_userlabel

ma_userlabel

mep_id
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
13-12
Ethernet OAM

loopback remote {macAddr | mep_id} [pri pri]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

macAddr

xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx
pri
of a PRI range.
Example
(tba)

loopback show
Description
This command allows you to show a Loopback operation.

Syntax Definitions
md_userlabel

ma_userlabel

mep_id

Example
(tba)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
13-13
Ethernet OAM

linktrace remote {macAddr | mep_id} [ttl ttl_value]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

linktrace remote {macAddr | mep_id} [ttl ttl_value]
Description
This command allows you to perform a LinkTrace operation with a remote MAC
destination address or MEP ID, and set the optional TTL value.
Syntax Definitions
md_userlabel

ma_userlabel

mep_id

macAddr

xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx
ttl_value
An integer value in the range 0-255, indicating the LTM TTL field for Link Trace
Manager. The default value is 64.
Example
(tba)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
13-14
Ethernet OAM

linktrace show
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

linktrace show
Description
This command allows you to display a LinkTrace operation. Results are returned as a
list of entries.
Each entry displays the following information about received LTR:
replyTtl : value 0-255

ltmForwarded : bool
terminalMEP : bool
lastEgressIdentifier : MACaddress
nextEgressIdentifier : MACaddress
relayAction : {Hit | Fdb | Mpdb}
replyIngress : action + MACaddress + PortID

replyEgress : action + MACaddress + PortID
Syntax Definitions
md_userlabel

ma_userlabel

mep_id

Example
(tba)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
13-15
14
VPLS Management
14
Available commands
Purpose

Contents
vpls activate vpls_userlabel [portset naming_set_list_lagnumber_
set ] [pwset pw_set]
14-2
14-3
vpls config vpls_userlabel [learning {enable | disable}]

[unkdiscarding {enable | disable}]
14-3
14-4
vpls add vpls_userlabel [portset naming_set_list_lagnumber_set]

[pwset pw_set]
14-4
vpls remove vpls_userlabel [portset naming_set_list_lagnumber_

set] [pwset pw_set]
14-5
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
14-1
VPLS Management
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Description
This command allows you to create a VPLS Instance. It specifies the VPN ID, and
VPLS Egress Ports (Individual, Aggregated, or PW). When the portset optional
parameter is absent, the VPLS Egress Port result is empty.
Syntax Definitions
vpls_userlabel
An octet string used as a VPLS Instance identifier.


r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3
18
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
specified.
lag4-7&18
pw_set
An expression using PW Set. For example:

pwr1sr1sl3-6&18p1-3.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
14-2
VPLS Management
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Example
(tba)

Description
This command allows you to delete a VPLS Instance

Syntax Definitions
vpls_userlabel

Example
(tba)
vpls config vpls_userlabel [learning {enable | disable}]

[unkdiscarding {enable | disable}]
Description
This command allows you to enable or disable MAC learning, and configure the
behavior for discarding unknown frames, for a VPLS Instance.
Syntax Definitions
vpls_userlabel

Example
(tba)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
14-3
VPLS Management
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Description
This command allows you to display information for a VPLS Instance, including the
port role for each port in the VPLS.
Syntax Definitions
vpls_userlabel

Example
(tba)

Description
This command allows you to add UNI or MPLS pseudowires to an existing VPLS
Instance.
Syntax Definitions
vpls_userlabel


r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3
18
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
specified.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
14-4
VPLS Management
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
pw_set

Example
(tba)

Description
This command allows you to remove a UNI or MPLS pseudowire from an existing
VPLS Instance.
Syntax Definitions
vpls_userlabel


r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3
18
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
specified.
pw_set

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
14-5
VPLS Management
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Example
(tba)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
14-6
15
15
Virtual
Output Port
Management
Overview
Purpose

Contents
15-3
15-3
15-4
15-5
15-5
15-7
15-8
15-9
15-10
15-11
15-12
15-14
15-15
15-17
15-17
15-19
15-20
qos wred activate
15-20
qos wred config
15-21
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
15-1
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
15-23
15-23
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
15-2
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Overview
Purpose

Contents
15-3
15-4

Description
This command allows you to configure the egress port shaping rate.
Syntax Definitions
naming_set_list

r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3
18
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
specified.
port_shaping_rate
Example
(tba)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
15-3
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Description
This command allows you to retrieve the egress port shaping rate.
Syntax Definitions
naming_set_list

r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3
18
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
specified.
port_shaping_rate
Example
(tba)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
15-4

Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Overview
Purpose

Contents
15-5
15-7
15-8
15-9
15-10
15-11
15-12
15-14
15-15

Description
This command allows you to configure an previously created Service-aware VT

setting the Shaping Rate, Committed Rate, and User Label.
Full command

qos port {naming | lagnumber} enable vt_set [newvtlabel new_vt_userlabel]
[shaping {enable | disable}] [vtshaping vt_shaping_rate] [vtcir vt_cir_rate]
Syntax Definitions
naming
applies:
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
15-5

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rack
1-7
Subrack
0 or 1 - 7
Board
0 or 1 - 43
Drawer
0 or 1 - 7
Port
0 or 1 - 1023
naming.
lagnumber

For example: lag18
new_vt_userlabel

vt_shaping_rate
An integer value that indicates the shaping rate for a Virtual Transport in Kbps.
vt_cir_rate
The committed rate, in Kbps, associated with a specific VT.

vt_set
An expression using integer values, in the range 1-40956, and specific symbols
for representing a set of Service-aware VT identifier value ranges. For instance,
Example
(tba)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
15-6

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Description
This command allows you to disable a set of Service-aware VT s.

Syntax Definitions
naming
applies:
R
Rack
1-7
Subrack
0 or 1 - 7
Board
0 or 1 - 43
Drawer
0 or 1 - 7
Port
0 or 1 - 1023
naming.
lagnumber

For example: lag18
vt_set
Example
(tba)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
15-7

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Description
This command allows you to activate a Service-aware VT and set the Shaping Rate
and Committed Rate.
Full command

qos port {naming | lagnumber} activate vt_userlabel [shaping {enable | disable}]
[vtshaping vt_shaping_rate] [vtcir vt_cir_rate]
Syntax Definitions
naming
applies:
R
Rack
1-7
Subrack
0 or 1 - 7
Board
0 or 1 - 43
Drawer
0 or 1 - 7
Port
0 or 1 - 1023
naming.
lagnumber

For example: lag18
vt_userlabel

vt_shaping_rate
vt_cir_rate
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
15-8

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Example
(tba)

Description
This command allows to configure:
A Default VT setting the User Label, Shaping (Enable/Disable), and Shaping

Rate
A set of Service-aware VTs setting the Shaping Rate, Committed Rate, and User
Label.
Full command

qos port {naming|lagnumber} config {0 | vt_set} [newvtlabel new_vt_userlabel] [shaping {enable | disable}] [vtshaping vt_shaping_rate] [vtcir
vt_cir_rate]
Syntax Definitions
naming
applies:
R
Rack
1-7
Subrack
0 or 1 - 7
Board
0 or 1 - 43
Drawer
0 or 1 - 7
Port
0 or 1 - 1023
naming.
lagnumber

For example: lag18
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
15-9

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
new_vt_userlabel

vt_shaping_rate
vt_cir_rate

vt_set
Example
(tba)

Description
This command allows you to delete a Service Aware VT.

Syntax Definitions
naming
applies:
R
Rack
1-7
Subrack
0 or 1 - 7
Board
0 or 1 - 43
Drawer
0 or 1 - 7
Port
0 or 1 - 1023
naming.
lagnumber
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
15-10

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

For example: lag18
vt_userlabel

Example
(tba)

Description
This command allows you to retrieve a single (Default or Service-aware) VT, or a

list including BOTH Default VT and active created Service-aware VTs.
Syntax Definitions
naming
applies:
R
Rack
1-7
Subrack
0 or 1 - 7
Board
0 or 1 - 43
Drawer
0 or 1 - 7
Port
0 or 1 - 1023
naming.
lagnumber

For example: lag18
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
15-11

qos port {naming | lagnumber} show [0 | vt_setvt_user....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
label]
vt_userlabel

Example
(tba)

Description
This command allows you to bind an egress port, Service-aware VT with a Service
(S-VLAN, MPLS Tunnel, PW, or VPLS Instance), or a range of Services (S-VLANs,
PWs, or VPLS Instance identifiers).
Full command

qos port {naming | lagnumber} vt vtid bind service {svlan vlan_set | mpls
tunnel_id instance tunnel_instance ingress tunnel_ingress_ler egress
tunnel_egress_ler | pw pw_set| vpls vpls_userlabel1[,vpls_userlabel2{,
vpls_userlabelN] }
Syntax Definitions
naming
applies:
R
Rack
1-7
Subrack
0 or 1 - 7
Board
0 or 1 - 43
Drawer
0 or 1 - 7
Port
0 or 1 - 1023
naming.
lagnumber
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
15-12

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

For example: lag18
vtid
An integer value in the range 1-40956, indicating theService-aware VT

identifier
vlan_set
2555 are specified.
tunnel_id
An integer value identifying a set of tunnel instances.

tunnel_instance
An integer value identifying a particular instance of a tunnel between a pair of

ingress and egress LSRs.
tunnel_ingress_ler
An IP Address for the ingress LSR associated with an MPLS Tunnel Instance.
tunnel_egress_ler
An IP Address for the egress LSR associated with an MPLS Tunnel Instance.
vpls_userlabel

Example
(tba)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
15-13

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Description
This command allows to unbind an egress port, Service-aware VT from:
A Service (S-VLAN, MPLS Tunnel, PW, or VPLS Instance)
A range of Services (S-VLANs, PWs, or VPLS Instance identifiers)

All Services previously associated with the egress port, Service-aware VT (the
default)
Full command

qos port {naming | lagnumber} vt vtid vt vt_userlabel unbind service {svlan
[vlan_set] | mpls tunnel_id instance tunnel_instance ingress tunnel_ingress_ler egress
tunnel_egress_ler | pw [pw_set]| vpls [vpls_userlabel1[,vpls_userlabel2{,
vpls_userlabelN]]}
Syntax Definitions
naming
applies:
R
Rack
1-7
Subrack
0 or 1 - 7
Board
0 or 1 - 43
Drawer
0 or 1 - 7
Port
0 or 1 - 1023
naming.
lagnumber

For example: lag18
vtid
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
15-14

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

identifier
vlan_set
2555 are specified.
pw_set

vpls_userlabel

Example
(tba)

Description
This command allows you to retrieve information for a Service-aware VT associated

with a Port and Service (S-VLAN, MPLS Tunnel, PW, or VPLS Instance).
Syntax Definitions
naming
applies:
R
Rack
1-7
Subrack
0 or 1 - 7
Board
0 or 1 - 43
Drawer
0 or 1 - 7
Port
0 or 1 - 1023
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
15-15

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
naming.
lagnumber

For example: lag18
vtid

identifier
Example
(tba)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
15-16

Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Overview
Purpose

Contents
15-17
15-19

Description
This command allows you to config a VT queue and set the Shaping Rate and
Committed Rate.
Full command

qos port {naming | lagnumber} vt vtid config queue queuenumber
[vtqcir vtq_cir_rate]
[shaping {enable | disable}]
[vtqshaping vtq_shaping_rate]
[vtqcqs vtq_cqs]
[vtqeqs vtq_eqs]
[wredprofile wred_userlabel]
Syntax Definitions
naming
applies:
R
Rack
1-7
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
15-17

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Subrack
0 or 1 - 7
Board
0 or 1 - 43
Drawer
0 or 1 - 7
Port
0 or 1 - 1023
naming.
lagnumber

For example: lag18
vtid

identifier
queuenumber

vtq_cir_rate
The committed rate of the egress Virtual Transport Queue in Kbps.

vtq_shaping_rate
The shaping rate of the egress Virtual Transport Queue in Kbps.

vtq_cqs
The size of the committed queue in bytes. The default value is 0.

vtq_eqs
The excessive queue size in bytes. The default value is 0.

wred_userlabel

Example
(tba)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
15-18

qos port {naming | lagnumber} vt vtid show queue
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
queuenumber
qos port {naming | lagnumber} vt vtid show queue

queuenumber
Description
This command allows you to retrieve information about a VT queue.

Syntax Definitions
naming
applies:
R
Rack
1-7
Subrack
0 or 1 - 7
Board
0 or 1 - 43
Drawer
0 or 1 - 7
Port
0 or 1 - 1023
naming.
lagnumber

For example: lag18
vtid

identifier
queuenumber

Example
(tba)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
15-19

Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Overview
Purpose

Contents
qos wred activate
15-20
qos wred config
15-21
15-23
15-23
qos wred activate

Description
This command allows you to create and activate a WRED profile, and configure the
WRED parameters.
Full command

qos wred activate wred_userlabel
[GreenUpperThr green_upper_thr_valuev]
[GreenLowerThr green_lower_thr_value]
[GreenMaxProb green_max_prob_value]
[YellowUpperThr yellow_upper_thr_value]
[YellowLowerThr yellow_lower_thr_value]
[YellowMaxProb yellow_max_prob_value]
Syntax Definitions
wred_userlabel

green_upper_thr_value
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
15-20

qos wred activate
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The percentage of the buffer utilized (0-100), after which the drop probability of
green_lower_thr_value
Green packets rises above 0. The default value is 70.
green_max_prob_value

yellow_upper_thr_value
Green packets is 100 percent. This means that all Yellow packets beyond this
point will be dropped. The default value is 60.
yellow_lower_thr_value
yellow_max_prob_value
Example
(tba)
qos wred config

Description
This command allows you to configure the WRED parameters of an existing WRED
profile.
Full command

qos wred config wred_userlabel
[GreenUpperThr green_upper_thr_valuev]
[GreenLowerThr green_lower_thr_value]
[GreenMaxProb green_max_prob_value]
[YellowUpperThr yellow_upper_thr_value]
[YellowLowerThr yellow_lower_thr_value]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
15-21

qos wred config
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
[YellowMaxProb yellow_max_prob_value]
Syntax Definitions
wred_userlabel

green_upper_thr_value
green_lower_thr_value
Green packets rises above 0. The default value is 70.
green_max_prob_value

yellow_upper_thr_value
Green packets is 100 percent. This means that all Yellow packets beyond this
point will be dropped. The default value is 60.
yellow_lower_thr_value
yellow_max_prob_value
Example
(tba)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
15-22

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Description
This command allows you to delete a WRED profile.

Syntax Definitions
wred_userlabel

Example
(tba)

Description
This command allows you to retrieve information for a WRED profile.

Syntax Definitions
wred_userlabel

Example
(tba)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
15-23
16
16
Performance
Monitoring
Management Commands
Overview
Purpose
This chapter includes the performance monitoring and management command sets
listed below.
Contents
16-3
16-3
16-4
16-5
16-7
16-8
16-8
16-8
16-9
pmqos port naming_set_list show currentdata period {15min | 1h |

24h}
16-10
pmqos port naming_set_list config period {15min | 1h | 24h} reset

{enable | disable}
16-11
pmqos port naming_set_list show historydata period {15min | 1h |

24h}
16-13
16-13
pmqos service flow_userlabel config period {15min | 1h | 24h} reset

{enable | disable}
16-14
16-14
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
16-1
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
pmqos service flow_userlabel show currentdata period {15min | 1h |

24h }
16-15
pmqos service flow_userlabel show historydata period {15min | 1h |

24h}
16-15
16-16
16-16
pmlinkoam port naming_set_list show {currentdata | historydata}

period {15m| 24h | 1h}]
16-17
16-17
16-18
16-19
16-20
16-21
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
16-2

Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Overview
Purpose
A summary of available commands is listed below:

Contents
16-3
16-4
16-5

Description
This command allows you to request the incoming and outgoing aggregate
maintenance counters (type1), with the retrieving time.
Syntax Definitions
naming_set_list

r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3
18
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
specified.
Example
The following example shows information about the incoming and outgoing counters
for the specified port (interface 1 of drawer 1 of the board in slot 6):
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
16-3

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId > pmmaint
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId (pmaint) > show port r1sr1sl6d1p1
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Show Aggregate maintenance counters r1sr1sl6d1p1
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
--------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Aggr Maint Rx Retrieving Time: -----1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Aggr Maint Rx TRCO: -----1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Aggr Maint Rx TRCF: -----1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Aggr Maint Rx TRSEF: -----1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Aggr Maint Rx TDF: -----1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Aggr Maint Rx Last Disc. Time: -----1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Show Aggregate maintenance counters r1sr1sl6d1p1
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
--------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Aggr Maint Tx Retrieving Time: -----1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Aggr Maint Tx TTO: -----1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Aggr Maint Tx TTF: -----1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Aggr Maint Tx TDF: -----1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Aggr Maint Tx Last Disc. Time: -----1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789

Description
This command will permit requests based on:
pbflowbid Incoming and Outgoing Flow maintenance counters, associated to the

present ETS Inflow/OutFlow, and the retrieving time
portportbid Incoming and Outgoing Flow maintenance counters, associated to

the ETS Inflow/Outflow of both the involved ETS ports, and the retrieving time
pbflowinunidir Incoming Flow maintenance counters, associated to the present

ETS Inflow, and the retrieving time
pbflowoutunidir Outgoing Flow maintenance counters, associated to the present

ETS Outflow, and retrieving time
Refer to the Alcatel-Lucent 1850 TSS-320/160 ZIC Craft Terminal Operations Guide
for details about flows.
Syntax Definitions
flow_userlabel

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
16-4

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Example
(tba)

Description
This command will permit you to request all the following PM counters on an Ethernet
physical interface and the retrieving time:
SymbolError
MediaAvailableExits
JabberState
Syntax Definitions
naming_set_list

r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3
18
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
specified.
Example
The following example displays information about all PM counters for a specific
Ethernet port (interface 1 of drawer 1 of the board in slot 6).
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
16-5

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId > pmmaint show ethphy r1sr1sl6d1p1
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Show Ethernet physical interface counters r1sr1sl6d1p1
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
-------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
IfMau HC False Carries:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
IfMau HC Jabbering State Enters:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
IfMau HC Media Available State Exits:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Retrieving Time:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
16-6

Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Overview
Purpose

Contents
16-8
16-8
16-8
16-9
pmqos port naming_set_list show currentdata period {15min | 1h |

24h}
16-10
pmqos port naming_set_list config period {15min | 1h | 24h} reset

{enable | disable}
16-11
pmqos port naming_set_list show historydata period {15min | 1h |

24h}
16-13
16-13
pmqos service flow_userlabel config period {15min | 1h | 24h} reset

{enable | disable}
16-14
16-14
pmqos service flow_userlabel show currentdata period {15min | 1h |

24h }
16-15
pmqos service flow_userlabel show historydata period {15min | 1h |

24h}
16-15
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
16-7

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Description
This command allows you to specify the granularity period for Current Data to be
either 15 minutes or 1 hour on a per NE basis.
Syntax Definitions
N/A
Example
(tba)

Description
This command allows you to retrieve the granularity period for Current Data
Syntax Definitions
N/A
Example
(tba)
pmqos port naming_set_list activate period {15min | 1h |

24h}
Description
This command allows you to allocate Aggregate Current Data (CD) counters, for both
the incoming and outgoing direction, on a local Ethernet port.
Syntax Definitions
naming_set_list

r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3
18
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
16-8

pmqos port naming_set_list activate period {15min | 1h
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
| 24h}
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
specified.
Example
(tba)
pmqos port naming_set_list delete period {15min | 1h |

24h}
Description
This command allows you to delete the Aggregate CD counters with a provisioned
granularity period, in both the incoming and outgoing direction, on a local Ethernet
port.
Syntax Definitions
naming_set_list

r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3
18
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
specified.
Example
(tba)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
16-9

pmqos port naming_set_list show currentdata period
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
{15min | 1h | 24h}

{15min | 1h | 24h}
Description
This command allows you display the Incoming and Outgoing Aggregate CD counters,
on a local Ethernet port.
Syntax Definitions
naming_set_list

r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3
18
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
specified.
Example
The following example displays information about all Current Data counters for a
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
16-10

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
{15min | 1h | 24h}
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId > pmqos show port r1sr1sl6d1p1 currentdata
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Show Aggregate Current Data counters r1sr1sl6d1p1
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
--------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Aggr CD Rx TRCF: -----1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Aggr CD Rx TRCFUnicast: -----1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Aggr CD Rx TRCFMulticast: -----1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Aggr CD Rx TRCFBroadcast: -----1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Aggr CD Rx TRCO: -----1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Aggr CD Rx Start Time: -----1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Aggr CD Rx Last Disc. Time: -----1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Aggr CD Rx Start by: -----1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
--------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Aggr CD Tx TTF: -----1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Aggr CD Tx TTFUnicast: -----1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Aggr CD Tx TTFMulticast: -----1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Aggr CD Tx TTFBroadcast: -----1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Aggr CD Tx TTO: -----1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Aggr CD Tx Start Time: -----1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Aggr CD Tx Last Disc. Time: -----1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Aggr CD Tx Start by: -----1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
pmqos port naming_set_list config period {15min | 1h |

24h} reset {enable | disable}
Description
This command allows you to configure a reset operation over Aggregate CD counters,
in both incoming and outgoing directions, on a local Ethernet port.
Syntax Definitions
naming_set_list

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
16-11

pmqos port naming_set_list config period {15min | 1h |
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3
18
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
specified.
Example
The following example displays information about all Current Data counters for a
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId > pmqos show port r1sr1sl6d1p1 currentdata
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
--------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Aggr CD Rx TRCF: -----1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Aggr CD Rx TRCFUnicast: -----1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Aggr CD Rx TRCFMulticast: -----1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Aggr CD Rx TRCFBroadcast: -----1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Aggr CD Rx TRCO: -----1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Aggr CD Rx Start Time: -----1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Aggr CD Rx Last Disc. Time: -----1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Aggr CD Rx Start by: -----1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
--------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Aggr CD Tx TTF: -----1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Aggr CD Tx TTFUnicast: -----1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Aggr CD Tx TTFMulticast: -----1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Aggr CD Tx TTFBroadcast: -----1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Aggr CD Tx TTO: -----1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Aggr CD Tx Start Time: -----1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Aggr CD Tx Last Disc. Time: -----1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Aggr CD Tx Start by: -----1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
16-12

pmqos port naming_set_list show historydata period
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
{15min | 1h | 24h}
pmqos port naming_set_list show historydata period

{15min | 1h | 24h}
Description
This command allows you to get both incoming and outgoing aggregate history data
counters with a configured granularity period, on a local Ethernet port.
Syntax Definitions
naming_set_list

r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3
18
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
specified.
Example
(tba)
pmqos service flow_userlabel activate period {15min | 1h |

24h}
Description
This command allows you to allocate CD counters for a granularity period on an ETS
flow basis, and to enable or disabled reset operation for the PM Counter.
This command activates:
pbflowbid Incoming and Outgoing Flow CD counters, associated only to the

present ETS Inflow/OutFlow
portportbid Incoming and Outgoing Flow CD counters, associated to the ETS

Inflow/Outflow of both the involved ETS ports
pbflowinunidir Incoming Flow CD counters, associated only to the present ETS

Inflow
pbflowoutunidir Outgoing Flow CD counters, associated only to the present ETS
Outflow.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
16-13

pmqos service flow_userlabel activate period {15min |
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1h | 24h}
Refer to the relevant Alcatel-Lucent 1850 TSS-320/160 ZIC Craft Terminal Operations
Guide for details about flows.
Syntax Definitions
flow_userlabel

Example
(tba)
pmqos service flow_userlabel config period {15min | 1h |

Description
This command allows you to enable or disable reset operation for a PM Counter.
Syntax Definitions
flow_userlabel

Example
(tba)
pmqos service flow_userlabel delete period {15min | 1h |

24h}
Description
This command allows you to delete CD counters on an ETS flow basis, for a specified
granularity period. See the pmqos service flow_userlabel activate period {15min |
1h | 24h} (p. 16-13) command for a description of each service type.
Syntax Definitions
flow_userlabel
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
16-14

pmqos service flow_userlabel delete period {15min | 1h
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
| 24h}
Example
(tba)
pmqos service flow_userlabel show currentdata period

{15min | 1h | 24h }
Description
This command allows you to get the Incoming and current Outgoing Flow information
for a service over the specified period. See the pmqos service flow_userlabel
activate period {15min | 1h | 24h} (p. 16-13) command for a description of each
service type.
Syntax Definitions
flow_userlabel

Example
(tba)
pmqos service flow_userlabel show historydata period

{15min | 1h | 24h}
Description
This command allows you to get the Incoming and Outgoing Flow history over the
specified period for a service. See the pmqos service flow_userlabel activate
period {15min | 1h | 24h} (p. 16-13) command for a description of each service type.
Syntax Definitions
flow_userlabel

Example
(tba)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
16-15

Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Overview
Purpose

Contents
16-16
pmlinkoam port naming_set_list show {currentdata | historydata}

period {15m| 24h | 1h}]
16-17
16-17
16-18
16-19
16-20
16-21

Description
This command allows to enable or disable performance monitoring on the local

Ethernet interface.
Syntax Definitions
naming_set_list

r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3
18
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
specified.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
16-16

pmlinkoam port naming_set_list activate {enable |
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
disable}
Example
(tba)
pmlinkoam port naming_set_list show {currentdata |

historydata} period {15m| 24h | 1h}]
Description
This command allows you to retrieve both current and history data for 15-minute,
24-hour, or 1 hour time intervals.
Syntax Definitions
naming_set_list

r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3
18
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
specified.
Example
(tba)

Description
This command allows you to set a TCA threshold profile used in performance
monitoring, and reset near-end and far-end current data for 15-minute and 24-hour time
intervals.
Full command

pmlinkoam config port naming_set_list config period {15min | 1h | 24h} [reset
{near_end | far_end}] [thresholdProfile thresholdprofile_userlabel]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
16-17

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Syntax Definitions
naming_set_list

r1sr1sl3-6&18d0p1-3
18
r1sr1sl7-9&19d0p4-6
specified.
thresholdprofile_userlabel

Example
(tba)

Description
This command allows you to create a threshold profile and set the high and low
threshold values for near-end (nE) or far-end (fE) for the following:
Symbol Errors
Errored Seconds
Severely Errored Seconds
Unavailable Seconds
Full command

pmthreshold activate thresholdprofile_userlabel [nE_SyEthreshold_hi
linkoam_threshold_hi]
[nE_SyEthreshold_lo linkoam_threshold_lo]
[nE_ErrSymthreshold_hi linkoam_threshold_hi]
[nE_ErrSymthreshold_lo linkoam_threshold_lo]
[nE_SevErrSymthreshold_hi linkoam_threshold_hi]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
16-18

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
[nE_SevErrSymthreshold_lo linkoam_threshold_lo]
[nE_UASthreshold_hi linkoam_threshold_hi]
[nE_UASthreshold_lo linkoam_threshold_lo]
[fE_SyEthreshold_hi linkoam_threshold_hi]
[fE_SyEthreshold_lo linkoam_threshold_lo]
[fE_ErrSymthreshold_hi linkoam_threshold_hi]
[fE_ErrSymthreshold_lo linkoam_threshold_lo]
[fE_SevErrSymthreshold_hi linkoam_threshold_hi]
[nfE_SevErrSymthreshold_lo linkoam_threshold_lo]
[fE_UASthreshold_hi linkoam_threshold_hi]
[fE_UASthreshold_lo linkoam_threshold_lo]
Syntax Definitions

linkoam_threshold_hi
An integer value that specifies the high threshold for the Link OAM counter,
relative to the current interval.
linkoam_threshold_lo
Example
(tba)

Description
This command allows you to delete a previously created threshold profile.

Syntax Definitions

Example
(tba)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
16-19

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Description
This command allows you to configure near-end (nE) or far-end (fE) high and low
threshold values for the following:
Symbol Errors
Errored Seconds
Severely Errored Seconds
Unavailable Seconds

[nE_SyEthreshold_hi linkoam_threshold_hi]
[nE_SyEthreshold_lo linkoam_threshold_lo]
[nE_ErrSymthreshold_hi linkoam_threshold_hi]
[nE_ErrSymthreshold_lo linkoam_threshold_lo]
[nE_SevErrSymthreshold_hi linkoam_threshold_hi]
[nE_SevErrSymthreshold_lo linkoam_threshold_lo]
[nE_UASthreshold_hi linkoam_threshold_hi]
[nE_UASthreshold_lo linkoam_threshold_lo]
[fE_SyEthreshold_hi linkoam_threshold_hi]
[fE_SyEthreshold_lo linkoam_threshold_lo]
[fE_ErrSymthreshold_hi linkoam_threshold_hi]
[fE_ErrSymthreshold_lo linkoam_threshold_lo]
[fE_SevErrSymthreshold_hi linkoam_threshold_hi]
[nfE_SevErrSymthreshold_lo linkoam_threshold_lo]
[fE_UASthreshold_hi linkoam_threshold_hi]
[fE_UASthreshold_lo linkoam_threshold_lo]
Syntax Definitions

linkoam_threshold_hi
An integer value that specifies the high threshold for the Link OAM counter,
relative to the current interval.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
16-20

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
linkoam_threshold_lo
Example
(tba)

Description
This command allows you to retrieve information for the specified PM threshold
profile.
Syntax Definitions

Example
(tba)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
16-21
17
17
Support
Management
Commands
Overview
Purpose
This chapter includes the support management command sets listed below:
Contents
17-3
alarmlist
17-3
17-5
log info
17-6
log alarm
17-6
log event
17-8
17-11
17-11
severitydef show
17-12
17-12
17-14
17-14
alarmprofile rename alarmprofile_userlabel into alarmprofile_
17-15
userlabel
17-16
Agent Management
17-17
17-17
17-18
ne mgr {B$ | E$}
17-18
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
17-1
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
ne show info
17-19
17-20
Auto provisioning
17-21
17-21
plugandplay show
17-22
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
17-2

Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Overview
Purpose

Contents
alarmlist
17-3
17-5
log info
17-6
log alarm
17-6
log event
17-8
alarmlist
Description
This command allows you to retrieve the current active Alarm List.
You can configure the output by means of one or more combined optional parameters
to select all alarms for:
A specific domain
A specific severity value
A specific instant or within a specific time interval
A specific resource
Full command

alarmlist [domain domain_name] [severity severity] [time
[yy:mm:dd:]hh:mm:ss[- [yy:mm:dd:]hh:mm:ss]] [position naming]
Syntax Definitions
naming
applies:
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
17-3

alarmlist
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
R
Rack
1-7
Subrack
0 or 1 - 7
Board
0 or 1 - 43
Drawer
0 or 1 - 7
Port
0 or 1 - 1023
naming.
board, and drawer0, and drawer=port=0. For commands that apply to a port,
the naming must have rack, subrack, board, and port0.
domain_name
The domain name in the set {eqpt | ts | pm}.

severity
The associated severity in the set {critical | major | minor | warning |

indeterminate}.
yy:mm:dd

hh:mm:ss
Hour (hh), an integer value in the range 0 - 23.

Minute ( mm), an integer value in the range 0 - 59.
Second (ss), an integer value in the range 0 - 59.
Example
The following example shows the information about the active Alarm List:
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
Cli> alarmlist
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
Time
Resource Alarm
Status Severity
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
====================================================================
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
06-07-12 12:55:03 r1sr1sl2d1p1 URU
on
major
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
06-07-12
12:55:32
r1sr1sl2d1p2
URU
on
major
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
06-07-12 17:28:42 r1sr1sl2d1p6 URU
on
major
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
17-4

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Description
This command allows you to get a synthesis of the currently active alarms (for
example, the number of alarms grouped for different severity or different relevant
domain, according to the entered optional parameter).
If no optional parameter is specified, severity is applied.
Syntax Definitions
N/A
Example
The following example shows the information about the synthesis of the currently
active alarms:
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId > alarmsynth
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
EQUIPMENT
TRANSMISSION
PERF. MONIT.
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
=================================================================
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
critical
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
major
3
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
minor
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
warning
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
indeterminate
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
cleared
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
17-5

log info
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
log info
Description
This command allows a user to retrieve basic configuration information about the log.
Syntax Definitions
N/A
Example
The following example shows the information about the log:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId > log info
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Show log Info .1
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
-----------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Log Type: AlarmLog (1.3.6.1.4.1.637.54.1.1.3.1.5)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Log Admin Status: unlocked (1)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Log Oper Status: enabled (1)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Log Max Size: 1000
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Max Notification Id: 2147483674
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Show log Info .2
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
-----------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Log Type: Eventlog (1.3.6.1.4.1.637.54.1.1.3.1.4)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Log Admin Status: unlocked (1)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Log Oper Status: enabled (1)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Log Max Size: 1000
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Max Notification Id: 2147483674
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
log alarm
Description
This command allows you to get the alarm log records.

You can target the output by means of one or more combined optional parameters,
which allow selection of all alarm log records for:
A specific domain
A specific severity value

A specific resource
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
17-6

log alarm
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Full command

log alarm [domain domain_name] [severity severity] [time
[yy:mm:dd:]hh:mm:ss[- [yy:mm:dd:]hh:mm:ss]] [position naming]
Syntax Definitions
naming
applies:
R
Rack
1-7
Subrack
0 or 1 - 7
Board
0 or 1 - 43
Drawer
0 or 1 - 7
Port
0 or 1 - 1023
naming.
domain_name
The domain name in the set {eqpt | ts | pm}.

severity

indeterminate}.
yy:mm:dd

hh:mm:ss

Example
The following example shows the information about the alarm log records:
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
17-7

log alarm
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
Cli> log alarm
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
Time
Resource
Alarm
Status
Severity
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
==========================================================================
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
1970-01-01 14:02:
r1sr1sl2d1p1
URU
off
cleared
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
1970-01-01 14:05:
r1sr1sl2d1p2
URU
off
cleared
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
1970-01-01
14:06:
r1sr1sl2d1p6
URU
off
cleared
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
1970-01-01 14:31:
r1sr1sl2d1p6
URU
off
cleared
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
1970-01-03 11:39:
r1sr1sl2d1p6
URU
off
cleared
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
06-07-12 11:31:31
r1sr1sl2d1p1
URU
on
major
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
06-07-12 11:31:31
r1sr1sl2d1p2
URU
on
major
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
06-07-12
11:31:31
r1sr1sl2d1p6
URU
on
major
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
06-07-12 12:55:03
r1sr1sl2d1p1
URU
on
major
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
06-07-12 12:55:32
r1sr1sl2d1p2
URU
on
major
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
06-07-12 12:55:56
r1sr1sl2d1p6
URU
on
major
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
06-07-12
12:57:33
r1sr1sl2d1p6
URU
on
major
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
06-07-12
17:28:42
r1sr1sl2d1p6
URU
on
major
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
log event
Description
This command allows you to retrieve the event log records.

The user can target the output by means of one or more combined optional parameters,
which allow selection of all event log records for:
A specific resource
Full command

log event [time [yy:mm:dd:]hh:mm:ss[-[yy:mm:dd:]hh:mm:ss]] [position
naming]
Syntax Definitions
naming
applies:
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
17-8

log event
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rack
1-7
Subrack
0 or 1 - 7
Board
0 or 1 - 43
Drawer
0 or 1 - 7
Port
0 or 1 - 1023
naming.
yy:mm:dd

hh:mm:ss

Example
The following example shows the information about the log events:
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
17-9

log event
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
Cli:opticsIMCtUsrId > log event
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
Time
EventType
Resource
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
==================================================================
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
1970-01-03 02:51: attributeValueChange ( r1sr1sl2d1
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
17-10

Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Overview
Purpose

Contents
17-11
severitydef show
17-12
17-12
17-14
17-14
alarmprofile rename alarmprofile_userlabel into alarmprofile_
17-15
userlabel
17-16

Description
This command allows you to set the default severity.

Syntax Definitions
severity

indeterminate}.
Example
The first command sets the severity

The second command reports the updated severity definition information.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
17-11

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId (severitydef) > config major
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId (severitydef) > show
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Alarm Severity Default: major (2)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId (severitydef) >
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
severitydef show
Description
This command allows you to retrieve the default severity.

Syntax Definitions
N/A
Example
The following example shows the severity definition information.
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId > severitydef show
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Alarm Severity Default: minor (3)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789

Description
This command allows you to create a new alarm profile. It is possible to create a clone
of an existing alarm profile by specifying its user label.
If a clone is not provided, an alarm profile is created in which the default severity is
assigned to all probable causes. It is also possible to modify the severity, and the
severity non-traffic-affecting causes when the profile is created.
Full command

alarmprofile create alarmprofile_userlabel [cloneof alarmprofile_userlabel] [pcauselist pcause:confseverity:confseveritynsa [pcause:confseverity:confseveritynsa]...]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
17-12

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Syntax Definitions
pcause
A string representing a probable cause (see Table 1-3, Alarm and Cause
Relationship (p. 1-25)).
confseverity, confseveritynsa
The configured severity or severity non-service affecting causes in the set

{critical | major | minor | warning | indeterminate | cleared}.
alarmprofile_userlabel

Example
In the following examples display two commands:
The first command example creates an Alarm Severity Profile;
The command in the second example displays all the updated Alarm Severity
Profile information.
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId > alarmprofile create alprof1
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId > alarmprofile show
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Index Alarm Severity Profile User Label
Status
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
------ -------------------------------------------------- --------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1
no alarm
active (1)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
2
primary
alarms
active
(1)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
3
path alarms
active (1)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
4
all
alarms
active (1)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
20001 alprof1
active (1)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
17-13

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Description
This command allows you to delete an Alarm Profile.

Syntax Definitions

Example
In the following example is shown the deletion of a specific Alarm Severity Profile:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId > alarmprofile delete alprof1
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789

Description
This command allows you to modify the severity and the severity of non-service
affecting causes associated with an Alarm Profile.
Full command

alarmprofile config alarmprofile_userlabel pcauselist pcause:confseverity:
confseveritynsa [pcause:confseverity:confseveritynsa]...
Syntax Definitions
pcause
A string representing a probable cause (see Table 1-3, Alarm and Cause
Relationship (p. 1-25)).
confseverity, confseveritynsa
The configured severity or severity non-service affecting causes in the set

{critical | major | minor | warning | indeterminate | cleared}.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
17-14

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Example
(tba)
alarmprofile rename alarmprofile_userlabel into

Description
This command allows you to change the label of an alarm profile, created by a user.
Syntax Definitions

Example
The following example displays two commands.
The first command renames a specific Alarm Severity Profile
The second command displays the updated Alarm Severity Profile information
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId > alarmprofile rename alprof1 into alarprofile1
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Index Alarm Severity Profile User Label
Status
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
--------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1
no alarm
active (1)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
2
primary alarms
active (1)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
3
path alarms
active (1)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
4
all
alarms
active (1)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
20001 alarprofile1
active (1)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
17-15

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Description
If no alarm profile user label is specified, this command allows a you to get a list of
the user labels for all alarm profiles.
If an user label is specified, this command allows a you to get the details of that alarm
profile.
Syntax Definitions

Example
The following example shows all the relevant Alarm Severity Profile information:
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
LabelKey
Alarm Severity Profile User Label Status
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
----------- --------------------------------- ------------12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
@1
no alarm
active (1)
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
@2
primary alarms
active (1)
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
@3
path alarms
active (1)
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
@4
all alarms
active (1)
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
12345678901234567890123456789012123456789012345678901234567890121234567
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
17-16
Agent Management
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Agent Management
Overview
Purpose

Contents
17-17
17-18
ne mgr {B$ | E$}
17-18
ne show info
17-19
17-20
Description
This command allows you to configure information to identify the Alcatel-Lucent 1850
TSS-320/160 Network Element location.
Syntax Definitions
nelocation
A string indicating the location of the node.

Example
The following example shows the command to set the Network Element location:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId (ne) > location pluto
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
17-17
Agent Management
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
This command allows you to configure the Alcatel-Lucent 1850 TSS-320/160 Network
Element label.
Syntax Definitions
ne_userlabel

Example
The following example shows the command to set a Network Element label:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId (ne) > label pippero
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
ne mgr {B$ | E$}

Description
This command allows you to use the B$ flag to select the Bandwidth Manager, or the
E$ flag to select the Element Manager, to manage the Alcatel-Lucent 1850
TSS-320/160 Network Element.
Syntax Definitions
N/A
Example
The following example shows the command output:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId (ne) > mgr E$
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
>> error: denied command for login profile
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId (ne) > mgr B$
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
>> error: denied command for login profile
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
17-18
Agent Management
ne show info
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
ne show info
Description
This command shows the following Alcatel-Lucent 1850 TSS-320/160 Network

Element information:
NE installation type
IM version
NE location
NE label
Label of the OS managing the NE

NE SW release
Configuration of management interface.
Syntax Definitions
N/A
Example
The following example shows the Network Element information:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli:EML001 > ne show info
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Show Ne Info
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
--------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Ne Installation Type: ne1850tss-320
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Info Model Version Major: 3
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Info Model Version Minor: 0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Info Model Version Maintenance:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
sys Location: c4
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Sdh Ne Label: 1850TSS320 Documentazione
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Ne Owns By Mgr: $
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
sysDescr: V010400
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Mng Interface Type: snmp (1)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Mng Interface Characterization: secondary (1)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Mng Interface Address Type: ipAddress (0)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Mng Interface Address: 10.10.10.10:161
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
17-19
Agent Management
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Description
This command allows you to show the Local Access Control (LAC) information.
Syntax Definitions
N/A
Example
The following example shows the information about Local Access Control (LAC).
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId (accessctrl) > show info
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Show Access Ctrl Info .1
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
-------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Lac State: accessGranted (2)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Lac NoResponse TimeOutPeriod: 60
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
database Modify: 0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
17-20
Auto provisioning
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Auto provisioning
Overview
Purpose

Contents
17-21
plugandplay show
17-22

Description
This command allows you to set the auto-provisioning mode on Alcatel-Lucent 1850
TSS-320/160 Network Element.
Note: The CLI can perform only full and no auto-provisioning behavior. When
confirmed option is configured, the CLI behaves as in case of no auto-provisioning.
This means that no confirmation is provided about new plugged item. As result, no
automatic configuration is performed.
Syntax Definitions
N/A
Example
The following example shows the command to set auto-provisioning to confirmed.
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId > plugandplay confirmed
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
17-21
Auto provisioning
plugandplay show
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
plugandplay show
Description
This command allows you to get the auto-provisioning configuration on the

Alcatel-Lucent 1850 TSS-320/160 Network Element.
Syntax Definitions
N/A
Example
The following example shows the command to display the auto-provisioning

configuration.
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId > plugandplay show
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
NE Auto Provisioning:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
17-22
18
18
Communication
& Routing
Management Commands
Overview
Purpose
This chapter includes the support management command sets listed below:
Contents
18-2
ne show addr
18-2
18-3
18-3
18-4
18-5
18-6
18-6
18-7
18-7
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
18-1

Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Overview
Purpose

Contents
ne show addr
18-2
ne show addr
Description
This command displays the Alcatel-Lucent 1850 TSS-320/160 Network Element agent
IP address, netmask, and UDP port.
Syntax Definitions
N/A
Example
The following example shows information about agent addresses:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId > ne show addr
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Snmp Agt Ip Address: 10.10.10.10
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Snmp Agt Ip Mask: 0.0.0.0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Snmp Agt Udp Port: 161
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
18-2

Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Overview
Purpose

Contents
18-3
18-4
18-5

Description
This command allows you to create and activate an In-Fiber In-Band management
interface and specify an optional rate for data management traffic.
Full command

infiberinband activate port naming [vlan vlan_id | mnglabel mgmt_label] [ppp
{enable | disable}] [routingprot {static|isis}] [ratelimited dcn_ratelimited_value]
Syntax Definitions
naming
applies:
R
Rack
1-7
Subrack
0 or 1 - 7
Board
0 or 1 - 43
Drawer
0 or 1 - 7
Port
0 or 1 - 1023
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
18-3

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
naming.
vlan_id
An integer value in the range 1-4094, indicating the VID or the lower boundary
of a VLAN ID range.
mgmt_label
A value in the range 0-4294967295, identifying an MPLS Label for the

Management Plane.
dcn_ratelimited_value
The maximum allowed rate, measured in Kbps, for management traffic over an
interface. The default Value is IfSpeed no rate limited traffic on this interface.
Example
(tba)

Description
This command allows you to delete a In-Fiber In-Band management interface.

Syntax Definitions
naming
applies:
R
Rack
1-7
Subrack
0 or 1 - 7
Board
0 or 1 - 43
Drawer
0 or 1 - 7
Port
0 or 1 - 1023
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
18-4

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
naming.
Example
(tba)

Description
This command allows to retrieve detailed information about all configured DCN
management interfaces. With the optional parameter, the user can retrieve detailed
information of a specific DCN management interface by providing its naming
specification.
Syntax Definitions
naming
applies:
R
Rack
1-7
Subrack
0 or 1 - 7
Board
0 or 1 - 43
Drawer
0 or 1 - 7
Port
0 or 1 - 1023
naming.
Example
(tba)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
18-5

Available commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Overview
Purpose

Contents
18-6
18-7
18-7
routingstatic activate ip ipAddr [ipmask ipAddrBitMask] port

naming
Description
This command allows you to create and activate a static IP routing path, by providing
the destination IP address, netmask, and the outgoing NE interface.
Syntax Definitions
naming
applies:
R
Rack
1-7
Subrack
0 or 1 - 7
Board
0 or 1 - 43
Drawer
0 or 1 - 7
Port
0 or 1 - 1023
naming.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
18-6

routingstatic activate ip ipAddr [ipmask ipAddrBitMask]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
port naming
ipAddr

ipAddrBitMask
An IP address netmask in decimal dot-separated format: n.n.n.n

Example
(tba)

Description
This command allows you to delete a static IP routing path.

Syntax Definitions
ipAddr

Example
(tba)

Description
If no optional parameter is provided, this command retrieves information about all

configured IP static routing paths.
The user can provide the IP address to get information for a single destination.
Syntax Definitions
ipAddr

Example
(tba)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
18-7
19
Utility Commands
19
Overview
Purpose
This chapter contains a list utility commands.

Contents
19-1
administrator show
19-2
19-3
view
19-3
19-5
19-5
Description
This is a global command. It can be executed in any domain.

It allows you to configure the following utilities:
traceused to enable or disable additional details in the error trace. The default
value is, disable.
confirmused to enable or disable output paging. The message, press any key to
continue (Q to quit) will be presented when this is enabled. The default value is,
enable.
checkuserlabelused to enable or disable the univocity check of the userlabel in

create commands. If it is enabled, and the userlabel already exists, a confirmation
message, Press Y key to confirm command will be presented. Default value is
enable.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
19-1
Utility Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
commandlogused to enable or disable the trace of all commands without output.

It is recorded in the file CliCommandLog.txt. When the configured size is reached,
the file is copied in CliCommandLog.txt.old and reset. The default size is 160,000
bytes. This copy will also be done if the clear option is specified. The default value
is disable.
outputlogused to enable or disable the trace of the output of all commands when
commandlog is enabled. It is recorded in the file CliCommandLog.txt. When the
configured size is reached, the file is copied in CliCommandLog.txt.old and reset.
The default size is 160,000 bytes. Default value is, disable.
Full Command

[ trace { enable | disable | errorEnable | readEnable | write Enable} ]
[ confirm { enable | disable } ]
[ checkuserlabel { enable | disable } ]
[ commandlog { enable | disable | clear | show } ]
[ outputlog { enable | disable } ]
Syntax Definitions
N/A
Example
(tba)
administrator show
Description
This is a global command. It can be executed in any domain. It allows you to view the
current configuration of the features set with administrator config (p. 19-1).
Syntax Definitions
N/A
Example
(tba)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
19-2
Utility Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Description
This is a global command. It can be executed in any domain. At run time it allows you
to read the CliMibValuesMapping.cfg configuration file.
Syntax Definitions
N/A
Example
(tba)
view
Description
This is a global command. It can be executed in any domain.

It allows you to get information that is defined in another domain but useful in the
current domain. It includes:
view asapto get a list of user labels for all alarm profiles (see, alarmprofile
show [alarmprofile_userlabel] (p. 17-16))
view interfaceto get a list of all configured interfaces with their interface type,
Ethernet port client layer, administrative status, and traffic port enabling status (see,
interface show [naming_set_list] (p. 3-4))
view trafficto get a list of all of all configured interfaces with related their
administrative status, traffic port enabling, operation status, speed, limited speed,
and floodingRate (see, interface trafficshow [naming_set_list] (p. 3-5))
view colorprofileto get a list of all color profiles with their related information
(see, colorprofile show [colorprof_userlabel] (p. 5-9))
view trafficdescriptorto get a list of all ETS traffic descriptors with their related
traffic type, traffic parameters, and status (see, trafficdescriptor show
[trafficdescriptor_userlabel] (p. 5-14))
view inflowto get a list of all configured inflows
view outflowto get a list of all configured outflows
view flowto get a list of all configured cross-connections (xcIndex.inflowIndex.outflowIndex)
view vlanto get a list of all static VLAN or S-VLAN registration entry
information (see, bridge vlan show [vlan_set] (p. 7-11))
view vlan [vlan_id]to get all information for a specific VLAN
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
19-3
Utility Commands
view
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
view vlanprotprofileto get a list of all defined VLAN protocol profiles in the NE
(see, bridge vlanprotprofile show [vlanprotprof_userlabel] (p. 7-20))
view lagto get a list of all configured link aggregation groups with their related
information; lag number, user label, administrative key, and size (see, linkagg
show [lagnumber_set] (p. 10-5))
view vplsto get the list of all VPLS Instances
view mdto get the list of all Ethernet OAM Maintenance Domains
view {port naming | lagnumber}to get all information for a specific port
Full Command

view { asap | interface [up | down] | traffic [up | down] | colorprofile | trafficdescriptor
| inflow | outflow | flow | vlan [vlan_id] | vlanprotprofile | lag | vpls | md | {port
naming | lagnumber}
Syntax Definitions
vlan_id
An integer value in the range 1-4094, indicating the VID or the lower boundary
of a VLAN ID range.
naming
applies:
R
Rack
1-7
Subrack
0, 1-7
Board
0, 1-43
Drawer
0, 1-7
Port
0, 1-1023
lagnumber

For example: lag18
Example
(tba)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
19-4
Utility Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
This command allows you to create a file (filename) containing CLI commands to
duplicate selected domains. The all parameter indicates all domains. The target
parameters specify the NE version for migration and have a default value of v1.
Full Command

administrator backup filename { all | default | [equipment] [transmission]
[connection] [pm] [support] } [target {v1 | v2 | v3}]
Syntax Definitions
filename
A string indicating the valid name of file.

Example
(tba)

Description
This command allows you to execute CLI commands inside a file designated by the
filename parameter.
There are two options:
-noechowhen specified, does not display CLI commands as they are executed.
The default value is -echo.
-historywhen specified, displays the history of CLI commands
Syntax Definitions
filename
A string indicating the valid name of file.

Example
(tba)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
19-5
20
Debug Commands
20
Available commands
Purpose

Contents
debug ne show info
20-1
20-2
20-3
debug ne show info

Description
This command shows the following network element information for the
Alcatel-Lucent 1850 TSS-320/160:
System name. This will indicate if the NE software release is backward compatible
or not.
Naming Mask Rule. This shows the number of bits hat are used for each field.
Syntax Definitions
N/A
Example
The following example shows debug information being retrieved.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
20-1
Debug Commands
debug ne show info
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId > debug ne show info
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Show NE info
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
-----------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
sys Name: sysadmin
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
MibConfigurationMode: online (1)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
MaskNamingRule: 4X3r3s6b3d0p3c
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789

Description
This command allows you to show CLI manager information in the opticsIMMgrPollingInfoTable.
Syntax Definitions
N/A
Example
The following example shows CLI manager information being retrieved.
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId > debug mgrcli show info
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Show CLI Info 9.9
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
-------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
MgrPollingIpAddress: 10.0.0.5
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
MgrPollingUdpPort: 4000
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
MgrPollingTimeOut: -----1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
MgrPollingManagerType: -----1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
20-2
Debug Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Description
This command allows you to show info about traps to be sent to managers.
Syntax Definitions
N/A
Example
The following example shows the trap information being retrieved.
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cli:opticsIMCtUserId > debug trap show info
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Show CLI Info 9.9
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
-------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
MgrPollingIpAddress: 10.0.0.5
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
MgrPollingUdpPort: 4000
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
MgrPollingTimeOut: -----1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
MgrPollingManagerType: -----1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
20-3
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Symbols
m
Micrometer.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Numerics
1:1
A 1:n system where n=1.

1:n
n main and one standby (or protection). The main channels provide service: If a main
channel fails, the standby channel switches to provide service in place of failed channel.
Switching is revertive, which permits extra traffic to be carried on the standby channel.
(For example, when the main channel is repaired, service will be switched back to it,
thus making the standby channel available to protect a subsequent failure.)
1+1, 1p1
Non-expandable protection scheme. Two full-duplex channels: one active, one standby;
either can provide service. Protection switching behavior may be revertive or
nonrevertive (normal case). When active channel fails, traffic is switched to standby
channel. In revertive, one channel is the preferred active; when preferred channel is
repaired, traffic switches back to it. In nonrevertive neither channel is preferred, and
switch-back does not occur.
2fblsr
Two-Fiber Bidirectional Line-Switched Ring. See Bidirectional Ring (Bi-Ring)

4fblsr
Four-Fiber Bidirectional Line-Switched Ring. See Bidirectional Ring (Bi-Ring).

802:1e
An IEEE protocol that allows the loading of a file on an NE on a multicast or

point-to-point basis.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
ABN
Abnormal alarm.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
GL-1
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
abn confg
Abnormal Configuration
abt
Abort Output Function.

access identifier (aid)
Specifies the object entity (port or equipment) specified in a TL1 command; used to
specify object entities within an NE to which user commands are to be applied.
Facilities and signals are examples of object entities. The term object entity is used by
Telcordia; it does not mean the NE is implemented in an object-oriented manner.
ACD
Access Control Domain

ACL
Access Control List

ACM
Administrative Communications Module (module).

ACO
See Alarm Cutoff (ACO).

act
1. Active redundant.
2. Active unit.
3. Active secondary service state; indicates that the entity is capable of being protected and is
currently the active entity.
ACU
Alarm communications unit.

Add-Drop Multiplexer (ADM)
Network elements that provide access to all N, or some subset M of Synchronous

Transport Signal (STS) line signals contained within an OC-N optical channel. (M is a
standard hierarchical level vN.) STSs are added to (inserted) and/or dropped from
(extracted) the OC-N signal as it passes through the ADM. ADMs include linear
applications between terminals (referred to as a Linear ADM or LADM) and ring
network applications (referred to as unidirectional ring [uni-ring] and bidirectional ring
[bi-ring] ADMs). See also Linear Add-Drop Multiplexer (LADM).
addr
Address.
adm
See Add-Drop Multiplexer (ADM).

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
GL-2
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
admin
Administrative domain server.

administrator
A user who has access to all security, system, and database maintenance functions in
addition to standard user capabilities.
ADR
Add-Drop Ring.
AGC
Automatic Gain Control.

AIC
Application Identification Channel. Identifies DS3 frame application (C-bit=1,

W23=alternate 0s and 1s).
AID
See Access Identifier (AID).

AINS
Automatic In-Service.
AINSTH
Automatic In-Service Threshold

AIS
See Alarm Indication Signal (AIS).

AISL
Alarm Indication Signal, Line. See Alarm Indication Signal (AIS).

AISS
AIS Second.
Alarm (ALM)
Binary visual or audible indication of trouble, significant number of irregularities, or

failure; signifies a malfunction or abnormality within the communications equipment;
usually classified as minor, major, or critical.
Alarm Cutoff (ACO)
An ACO silences an office alarm.

Alarm Indication
Indication of upstream transmission span failure. In a network of tandem maintenance

spans, service-affecting failures may occur, which disrupt normal signals and cause the
generation of maintenance alarms.
Alarm Indication Signal (AIS)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
GL-3
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
A unique line signal sent downstream in a digital network to indicate that an upstream
failure is detected and alarmed. Signal replaces normal traffic when a maintenance alarm
is activated. There are two types: American (framed; alternating 1s and 0s) and
nonstandard (unframed; all 1s).
Alarm Log
Record of recent alarm events logged for a particular Network Element (NE).
Alarm/Condition Codes*
1. Critical (CR) or (CRI).

2. In service (IS).
3. Maintenance (MAINT) or (MT).
4. Major (MAJ) or (MJ)*.
5. Manual control (ManCont).
6. Manual operation (MAN).
7. Memory administration (MA)*.
8. Minor (MN) or (MIN)*.
9. Out of Service (OOS).
* Also referred to as Severity level or Notification Code.
ALM
See Alarm (ALM).

ALS
Automatic Laser Shutdown.

ALSP
AIS or LOP-Path Second.

Alternate Mark Inversion (AMI)
1. Line coding format in T-1 transmission systems, whereby successive ones (marks) are
alternately inverted (sent with polarity opposite that of the preceding mark).
2. A line code that uses a ternary signal to convey binary digits; successive binary ones are
represented by signal elements normally of alternating, positive/negative polarity but equal
in amplitude, and in which binary zeros are represented by signal elements with zero
amplitude (an AT&T definition).
American National Standards Institute (ANSI)
A standards-setting, non-government organization that develops and publishes standards

for transmission codes, protocols, and high-speed languages for voluntary use in the
United States.
AMU
Air Movement Unit

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
GL-4
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Angle Polished Connector
A method used to polish the end of a fiber optic cable.

ANSI
See American National Standards Institute (ANSI).

AOD
Automatic Offline Diagnostics.

APC
See Angle Polished Connector (APC)

API
Application Programming Interface

Application-Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC)
A chip built for a specific application and used by manufacturers to consolidate many
chips into a single package, reducing system board size and power consumption. Many
video boards and modems use ASICs. ASICs span Programmable Array Logic (PAL)
devices, Electrically Programmable Logic Devices (ELPDs), Field-Programmable Gate
Arrays (PPGAs), standard cell-based devices, and full custom-designed Integrated
Circuits (ICs).
APS
1. Automatic Protection Switching. See Protection Switching (PS).

2. Administrative Processing System.
APSD
Automatic Power Shutdown.

APSI
Automatic Protection Switching Inhibit. See also Protection Switching (PS).

ASCII
American Standard Code for Information Interchange

ASIC
See Application-Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC).

Asynchronous mode
Bytes are sent without clocking information. Each byte is identified by a start bit and
terminated by one or more stop bits.
Asynchronous signal
A digital signal in which there is no common clock. Timing must be recovered from
information sent within signal.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
GL-5
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
ATAG
Autonomous Message Tag; an automatically generated tag for autonomous reports.

Attribute(s)
1. Constitutes a specific property about an object.

2. The form of information items provided by the X.500 Directory Service; directory
information base consists of entries, each having one or more attributes; each attribute has
a type identifier together with one or more values.
3. MS-DOS file information, indicating whether file is read-only, hidden, or system, and
whether it has been changed since it was last backed up.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
b/s
See Bits per Second (b/s).

B3ZS
1. Bipolar with 3 Zero Substitution. The line code used in DS3 transmission systems. This
code follows the bipolar rule; however, when three consecutive zeroes occur, the three
zeroes are replaced with a unique code that contains bipolar violations in a defined manner.
2. Bipolar 3-Zero Substitution (DS3/STS1). See also Bipolar Signal.
B8ZS
Bipolar 8-Zero Substitution (DS1). See Bipolar Signal.

BER
See Bit Error Rate (or Ratio) (BER).

BERP
Bit Error Ratio, Path. See Bit Error Rate (or Ratio) (BER).
Bidirectional Coupler (optical)
A device that combines transmit and receive optical signals within a single fiber.
Bidirectional Ring (Bi-Ring)
A Synchronous Optical Network (SONET) ring network configuration in which traffic

between any two nodes flows in a single path between the two nodes. The other path
around the ring is used for protection purposes, providing high reliability. Bi-rings allow
reuse of bandwidth around the ring (unlike a unidirectional ring) but are technically
much more complicated to protect.
Bidirectional Switching
The protection switching scheme in which both paths of the duplex channel are switched
to the protection path when either fails.
BIP
See Bit Interleaved Parity-N (BIP-N).

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
GL-6
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
BIP-N
See Bit Interleaved Parity-N (BIP-N).

BIPL
Bit Interleaved Parity errors, Line. See Parity Bit Interleaved Parity-N (BIP-N).
Bipolar Signal
1. A 3-level digital signal in which logic 1 bits are pulses (typically RZ) which alternate in
polarity, and logic 0 bits are 0 volts. The resulting waveform has a dc level of 0 volts. Also
referred to as AMI.
2. A signal having two non-zero polarities. It must have two-state or three-state binary coding
scheme; is usually symmetrical with respect to zero amplitude.
Bipolar Violation (BPV)
The presence of two consecutive same-polarity one bits on the T carrier line.
BIPS
Bit Interleaved Parity errors, Section. See Parity Bit Interleaved Parity-N (BIP-N).
Bit
Binary digit; smallest unit of data in a data stream. The amount of information obtained
by asking a yes-or-no question; a computational quantity that can take on one of two
values: true and false or 0 and 1; the smallest unit of storage, sufficient to hold one bit.
A bit is set if its value is true or 1, and reset or clear if its value is false or 0.
Regarding setting and clearing bits: To toggle or invert a bit changes it (from 0 to 1 or
from 1 to 0).
Bit Error Rate (or Ratio) (BER)
Rate at which errors occur in a digital signal divided by the number of transmitted bits.
See also Severely Errored Seconds (SES) and Signal Fail (SF).
Bit Interleaved Parity-N (BIP-N)
Method of error monitoring. If even parity is used, the transmitting equipment generates
an N-bit code over a specified portion of the first bit of all N-bit sequences in the
covered portion of the signal, and the second bit provides even parity over the second
bits of all N-bit sequences within the specified portion, etc. Even parity is generated by
setting the BIP-N bits so that there is an even number of ones in each of all N-bit
sequences including the BIP-N.
BITS
See Building Integrated Timing Supply (BITS).

Bits per Second (b/s)
The rate at which data is sent over some communication line. For example, data rate of
a modem is usually measured in kilobits per second.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
GL-7
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
BITSSYNC
Output synchronization
BKRST
Backup and Restore

BLSR
Bidirectional Line-Switched Rings

BNC
A coaxial connector type commonly known by abbreviation of manufacturer

Bayonet-Neill-Concelman
BPM
Binary Performance Monitoring

BPV
See Bipolar Violation (BPV).

BRDG
Multipoint Data Bridge

Buffer
A temporary storage device that compensates for the difference between data
transmission speeds when transferring data from one device to another
Building Integrated Timing Supply (BITS)
In North America, the clocks that provide and distribute timing to a wire line network
lower levels; known in the rest of the world as Synchronization Supply Unit (SSU).
Byte
A group of eight bits; also called an octet.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Card Presence Indicator (CPI)
Indicates presence or absence of a module; provides an interrupt to the shelf processor

through the Serial Communications Interface (SCI) for modules that have a
microcontroller; enables shelf processors to detect removal and/or insertion of any
module (or circuit pack) in the shelf. See also Serial Communications Interface (SCI).
CB
Circuit Breaker (also CKB)

CBIT
Parity monitoring. Select CBIT monitoring when operating with equipment that generates
CBIT parity to monitor signal performance.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
GL-8
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
CCT
Cross-Connect Type
CDU
Clock Distribution Unit (module)

Central Office (C.O.)
Typically called C.O.; a telephone company facility where subscriber lines are joined to
switching equipment for connecting other local and long-distance subscribers to each
other; sometimes it means wire center in which there are several switching exchanges.
The overseas term for C.O. is public exchange.
CEPT
European Conference of Postal Telecommunication

CEV
See Controlled Environmental Vault (CEV).

CFA
Carrier Failure Alarm

CGI
Control and General Interface

Checksum
The sum of a group of data items used for error checking. Checksum is computed by the
sending computer based upon an algorithm that counts the bits going out in a packet.
The check digit is then sent to the other end as the packet tail (or trailer). As the packet
is being received, the receiving computer goes through the same algorithm. If the
receiving computer goes through the same algorithm, and if the check digit it comes up
with is the same as the one received, all is well. Otherwise, it requests the packet be
sent again.
CID
1. Calling address Identification

2. Communications Interface Device
3. Connect Identification Device
4. Connection Identifier
5. Craft Interface Device
Circuit Pack
Representation of equipment that can be inserted or assigned to a slot within a shelf

CIT
1. Craft Interface Terminal (also known as user interface terminal)

2. Customer Interface Terminal
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
GL-9
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Cladding
1. The transparent material, usually glass, that surrounds the optical fiber core. Cladding glass
has a lower refractive index than core glass. As the light signal travels down the central
core transmission path, it naturally spreads out (modal dispersion). The cladding causes the
light to be reflected back into the central core, thereby serving to maintain the signal
strength over a long distance.
2. When referring to a metallic cable, a process of covering with a metal (usually achieved by
pressure rolling, extruding, drawing, or swagging) until a bond is achieved.
CLEI code
Common Language Equipment Identification code (assigned by Telcordia).

CLFI
Common Language Facility Identifier

CLI
Command Line Interface

CLK
Clock
CLLI
Common Language Location Identifier. Indicates the location of circuit packs at a

network element.
CMI
Coded Mark Inversion

CMOS
Complementary Metal-Oxide Semiconductor. High-speed, low-power solid state

component.
CO
See Central Office (CO).

COA
Craft Orderwire and Alarms

Code Violation
Violation of a coding rule; for example, the Alternate Mark Inversion (AMI) code is
corrupted by a Bipolar Violation (BPV).
Coding Violation (CV)
1. A violation in the coding of a signal over a digital circuit; the count of BIT-8 errors. See
also Code Violation.
2. Checksum Value. See also Checksum.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
GL-10
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
COM
Communications port (usually COM1 or COM2, referring to communications port #1 or

port #2 on a personal computer [PC]).
Command Language
A set of procedural operators with a related syntax to indicate the functions to be

performed by an operating system.
Commands
Short-term maintenance controls such as loopback and manual switch.

Concatenated Synchronous Transport Signal Level N (STS-Nc)
An STS-N Line layer signal in which the STS envelope capacities from the N STS1s
have been combined to carry an STS-Nc synchronous payload envelope (SPE), which
must be transported as a single entity, not as several separate signals.
Concatenated Virtual Tributary (VTx-Nc)
A set of Virtual Tributaries (VTs) in which the VT envelope capacities from N VTxs
have been combined to carry a VTx-Nc, which must be transported as a single entity, not
as several separate signals.
Concatenation
A Synchronous Optical Network/Synchronous Digital Hierarchy (SONET/SDH)

mechanism for allocating contiguous bandwidth for transport of a payload greater than
Synchronous Transport Signal Level 1 (STS-1) (the electrical equivalent Optical Carrier
Level 1 [OC-1], 51.84 Mb/s; T-3 plus Synchronous Optical Network (SONET)
overhead). By using concatenation pointers, multiple OC-1s can be linked end-to-end to
provide contiguous bandwidth. The same approach is used in higher SONET OC levels.
Concatenation applications include bandwidth-intensive video and high-speed data. See
also Synchronous Optical Network (SONET) and Synchronous Digital Hierarchy (SDH).
Condition Type
Reported fault or event type

CONF
Configuration (An abbreviation in this document for a user and command privilege)
Configured size
System configuration size as defined in database

Configuring
The act of defining the features to be contained on a module, shelf, or system.

Controlled Environmental Vault (CEV)
An underground room that houses electronic and/or optical equipment under controlled
temperature and humidity.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
GL-11
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
CORBA
Common Object Request Broker Architecture

Correlation Tag (CTAG)
All commands issued to the network element using TL1 are given a correlation tag;
response to the command has the same correlation tag.
CPC
See Communication Processor Card (CPC).

CPE
1. C-bit Parity Error

2. Customer Premise Equipment
CPI
1. See Card Presence Indicator (CPI).

2. Common Part Interface.
CPU
Central Processing Unit (module)

CR
1. Critical. See also Alarm/Condition Codes.

2. Change Request
CRC
See Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC).

CRG
Clock Reference Generator

CRI
Critical alarm. See also Alarm/Condition Codes.

Cross-Connect
Connection point for DSX transmit/receive signals with defined characteristics.

CRS
Cross-connect.
CRU
Clock Reference Unit

CRU
Clock Reference Unit
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
GL-12
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
CT
Craft Terminal.
ctag
See correlation tag (ctag).

CV
See Coding Violation (CV).

CVL
Coding Violation count, Line. See Coding Violation (CV).

CVP
Coding Violation count, Path. See Coding Violation (CV).

Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC)
A number derived from a block of data and stored or transmitted with the data to detect
any errors in transmission; similar to a checksum, but more complicated. A CRC is often
calculated by adding words or bytes of the data. The receiving card recalculates the CRC
from the data received and compares it to the value originally transmitted; if the values
are different, it indicates a transmission error. The CRC is called redundant because it
adds no significant information to the transmission itself.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Data Communications Channel (DCC)
Synchronous Optical Network (SONET) overhead reserved for communication between

network elements. The channel transports signals from one data processing device
location to another data processing device location.
Data Communications Equipment (DCE)
The devices and connections of a communications network that connect the

communication circuit between data source and destination (the Data Terminal
Equipment [DTE]). A modem is the most common DCE. Before data can be transmitted
over a modem, the Data Terminal Ready (DTR) signal must be active. DTR tells the
DCE that the DTE is ready to transmit and receive. DCE and DTE are usually connected
by an RS-232 serial line. It is necessary to distinguish these two devices because their
connectors must be wired differently if a straight-through cable (pin 1 to pin 1, pin 2
to pin 2, etc.) is used. DCE should have a female connector and should transmit on pin
two and receive on pin three. Many modems are DTE according to the original
standard.
Data Link (DL)
A Data Link Control Identifier (DLCI) is a channel number is attached to data frames to
tell the network how to route the data.
Data Terminal Equipment (DTE)
A device acting as the source and/or destination of data and controlling the
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
GL-13
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
communication channel; includes terminals, computers, protocol converters, and

multiplexers; usually connected by means of an RS-232 serial line to Data
Communication Equipment (DCE), typically a modem. It is necessary to distinguish
these two device types because their connectors must be wired differently if a
straight-through cable (pin 1 to pin 1, pin 2 to pin 2 etc.) is used.
dB
See Decibel (dB).

DB
Database
DC
Drop-and-Continue
DCC
See Data Communications Channel (DCC).

DCE
1. See Data Communication Equipment (DCE).

2. Data Circuit-terminating Equipment
DCF
Dispersion Compensation Fiber

DCM
Dispersion Compensation Module

DCN
Data Communications Network

DCS
Digital Cross-Connect System

DDM
Digital Diagnostics Monitoring

Decibel (dBm)
A logarithmic expression of the ratio of a given power level relative to 1 milliwatt.

Demux
Demultiplex (-er, -ing).

DEMUX
Demultiplex direction, the tributary output signal, arriving on the optical carrier and
leaving through the tributary (electrical) outbound data stream.
Dense Wavelength Division Multiplex (DWDM)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
GL-14
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
A high-speed version of Wave Division Multiplex (WDM); increases capacity of

Synchronous Optical Network (SONET) fiber-optic transmission systems through the
multiplexing of multiple wavelengths of light; uses optical channel spacing on the order
of 1.6 nm (200 GHz) or better and is compatible with the International Telecommunications Union (ITU) channel plan.
DHCP
Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol

Direct Entry
Function that enables users to interact with a network element in TL1 form.
Dispersion
Dispersion is the process whereby optical pulses are widened as they travel along an
optical fiber. It is caused by the different wavelength components of a light signal of
finite spectral width traveling down the fiber at different velocities. The effect is a pulse
at the terminating end of a fiber that is wider than the original pulse that was
transmitted. If the amount of widening is excessive the individual pulses will not be
distinguishable by the receiver. See also Chromatic Dispersion and Polarization Mode
Dispersion (PMD).
DL
See Data Link (DL)

DLP
Detail Level Procedure

DMAC
1. Direct Memory Access Control

2. Direct Memory Access Controller
DNS
Domain Naming System. Used in the Internet for translating names of network nodes
into addresses.
Domain
According to Management Information System (MIS) use, domain is the part of a

computer network in which data processing resources are under common control. In
Microsoft networking, a domain is a collection of computers sharing a common domain
database and security policy that is stored on a Windows NT server domain controller.
Each domain has a unique name.
DPLL
Digital Phase-Locked Loop

dri
Dual Ring Interconnect

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
GL-15
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Drop
Individual connections (sometimes called nodes) on a multipoint (also called multidrop)

circuit.
Drop Side Signal
A traffic path connecting to the tributary side of the network element; path can be
electrical (such as DS3 or STS1) or optical (such as OC3 or OC12) and can include
Synchronous Optical Network (SONET) overhead information/access. Specific
capabilities and format are product and feature dependent.
DS0 Path-Terminating Equipment (DS0 PTE)
Network elements that multiplex/demultiplex the DS0 channels. DS0 PTEs interpret and
either modify or create the DS0 signaling information necessary to transport the DS0
channels.
DS0, DS-0
Digital Signal, level 0. a DS0 is 64,000 bits per second (b/s) (64 kilobits), equal to one
voice conversation digitized under Pulse Code Modulation (PCM). Twenty-four DS0s (24
64 kb/s) equal one DS1, which is T-1 or 1.544 million b/s.
DS1
Digital Signal level 1 (1.544 Mb/s). Can contain 24 DS0s.

DS3
Digital Signal level 3 (44.736 Mb/s). Can contain 28 DS01s.

DSP
1. Digital Signal Parameter

2. Digital Signal Processing
3. Domain-Specific Port
DSX
Digital signal cross-connect.

DSx
Digital Signal of an unspecified rate

DSX-1
Digital Signal, level 1 cross-connect

DSX-3
Digital Signal cross-connect point for equipment that generates or uses DS3 signals. This
point has defined waveshapes and voltage levels, in accordance with American National
Standard T1.102.
DTE
See Data Terminal Equipment (DTE).

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
GL-16
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
DWDM
See Dense Wavelength Division Multiplex (DWDM).

DX
Duplex configuration. See Duplex (DX).

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
EB
Errored Blocks.
EBC
Errored Block Count

EC
Electrical Container
EC1
1. Electrical Carrier, level 1

2. Electrical Connection Level 1, STS-1 line and section object entity (electrical STSX-1)
EDFA
See Erbium-Doped Fiber Amplifier

EEPROM
Electronically Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory

EIA
Electronic Industries Alliance. A partnership of electronic and high-tech associates and

companies whose mission is to promote the marketing development and competitiveness
of the U.S. high-tech industry through domestic and international policy efforts.
EMA
Element Management Application

Embedded Facility
A lower level (for example, DS1) digital signal transported in a higher level signal.
Examples are a DS1 signal embedded in a DS3, or a DS3 embedded in an STS-1
facility.
EML
1. Element Management Layer

2. Equipment Management Layer
EMS
Element Management System
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
GL-17
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
EOC
Embedded Operations Channel

EOS
Ethernet over SONET

EPROM
Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory

Equipment (EQPT)
Electronic or mechanical devices at network nodes where end users are connected to
communications network
Erbium-Doped Fiber Amplifier (EDFA)
The dominant method for signal amplification in long-haul lightwave transmission

systems. EDFAs differ from the normal method regenerative or electro-optic repeaters in
that light does not have to be converted to an electrical signal, amplified, then converted
back to light. EDFAs are not frequency dependent, so they allow bandwidth upgrades
(within) limits without replacing the entire transmission systems. Undersea transmission
systems use EDFA technology.
Errored Second (ES)
A second during which a Coding Violation (CV) occurs.

ES
See Errored Second (ES).

ESD
Electrostatic-Sensitive Device. A circuit component, such as CMOS integrated circuit,

that is prone to damage from static electricity. See also ESS.
ESF
1. Extended Superframe format. DS1 signal framing format consisting of 24 frames. Each
frame contains a payload of 24 channels plus 1 overhead bit.
2. See also Extended Superframe (ESF).
ESL
Errored Second, Line. See Errored Second (ES)

ESP
Errored Second, Path. See Errored Second (ES)

ESS
1. Electrostatic-Sensitive Device. A circuit component, such as CMOS integrated circuit, that

is prone to damage from static electricity. Also ESS.
2. Errored Second, Section. See Errored Second (ES)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
GL-18
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
ETSI
European Telecommunication Standards Institute

Extended Superframe (ESF)
One of two possible framing patterns for a DS1 signal. ESF has an extra channel that
can pass synchronization messages; the Superframe (SF) cannot.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
FBE
Frame Bit Error. An error on an incoming DS3 signal detected and reported by the
performance monitor.
FC
Failure Count
FC/PC
A specific type of fiber-optic cable connector.

FCC
Federal Communications Commission

FCP
Failed Count-Path
FDDI
Fiber Distributed Data Interface

FDL
1. Facility Data Link

2. See Frame Data Link (FDL).
FE
1. Far-End
2. Fast Ethernet (10/100 Mbps.)
FEAC
Far-End Alarm and Control. Channel bit used in C-bit formatting for status and control
communications.
FEBE
Far-End Block Error. Channel bit used in C-bit formatting for performance monitoring
event.
FEC
Forward Error Correction
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
GL-19
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
FERF
Far-End Receive Failure

FES
Frame Errored Seconds

FFP
Fast Facility Protection. Refers to line facility groups. It also refers to path facility
groups which constitute preferred or alternate paths.
FI
Fault Isolation
Fiber Optic Cable
The core of the fiber optic cable is made of very pure glass; it is surrounded by four
protective layers, given here from the core out: cladding, buffer, dielectric strength
member, and the polyvinyl chloride (PVC) subunit jacket.
Field-Programmable Gate Array (FPGA)
Used on some cards to modify hardware operation through software, rather than
physically changing the hardware on the card; logic network can be programmed into the
device after its manufacture. An FPGA consists of an array of logic elements. Most
FPGAs are reprogrammable because their logic functions and interconnect are defined by
Random Access Memory (RAM) cells; others can be programmed only once, retaining
programming permanently. FPGAs have enabled development of logic emulators. See
also Complex Programmable Logic Device (CPLD).
Fixed Stuff (R-Bits/Bytes)
Fixed stuff (R) bits and bytes compensate for the differences between the bandwidth
available in the STS1 and Virtual Tributary (VT) synchronous payload envelopes and the
bandwidth required for the actual payload mappings (for example, DS1, DS1C, DS2,
DS3, etc.). They facilitate interworking with existing transmission systems or allow
interworking between fixed and floating VTs. R-bits and bytes have no defined value.
The receiver ignores the value of these bits/bytes (except for BIP-8
calculation/verification).
FLC
First Level Controller

FLT
Fault
FM
Fault Manager
Format
Refers to basic structure and arrangement or order of elements in a command or data.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
GL-20
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
FPGA
1. Fused Programmable Gate Array

2. See also Field-Programmable Gate Array (FPGA).
Frame Data Link (FDL)
A message channel in the overhead of a DS1 Extended Superframe (ESF) signal that can
relay clock-quality information.
FTP
File Transfer Protocol. An IP-based file transfer protocol.

FTS
Fiber Transmission System

Full Duplex
1. Independent, simultaneous communication in both directions between two locations.

2. Standard 2-way connection.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Gateway Communications Functions
Functions to facilitate operations communications between two communicating entities

across dissimilar subnetworks. Examples include concentration, message routing and
relaying (Network Layer), and application layer protocol conversion and/or message
translation. See also Mediation Functions.
Gb, Gb/s
Gigabits, Gigabits per second

GB, GB/s
Gigabytes, Gigabytes per second

GbE
See Gigabit Ethernet (GigE)

GFP
Generic Framing Procedure. Protocol for mapping packet data into an octet-synchronous
transport such as SONET.
Gigabit Ethernet (GigE)
Input conditioning performed to map Ethernet frames into SONET payload structures.
GigE
See Gigabit Ethernet (GigE)

GND (or Gnd)
Ground
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
GL-21
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
GNE
Gateway Network Element

GOS
Grade of Service
GPF
Generic Framing Procedure

Graphical User Interface (GUI)
This interface supports applications that consist of a series of rectangular presentation

regions called windows. Each window displays another application.
GRD
General Release Document

Grooming
The process of moving traffic from one point to another.

Growth
Increasing system port capacity

GUI
See Graphical User Interface (GUI).

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Half duplex
Standard 1-way connection

Half-Duplex Transmission
A circuit designed for data transmission in both directions, but not at the same time.
Telex is an example of a half-duplex system, as is speaking on with most
speaker-phones. Compare with Full-Duplex Transmission.
Head End
The point where the line overhead is inserted. (Tail end describes the point where the
line overhead is terminated.) A central control device required within some Local Area
Network/Area Network (LAN/MAN) systems to provide such centralized functions as
remodulation, retiming, message accountability, contention control, diagnostic control,
and access.
HLDOVER
See Holdover.
HO
High Order, generally referred to as STS-1 level virtually concatenated signals.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
GL-22
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Holdover
A mode in which an oscillator that was previously tracking a reference attempts to

maintain the last-known frequency instead of continuing to track. Transition to Holdover
could occur for a variety of reasons, including failure on a reference or a manual switch.
HS
High Speed
Hz
Hertz
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
I/O
See Input/Output (I/O).

IBFEC
In-Band Forward Error Correction

IC
Integrated Circuit
ID
Identification
IEEE
Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers

IGFET
Insulated Gate Field Effect Transistors

IL
Insertion Loss
ILA
In-Line Amplifier
IMP
Integrated Multi-protocol
In Service (IS)
An equipment module is available for use by the system. (It may be online or offline.)
An equipped module is either IS or Out of Service (OOS).
In-Service Growth
A feature that enables service providers to install one optical channel initially, then
upgrade to additional optical channels or a mix of data rates. Additional modules may be
added one at a time while the system is in service.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
GL-23
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Input/Output (I/O)
Two of the three computer functions; the third is processing. I/O describes the
interrelated tasks of providing information to the computer and providing the results of
processing to the user. I/O devices include keyboards (input) and printers (output). A
disk drive is an input and an output device because it provides information to the
computer and receives information from the computer.
Interleave
1. Transmission of pulses from two or more digital sources in time-division sequence over a
single path.
2. A data communication technique, used in conjunction with error-correcting codes, to
reduce the number of undetected error bursts. In the interleaving process code symbols are
reordered before transmission so that any two successive code symbols are separated by |-1
(| is called the degree of interleaving). Upon reception, interleaved code symbols are
reordered into their original sequence, effectively spreading or randomizing errors (in time)
to enable more complete correction by a random error-correcting code.
3. Refers to the way a computer writes to and reads from a hard disk.
Intermediate Reach (IR)
Refers to optical sections from a few kilometers (km) to approximately 15 km.

Intermediate System (IS)
Refers to a system that originates and terminates traffic, and forwards traffic to other
systems; an Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) term.
Intermediate System to Intermediate System (IS-IS)
An Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) link-state hierarchical routing protocol, based

on DECnet Phase V routing, whereby intermediate systems (routers) exchange routing
information based on a single metric to determine network topology.
Internet Protocol (IP)
Part of the Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) family of protocols

describing software that tracks the Internet address of nodes, routes outgoing messages,
and recognizes incoming messages; used in gateways to connect networks of Open
Systems Interconnection (OSI) network Level 3 and above. See also Internet Protocol
(IP) Address and Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol (TCP/IP).
Internet Protocol (IP) Address
A unique, 32-bit number for a specific transmission control protocol/internet protocol

(TCP/IP) host on the Internet; normally printed in dotted decimal form (for example,
128.126.50.224). When a domain is assigned a group of numbers by the Internet central
registry, it can house one or several domains and/or hosts. Some IP addresses are
reserved for broadcasts in respective domains. See also Domain.
IOC
Input/Output Conditioner
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
GL-24
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
IOO
OS-OS Interface
IP
1. In Progress
2. See Internet Protocol (IP).
IPCP
Internet Protocol Control Protocol

IR
See Intermediate Reach (IR).

IS
1. See In Service (IS).

2. See Intermediate System (IS).
IS-ANR
In Service-Abnormal
IS-IS
See Intermediate System to Intermediate System (IS-IS).

IS-NR
In Service-Normal
ISLTD
Isolated, fully
ISO
International Standards Organization

ISU
In-Service Upgrade
ITU
International Telecommunications Union (replaces CCITT)

ITU-T
International Telecommunications Union Telecommunications

IXL
Index Task List

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
JFET
Junction Field Effect Transistors

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
GL-25
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Jitter
Relative phase change between data time slots and clock (timing) pulses. Results in bit
errors and, in voice circuits, noise in telephone circuits. Jitter is cumulative and is
primary limitation to maximum system length, including terminals and repeaters, of a
digital transmission system.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
KAM
Keep Alive Message

KAS
Keep Alive Signal

kb/s
Kilobits per second

kHz
KiloHertz
km
Kilometers
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
L1
Level 1
L2
1. Level 1 (controller).
2. Layer 2 (Ethernet switching).
L3
Level 3 (controller functions).

LAN
Local Area Network

LAPB
Line Access Procedure, Balanced

LAPD
Link Access Procedure, D-channel

LAPS
Link Access Procedure for SDH

LBO
See Line Buildout (LBO).

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
GL-26
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
LC

LCAS
Link Capacity Adjustment Scheme

LCI
Logical Channel Identifier

LCN
1. Local Communications Network, a Local Area Network (LAN).

2. Logical Channel Number.
LCP
Link Control Protocol

LD
Line Driver
LDB
Loop Detection Buffer

LDCC
Line Data Communications Channel

LEC
Local Exchange Carrier

LED
Light-Emitting Diode
LIF
Low-speed Interface
Limited mode
System operating mode that allows access to a limited number of commands. It is

primarily used for database restoration.
Line
A transmission medium, together with the associated Line-Terminating Equipment (LTE),

required to provide the means of transporting information between two consecutive
line-terminating network elements: One originates the line signal, and the other
terminates the line signal. In SONET, the line envelope is a subset of the section
envelope.
Line Alarm Indication Signal (AIS) Code
A code generated by Section-Terminating Equipment (STE) upon loss of input signal,

loss of frame, or equipment failure. Line AIS signal maintains operation of downstream
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
GL-27
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
regenerators and prevents generation of unnecessary alarms. At the same time, data and
orderwire communication is retained between the regenerators and downstream
Line-Terminating Equipment (LTE).
Line Buildout (LBO)
Equalization pad or artificial line network.

Line Group
Group of Synchronous Optical Network (SONET) signals at an Add/Drop Multiplexer

(ADM) connection.
Line Side Signal
A signal suitable for transmission over outside plant facilities or across an administrative
boundary.
Line-Terminating Equipment (LTE)
Network Elements (NEs) that originate and/or terminate line (OC-N) signals; LTE
includes NEs that originate and/or terminate line signals. LTEs originate, access, modify,
and/or terminate the transport overhead.
Linear Add-Drop Multiplexer (LADM)
Network element in a linear network that provides access to all N, or some subset M (M
is a standard hierarchical level vN), of the STS line signals contained within an OC-N
optical channel. STS signals are added to (inserted) and/or dropped from (extracted) the
OC-N signal as it passes through Add-Drop Multiplexer (ADM).
List Box
Displays a list of choices in the application window of the 1301 Network Manager
(NM). A scroll bar is provided if the box contains more choices than the box can hold.
The list box can be a single- or multiple-selection type.
LMF
Loss of Multiframe
LO
Low Order, generally referring to VT1.5 level virtually concatenated signals.

LOA
Loss of Activity
LOC
Loss of Clock
Location
The physical location (site) of a network device.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
GL-28
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
LOF
Loss of Frame
Long Reach (LR)
Refers to optical sections of approximately 25 kilometers or more in length and is

applicable to all Synchronous Optical Network (SONET) rates. Compare with Short
Reach (SR).
Loopback
A maintenance condition that redirects normal input to output, or vice versa; consists of
a diagnostic test in which the transmitted signal is returned to the sending device after
passing through a data communications link or network, thereby allowing a technician
(or built-in diagnostic circuit) to compare the returned signal with the transmitted signal
and determine what is wrong. Loopbacks are often done by excluding one piece of
equipment after another, eliminating non-problematic equipment to isolate a problem.
LOP
Loss of Pointer
LOS
Loss of Signal
LPF
Low-Pass Filter
LPR
Light Power Received

LPRN
See Light Power Received Normalized (LPRN)

LPT
Light Power Transmitted

LPTA
Line/Path Terminating ASIC

LR
1. Line Receiver
2. See also Long Reach (LR).
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
GL-29
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
LTE
1. Line-Terminating Element
2. See Line-Terminating Equipment (LTE).
3. Lite-terminating equipment (Synchronous Optical Network [SONET]). Asynchronous
Transfer Mode (ATM) equipment, terminating a communications facility using a SONET
Lite Transmission Convergence (TC) layer (usually reserved for end user or Local Area
Network [LAN] equipment); does not implement some of the maintenance functions used
in long-haul networks such as termination of path, line, and section overhead.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
MAC
1. Memory Arbitration Circuit

2. Media Access Control. A standard data link layer address that is required for every port of
device that connects to a LAN.
MAJ
Major
MAN
Manual operation
MAU
Medium Attachment Unit

MB
1. Management Information Base

2. MegaByte(s)
Mb/s
Megabits per second

MD
Mediation Device
MDL
Maintenance Data Link. Three bits used as a 28.2 kb/s terminal-to-terminal link
identifier. Part of the overhead in the C-bit parity format.
Mediation Functions
Usually consist of gateway communications functions, but can include information

processing functions. When the two functions are combined, they are often contained in
a stand-alone mediation device (MD) or packaged as an added module to an Network
Element (NE) or equipment frame. Gateway communications functions often exist alone
in a gateway NE or intermediate NE.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
GL-30
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
MHz
MegaHertz
MIB
Management Information Base

MIC
1. Module Interface Circuit

2. Module Interface Controller
MIN
Minor
MJ
Major
MN
Minor
Modem
Modulator/Demodulator
Modulator/Demodulator (Modem)
A communications device that enables the computer to transmit information over a

telephone line.
Module
An independent assembly of electronic components with some distinct function. A

module might contain one, two, three, or more cards. In the past, there was nearly
always one card in each module; therefore, card might be used when module was
actually meant. Even in the case of a module that contains only one card, the module
includes a front panel, ejector handles, etc. that are mounted on the card. See also Card
and Circuit Packs.
MOP
Method of Procedure
MPU
Microprocessor Unit
MRU
Maximum Receive Unit

MTBF
Mean Time Between Failures

MTU
Maximum Transmit Unit

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
GL-31
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
MTX
Matrix module
Multiplex (MUX, Mx)
Multiplex direction, the tributary input signal arriving on tributary interface (electrical)
and being multiplexed up onto optical signal, then leaving system. Combining several
signals for transmission on some shared medium; signals are combined at the transmitter
by a multiplexer (MUX) and split up at the receiver by a demultiplexer (DEMUX). The
communications channel can be shared between the independent signals in one of several
different ways: Time Division Multiplexing (TDM), Frequency Division Multiplexing
(FDM), and Code Division Multiplexing (CDM). If the inputs take turns to use the
output channel (TDM), the output bandwidth need be no greater than the maximum
bandwidth of any input. If many inputs are active simultaneously, the output bandwidth
must be at least as great as the total bandwidth of all simultaneously active inputs. In
this case the multiplexer is also known as a concentrator.
MUX
See Multiplex (MUX, Mx).

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
NA
1. Not Alarmed or No Alarm

2. Not Applicable
3. Not Available, in reference to performance monitoring parameter validity flags.
NAD
Network Access Domain

NAS
North American Standard

NE
1. Near End. See also NEND.

2. Network Element. Can be a switching NE or a transport NE. Cross-connects are transport
NEs.
3. See also Network Element (NE).
NE Configuration
The physical components within a Network Element (NE).

NE Type
The model number of a specific Network Element (NE).

NEBS
Network Equipment-Building System typical equipment requirements (Telcordia GR-63).

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
GL-32
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
NEC
National Electric Code

NEL
Network Element Layer

NEND
Near End
NETADMIN
Network Administrator (abbreviation in this document for a user and command privilege)
Network
Database representation of resources allocated to a secondary user. Network may also

refer to physical elements of a communications system; equipment, transmission
facilities, and end users.
Network element
A generic piece of equipment (such as a digital cross-connect) that represents a single

function in the system
Network Element (NE)
Configurable transmission controller used as a multiplexer, access node, or Add/Drop

multiplexer.
Network entity
Any of the physical devices that make up the communications network

Network facility
Equipment used to connect individual NEs

Network resource
All physical devices, including end equipment, transmission facilities, and end users
Network Service Access Point (NSAP)
The point at which the Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) network service is made
available to a transport entity. NSAPs are identified by OSI network addresses. The
NSAP is a generic standard for a network address consisting of 20 octets. ATM has
specified E.164 for public network addressing and the NSAP address structure for
private network addresses.
NLAN
Network Local Area Network

nm
Nanometer
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
GL-33
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
NM
Network Management or Network Manager

NMA
1. Network Monitoring and Analysis

2. Network Management Application
NOC
Network Operation Center

Node
A point where transmission lines originate, interconnect, switch, or terminate. Generally

consists of one or more pieces of equipment and is connected to other nodes via network
facilities. Typically provides switching capabilities, multiplexing capabilities, end-point
termination or origination, or other similar networking services. A point in the network
where a network element is physically located (such as a digital cross-connect system)
Nonblocking
A feature that allows any input port to be connected to any output port. Nonblocking
switch paths ensure that a connection can always be established between any two idle
ports without rearranging existing connections.
Nonregenerative
A type of optical amplification whereby the optical signal is amplified without being
converted to an electrical signal and then fed directly to the transmission line (as
opposed to regenerative amplification where the optical signal is first converted into an
electrical signal, amplified, converted back into an optical signal, and then fed to the
transmission line).
Nonrevertive
As applied to protection switching, means that service is not automatically reestablished

to previously active device when failure is corrected.
NORM
NORMal
North American AIS
The accepted Alarm Indication Signal (AIS) for use in North American Network,
consisting of alternating 1010 pattern with valid framing and fixed overhead bit content.
(Also called Standard AIS.)
Not Alarmed (NA)
A condition noted on the alarm manager screen, but does not cause an alarm situation to
be recorded.
Not Reported (NR)
A condition that is not reported on any screen.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
GL-34
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
NOTMOUT
No Time Out (a user privilege described in this document)

NR
1. Normal
2. Not Reported
NRZ
Nonreturn to Zero
NSA
Nonservice-Affecting
NSAP
See Network Service Access Point (NSAP).

NTE
Network Terminal Equipment

NTP
Network Time Protocol

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
O-LAN
Office LAN
O-SNCP
Optical Sub-Network Connection Protection

OA
Optical Amplifier
OADM
Optical Add/Drop Multiplexer

OAM&P
Operations, Administration, Maintenance, and Provisioning

OAS
Optical Amplifier Section (per ITU-T G.681)

OC
Optical Carrier
OC-N
Optical Carrier, level N (for high-speed drops)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
GL-35
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
OC1
Optical Carrier, level 1 (51.84 Mb/s)

OC12

OC12c
Optical Carrier, level 12 (622.08 Mb/s) Concatenated

OC192
Optical Carrier, level 192 (9.953 Gb/s)

OC3

OC3c
Optical Carrier, level 3 (155.52 Mb/s) Concatenated

OC48
Optical Carrier, level 48 (2.488 Gb/s)

OC48c
Optical Carrier, level 48 (2.488 Gb/s) Concatenated

OCM
Optical Transceiver
OEM
Original Equipment Manufacturer

OFA
Optical Fiber Amplification

OH
OverHead, Synchronous Optical Network (SONET)

OID
Object Identifier
OOBFEC
Out-of-Band Forward Error Correction

OOF
Out of Frame
OOFP
Out of Frame-Path
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
GL-36
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
OOS
See Out of Service (OOS).

OOS-MA-AS
Out-of-Service-Memory administration-Assigned
Open Systems Interconnection (OSI)
The only internationally accepted framework of standards for communication between

different systems made by different vendors. The primary intent for OSI is to create an
open systems networking environment in which any vendor computer system, connected
to any network, can freely share data with any other computer system on that network or
a linked network. OSI was developed by the International Standards Organization. Most
of the dominant communications protocols used have a structure based on the OSI
model.
Operations Support System (OSS)
Methods and procedures (mechanized or not) that directly support the telecommunications infrastructure daily operation. The average Local Exchange Carrier (LEC) has
hundreds of OSSs, including automated systems supporting order negotiation, order
processing, line assignment, line testing, and billing.
Operator Action
An operator-initiated action that interferes with the normal mechanism within the
product for response to detected conditions, such as forced switching, inhibited
switching, or taking a working module out of service.
OPS
Operations Processing System

Optical Carrier Level 1 (OC-1)
Optical signal that results from an optical conversion of an electrical STS-1 signal; this
signal forms the basis of the interface.
Optical signal produced by converting an STS-12 from an electrical signal to an optical

signal.

signal.

signal.

signal.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
GL-37
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

signal.
Optical Carrier Level N (OC-N)
Optical signal resulting from an optical conversion of an electrical STS-N signal.

Optical Modules
Elements of the system that provide the photonic interface for either transmit or receive
functions.
Optical Pulse Distortion/Dispersion
The property of an optical fiber that causes optical signals passing through the fiber to
be bandwidth limited. A received light pulse will be wider than that, that was
transmitted; the amount of this distortion increases with the fiber length.
ORB
Object Request Broker

Order Wire, Orderwire (OW)
1. A circuit used by telephone personnel for fixing, installing, and removing phone lines.
2. Equipment and circuit providing a telephone company the means to establish voice contact
between central office and carrier repeater locations.
3. A Synchronous Optical Network/Synchronous Digital Hierarchy (SONET/SDH) term for a
connection request; consists of one octet contained within the Section Overhead (SOH).
OS
1. Operations System (Also called OSS.)

2. Operating System, as in HP-UX, DOS, or Windows 2000
OSC
1. See Oscillator (OSC).

2. Optical Supervisory Channel.
Oscillator (OSC)
1. A device for generating an analog test signal.

2. An electronic circuit that creates a single-frequency signal.
OSDB
Operations System Database

OSI
See Open Systems Interconnection (OSI).

OSL
Output Subscription Level

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
GL-38
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
OSLINK
Operations System LINK has failed (X.25 link)

OSMINE
Operations Systems Modifications for the Integration of Network Elements.

OSNR
Optical Signal-to-Noise Ratio

OSPORT
Operations System Port

OSS
1. See Operations Support System (OSS) (Also called OS.)

2. Operating System Surveillance
OTDR
Optical Time Domain Reflectometer

OTN
Optical Transport Network

OTS
1. Object Transport Service

2. Optical Transmission Section (per ITU-T G.681)
3. Optical Transport System, a dense WDM system (per AT&T RFP)
Out of Service (OOS)
1. A status indication that function is not being performed by a given circuit pack and it can
be removed for maintenance.
2. An equipped module is OOS when unavailable for system use; module may be OOS for
operator action, equipment failure, diagnostic testing, or family of equipment not carrying
traffic. See also SNOS (Status, Not currently Out of Service).
3. Equipment or channel not carrying traffic.
4. Status indicating that traffic is not being processed by a given module and that the module
can be removed for maintenance.
5. Designation for an inactive address or function.
Overhead
Anything that is not traffic in a digital bit stream. Traffic is the payload, or information
being carried by signal. Overhead is that portion of signal that carries information about
timing and maintenance of signal, but does not carry any portion of information
originally sent and meant to be received at the far end.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
GL-39
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
OW
See Order Wire, Orderwire (OW).

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Packet Switching
A communications paradigm in which packets (messages or fragments of messages) are

individually routed between nodes, with no previously established communication path.
Packets are routed to their destination through the most expedient route (as determined
by some routing algorithm). Not all packets traveling between the same two hosts, even
those from a single message, will necessarily follow the same route. The destination
computer reassembles the packets into their appropriate sequence. Packet switching
optimizes available bandwidth use in a network and minimizes latency. See also X.25.
PAD
Packet Assembler/Disassembler
Parameter
An element of a command, which further defines the object of the command or provides
data needed for proper command execution. See individual command descriptions.
Parity Check
A process for detecting whether bits of data (parts of characters) have been altered
during transmission of that data. Data are transmitted as a stream of bits with values of
one or zero; for example, each character of data composed of seven bits has another bit
added to it. The value of that bit is chosen so that either the total number of one bits is
always even if Even Parity error correction is to be obeyed, or always odd if Odd Parity
correction is chosen.
Path
1. A path at a given bit rate is a logical connection between the point at which a standard
frame format for the signal is assembled and the point at which the standard frame format
for the signal is disassembled.
2. The route a telecommunications signal follows through a circuit or through the air.
Path command
Any valid connect or disconnect command directed to matrix

Path Overhead (POH)
Synchronous Optical Network (SONET) path overhead assigned to and transported with
the payload until payload is demultiplexed; used for functions necessary to transport the
payload, for example, end-to-end network management. These functions include parity
check and trace capability. POH is not implemented in SONET Lite. See also STS Path
Overhead (STS POH).
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
GL-40
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Payload Pointer
The pointer that indicates the location of the beginning of the Synchronous Payload
Envelope (SPE).
PBIT
Parity monitoring. Select PBIT monitoring to monitor performance on signals other than
CBIT parity. PBIT is corrected at each DS3 level; therefore, it provides only error
monitoring from DS3 electrical interface to DS3 interface.
PCM
1. See Pulse Code Modulation (PCM).

2. PCM is also slang for the Sony F1 format, which stores PCM digital audio on videotape.
PCN
Product Change Notification.

PDH
Plesiochronous Digital Hierarchy

PDN
Public Data Network

PDU
Power Distribution Unit.

Performance Monitoring (PM)
Reports and analyzes deviations from defined parameters, detecting any signal
degradation that could lead to a service-affecting failure; refers to actions that monitor
signal integrity and quality (such as counting parity errors in Synchronous Optical
Network [SONET] equipment) and equipment impairments (such as laser degrade).
Nominally includes reporting of values recorded during monitoring and sending them
over a digitally multiplexed transmission channel.
Permanent Virtual Circuit (PVC)
A virtual circuit that is permanently established, saving the time associated with circuit
establishment and tear-down.
PES
Parity Errored Second

Phase-Locked Loop (PLL)
A circuit containing a voltage-controlled oscillator whose phase or frequency can be

steered to keep it in sync with a reference source. A PLL circuit is generally used to
lock onto and up-convert the frequency of a stable source.
PIB
Product Information Bulletin.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
GL-41
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PID
1. Password Identifier
2. Path Identification
3. Product Identifier
Pigtail
A length of optical fiber with one end terminated at a connector and the other end
attached to a light source or detector. The fiber couples light from a source to a
connectorized fiber cable or from a fiber cable to a detector.
PIN
1. Positive Intrinsic Negative. Type of photodetector used to sense lightwave energy then to
convert it to electrical signals.
2. A type of semiconductor diode that has a 3-layer structure composed of P-type, intrinsic
type, and N-type material.
PJC
Pointer Justification Count

PJN
Pointer Justification Negative

PJP
Pointer Justification Positive

PLD
Programmable Logic Device

PLL
Phase-Locked Loop. See Phase-Locked Loop (PLL).

PLM
Payload Mismatch.
PM
See Performance Monitoring (PM).

PMC
Process Monitory and Control

PMD
Polarization Mode Dispersion

PMV
Performance Monitoring Visualization
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
GL-42
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PNM
Physical Network Manager

POH
See Path Overhead (POH).

Point of Presence (POP)
1. A physical place within a Local Access and Transport Area (LATA) where a long-distance
carrier or a cellular provider interfaces with the network of the Local Exchange Carrier
(LEC), also called the local telephone company.
2. The point at which the LEC terminates subscriber circuits for cellular phone call,
long-distance dial-up phone call, or leased-line communications.
3. A meet point where Internet Service Providers (ISPs) exchange traffic and routes.
Point-to-Point Protocol (PPP)
A communictions protocol; the protocol defined in RFC 1661, the Internet standard for
transmitting network layer datagrams (for example, IP packets) over serial point-to-point
links. PPP is designed to operate over asynchronous connections and bit-oriented
synchronous systems. It can configure connections to a remote network dynamically and
test that the link is usable. PPP can be configured to encapsulate different network layer
protocols by using appropriate Network Control Protocol (NCP).
Polarization Mode Dispersion (PMD)
Identified around 1990, PMD might become a limiting issue in optical span design now
that data rates are going higher (10 Gb/s and 40 Gb/s), and spans are getting longer.
PMD is the dispersion of an optical signal, caused by the different polarization modes of
the optical signal traveling down a fiber at slightly different velocities. The amount of
PMD is statistical in nature and varies randomly with time. PMD is independent of
chromatic dispersion, so a span can be PMD-limited in distance even in the absence of
chromatic dispersion. Due to the random nature of the physical causes of PMD, it is
more difficult to be compensated for, as chromatic dispersion, but newer techniques are
being developed. See also Chromatic Dispersion.
POP
See Point of Presence (POP).

Port
1. A physical connection on a network element that has a specified rate and type of physical
attachment; a connection or socket on the computer. Ports are used for connecting devices
(cables, modems, printers, monitors) to a PC, then sending information from the computer
to the devices. Serial ports (COM 1-COM 4) and parallel ports (LPT1, LPT2) are the most
commonly used.
2. An interface point between the system and its external environment. Can be physical,
logical, or both.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
GL-43
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PP
Pointer Procesor
ppm
Parts per million

PPP
Point-to-Point Protocol. See Point-to-Point Protocol (PPP).

PPS
Path Protection Switching. See Protection Switching (PS).

PRBS
Pseudo Random Binary Sequence

PRC
Primary Reference Clock

PRI
1. Primary (alarm)
2. Protection Release Inhibited
PRM
Performance Report Messages

PROT
PROTection
Protection Channel Access (PCA)
The tributary signals carried by the protection channel when it is offline (i.e., not
protecting the working traffic). It is lower priority and will be dropped in favor of the
working traffic in the event of a working channel failure.
Protection Switch Count (PSC)
The Performance Monitoring (PM) parameter used to count the number of protection
switches for a protection group.
Protection Switching (PS)
The automatic Network Element (NE) function that provides recovery of traffic in the
event of a network or equipment failure. Protection may be an individual NE function
(as in unidirectional linear protection or in a unidirectional ring) or a network function
(as in bidirectional linear protection or in a bidirectional ring).
Protection Switching Duration (PSD)
This parameter measures the total time, in seconds, for which service was removed from
a given (nonprotection) line.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
GL-44
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Protection Switching Line, Counts
This parameter measures the number of times service switches from a particular working
line to a protection line.
Protocol
A set of rules that govern the interaction of processes or applications in a system or

network
PROV
Provisioning (a user and command privilege described in this document)

Proxy
Provides protocol conversion between TL1 commands and Common Management

Information Service Element (CMISE) commands.
PRS
Primary Reference System

ps/nm
Picoseconds per nanometer

PSA
Power Supply Alarm

PSC
See Protection Switch Count (PSC).

PSCC
Processor Serial Control Circuit

PSD
Protection Switching Duration

PSN
Packet-Switched Network. See Packet Switching. See also X.25.

PST
Primary State
PSU
Power Supply Unit

PSW
Protect Switch
PTE
Path-Terminating Equipment. See also DS0 Path-Terminating Equipment (DS0 PTE).

Pulse Code Modulation (PCM)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
GL-45
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
A method by which an audio signal is represented as digital data. Virtually all digital
audio systems use PCM.
PVC
1. Permanent Virtual Channel

2. See Permanent Virtual Circuit (PVC).
3. Permanent Virtual Connection (Asynchronous Transfer Mode [ATM] terminology)
4. Polyvinyl Chloride
PWR
1. Power
2. Power converter
PWR1D5/PWRC1D5
Power Supply
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
QoS
Quality of Service
QRS
Quasi-Random Signal
QRSF
Quasi-Random Signal, Framed

QRSS
Quasi-Random Signal Source. Signals used for testing digital circuits, particularly DS-1
(for example, T-1) circuits.
QRSU
Quasi-Random Signal, Unframed

QTY
Quantity
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RA
Return Authorization
Rack
An assembly of shelves within a standard set of vertical mounting posts or rails (called
rack channels).
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
GL-46
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RADM
Ring Add-Drop Multiplexer

RADMAP
Remote Alarm Display Map

RAM
See Random Access Memory (RAM).

Random Access Memory (RAM)
The working memory of the card; memory used for storing data temporarily while
working on it, running application programs, etc. Random access means that any RAM
area can be accessed directly and immediately. RAM is called volatile memory;
information in RAM will disappear if the power is switched off before it is saved to
disk. RAM is used on all downloadable cards to run the application loads of the cards.
RCC
Relay Contact-closure Control

RCV
Receive module
RDI
Remote Defect Indication

RDU
Rack Distribution Unit (module)

Redundancy, Redundant
1. That part of any message that may be eliminated without losing important information.
2. Having one or more backup systems available in case of failure of the main system.
Remote Defect Indication-Line (RDI-L)
An indication returned to a transmitting Line-Terminating Equipment (LTE) upon receipt

of a line Alarm Indication Signal (AIS) code or detection of an incoming line failure at
the receiving LTE. (Formerly Line Far-end Receive Failure [FERF].)
Revertive
Service is automatically restored to the primary device after failure is corrected.

RFI
1. Radio Frequency Interference.

2. Remote Failure Indicator.
RFS
Remote File Server
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
GL-47
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RI
Remote Inventory
Ring
A network where the network nodes are interconnected by means of a circular route that
may be broken at any one point without permanently disrupting traffic. Rings are either
unidirectional (uniring) or bidirectional (bi-ring).
Ring Add-Drop Multiplexer (RADM)
Network element in a ring network that provides access to all N, or some subset M (M
is a standard hierarchical level v N), of the STS line signals contained within an OC-N
optical channel. STS signals are added to (inserted) and/or dropped from (extracted) the
OC-N signal as it passes through the ADM. Ring ADMs may be either unidirectional
(uniring) or bidirectional (bi-ring).
RIP
Routing Information Protocol

Route Diversity
A network configuration that provides two connection paths between two points, each
physically separated from the other except at the terminal end points. This method
retains service over one of the routes if the other route is broken (such as when a cable
is cut). A route diversity application can be built using a ring network or a linear
network as a basis.
RPC
1. Redundant Power Converter

2. Remote Procedure Call
RS-232
An Electronic Industry Association (EIA) data communications standard using serial

binary data interchange standard applicable to interconnection of Data Terminal
Equipment (DTE); the most common asynchronous serial line standard; the EIA
equivalent of ITU-T V.24 and V.28. RS-232 specifies connector gender and pin use, but
not their physical type (RS-423 specifies the electrical signals.); 25-way D-type
connectors are common but often only three wires are connected: one ground (pin seven)
and one for data in each direction; other pins are mostly related to hardware
handshaking between sender and receiver and to carrier detection on modems,
inoperative circuits, busy conditions etc. The standard classifies equipment as either Data
Communications Equipment (DCE) or Data Terminal Equipment (DTE).
RS-232C
An Electronic Industry Association (EIA) standard applicable to interconnection of Data

Terminal Equipment (DTE) and Data Communication Equipment (DCE) using serial
binary data interchange.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
GL-48
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RSP
Rack Status Panel (module)

RT
Remote Terminal
RTC
Real-Time Clock
RTN
Return
RTU
Remote Test Unit

RX
Receive, receiver
RX+TX
Receiver plus Transceiver

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
SA
Service-Affecting
SABM
Set Asynchronous Balanced Mode

SAM
System Administrator Manager

SAN
Storage Area Network

SAS
Severe errored frame/Alarm indication signal (SEF/AIS) Second

SB
Short Band (SB). See also Conventional-Band (C-Band).

SBI
Serial Bus Interface

SBS
Stimulated Brillouin Scattering
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
GL-49
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
SCSI
Small Computer System Interface. A bus that links the optical and hard disks to the
processor.
SCU
Stratum Clock Unit

SDH
See Synchronous Digital Hierarchy (SDH).

SDMA
Serial Direct Memory Access

SDTH
Signal Degrade Threshold

SEA
Supported Entity Outage

Section
The portion of a transmission facility (including terminating points) between a terminal

network element and a regenerator or between two regenerators. A terminating point is
the point after signal regeneration, where Performance Monitoring (PM) is or can be
done. In Synchronous Optical Network (SONET), the section envelope encompasses the
line envelope. See also Synchronous Payloads.
Section-Terminating Equipment (STE)
Network elements that terminate the Synchronous Optical Network (SONET) physical
and section layers. STE is either a regenerator or part of a Line-Terminating Equipment
(LTE). STEs interpret and either modify or create the section SONET overhead.
SEF
Severely Errored Frame

SEFS
Severely Errored Frame Seconds

SEMF
Synchronous Equipment Management Function

Seq
Sequence
Service Condition
A data path can be selected as In Service (IS), which is the normal operational state, or
Out-of-Service (OOS) condition, which disables protection switching and alarm and
Performance Monitoring (PM) functions. An OOS data path may or may not be able to
carry test traffic, depending on system configuration.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
GL-50
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
SESCP
Severely Errored Seconds-CP-bit Path

SESL
Severely Errored Seconds-Line

SESP
Severely Errored Seconds-Path

Session
1. A logical network connection between two addressable units for the exchange of data.
2. A connection between a user and the Network Element (NE). One user can have multiple
sessions. All provisioning operations, queries, and autonomous reports are transported
between the NE and user through a session.
SETG
Synchronous Equipment Timing Group

SETS
Synchronous Equipment Timing Source

Severely Errored Seconds (SES)
Contains more than N Coding Violations (CVs). The value of N with frame size and bit
rate should be chosen to correspond to a Bit Error Ratio (BER) of approximately 10-3,
assuming errors are randomly distributed. This count may be used to determine problems
for particular types of services and/or as a measure of facility outage duration.
SF
1. See Signal Fail (SF).

2. See Superframe (SF).
SFP
Small Form Factor Plug-in

Shelf
Basic rack assembly unit; contains subassemblies (usually circuit packs, also referred to
as modules).
Short Band
The shorter wavelength half of the Erbium-Doped Fiber Amplifier (EDFA) amplification
window that is approximately 1530 nm to 1543 nm.
Short Reach (SR)
A Synchronous Optical Network (SONET) term; refers to optical sections of

approximately 2 kilometers or less in length. The sections may be interoffice or
intraoffice. Compare with Long Reach (LR).
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
GL-51
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
SID
1. System Identification. A five-digit number assigned to identify the particular cellular carrier
from whom one is obtaining service; identifies home system.
2. System Identifier. An alphanumeric designator that uniquely identifies a particular system
or site within the network.
3. Site Identifier
SID/NSAP
See System Identification/Network Service Access Point (SID/NSAP).

Signal Fail (SF)
1. Also known as Loss of Signal (LOS), detection of a LOS, Loss of Frame (LOF), or Loss
of Pointer (LOP) on the lines or on tributaries (for example, OC12s) connected to the
system.
2. Threshold value used to compare calculated Bit Error Rate (or Ratio) (BER) value with SF
threshold. If BER value is less than SF threshold, an Excessive BER (EXBER) condition is
declared. See also Bit Error Rate (or Ratio) (BER).
Simplex (SX)
1. Operating a channel in one direction only with no ability to operate in the other direction.
2. One-sided printing.
SLC
Second Level Controller.

SLM
Single Longitudinal Mode (laser)

SML
1. Small Machine Language

2. Synchronous Maintenance Link
3. Service Management Layer
SMPS
Switched-Mode Power Supply

SNIDER
Asynchronous ASCII Echoplex Protocol (A trademark of Telcordia.)

SNML
Sub-Network Management Layer

SNMP
Simple Network Management Protocol
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
GL-52
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Software Generic
A set of files representing a software release for a NEtwork element

SOH
Section Overhead
SOIC
Small Outline Integrated Circuit

SOM
Second of Minute
SONET
See Synchronous Optical Network (SONET).

Span
1. Refers to the optical fiber(s) connecting one site to another site; that portion of a
high-speed digital system that connects a Central Office (CO) or terminal office to terminal
office.
2. Also called a T-Span Line; a repeated outside plant four-wire, two twisted-pair transmission
line.
3. A call center term: the total duration of a schedule from start time to stop time, including
all breaks.
SPE
Synchronous Payload Envelope. See also Synchronous Payloads.

SPI
Serial Peripheral Interface.

SPU
Shelf Processor Unit

SR
See Short Reach (SR).

SRAM
Static Random Access Memory

SRDM
Subrate Digital Multiplexing

SRM
Subrate Multiplexer. See also SM.

SSP
System Status Panel

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
GL-53
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
SST
Secondary State
SSU
1. Subrate Service Unit

2. Synchronization Supply Unit. See also Building Integrated Timing Supply (BITS).
ST

STBY
Standby
STC
STS-1 Transport Conditioner

STD
Standard
STE
Section-Terminating Equipment
STM-1
Synchronous Transport Module, level 1

STM-16

STM-4

STM-64

STM-N
Synchronous Transport Module, Level N

STP
STS-1 Transport Protect

STS Envelope Capacity
Bandwidth within and aligned to the Synchronous Transport Signal (STS) frame that
carries the STS Synchronous Payload Envelope (SPE). This bandwidth can be combined
from N STS1s to carry an STS-Nc SPE. See STS Synchronous Payload Envelope (STS
SPE).
STS Path Overhead (STS POH)
Nine evenly distributed path overhead bytes per 125 s starting at the first byte of the
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
GL-54
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Synchronous Transport Signal Synchronous Payload Envelope (STS SPE); provides for
communication between creation and disassembly points of the STS SPE.
STS Path-Terminating Equipment (STS PTE)
Network elements that multiplex/demultiplex the Synchronous Transport Signal (STS)

payload. STS PTEs interpret and either modify or create the STS Path Overhead (STS
POH) necessary to transport the STS payload.
STS Payload Capacity
The maximum bandwidth within the Synchronous Transport Signal Synchronous Payload
Envelope (STS SPE) available for payload. See also STS Synchronous Payload Envelope
(STS SPE).
STS POH
See STS Path Overhead (STS POH).

STS PTE
See STS Path-Terminating Equipment (STS PTE).

STS Synchronous Payload Envelope (STS SPE)
A 125-s frame structure composed of Synchronous Transport Signal Path Overhead

(STS POH) and bandwidth for payload. See also STS Path Overhead (STS POH).
STS-1
Synchronous Transport Signal, level 1; the basic logical building block Synchronous
Optical Network (SONET) electrical signal with a rate of 51.84 Mb/s.
STS-12
Synchronous Transport Signal, level 12.

STS-12c
Concatenated Synchronous Transport Signal, level 12. A concatenated signal is formed

by linking 12 STS-1 signals together, which allows transport of payloads larger than the
capacity of an STS-1. (Payloads larger than one STS-1 are known as superate payloads.)
An STS-12c payload consists of 2349 bytes (3 783).
STS-192

STS-3
Synchronous Transport Signal, level 3

STS-3c
Concatenated Synchronous Transport Signal, level 3. A concatenated signal is formed by

linking 3 STS-1 signals together, which allows transport of payloads larger than the
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
GL-55
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
STS-48

STS-48c
Concatenated Synchronous Transport Signal, level 48. A concatenated signal is formed

by linking 48 STS-1 signals together, which allows transport of payloads larger than the
STS-SPE
See STS Synchronous Payload Envelope (STS SPE) and STS Envelope Capacity.
SUD
Software Update Document

Superate Payload
Payload larger than one STS-1.

Superframe (SF)
One possible framing format for a DS1 signal (corresponding to D4). Unlike Extended
Superframe (ESF), there is no sync messaging channel in an SF signal. Compare with
Extended Superframe (ESF).
SVC
Switched Virtual Circuit. See also Virtual Circuit (VC).

SYNC
Synchronous. Events that are phase and frequency locked to a common timing reference.
Synchronization Supply Unit (SSU)
See Building Integrated Timing Supply (BITS).

Synchronous
The essential characteristic of time scales or signals in which their corresponding

significant instants occur at precisely the same average rate.
Synchronous Digital Hierarchy (SDH)
European set of standard fiber-optic-based serial standards planned for use with
Synchronous Optical Network (SONET) and Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM); some
SDH and SONET standards are identical; standardized by the International
Telecommunications Union (ITU). See also Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM) and
Synchronous Optical Network (SONET).
Synchronous Network
The synchronization of the payloads of a transmission system to a master (network)

clock that can be traced to a reference clock.
Synchronous Optical Network (SONET)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
GL-56
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
A family of fiber-optic transmission rates (51.84 Mb/s to 13.22 Gb/s), created to provide
needed flexibility to transport many digital signals with different capacities, and to
provide a design standard. SONET is an optical interface standard that allows
interworking of transmission products from multiple vendors; it defines physical
interface, optical line rates (optical carrier [OC] signals), frame format, and an
Operations, Administration, Maintenance, and Provisioning (OAM&P) protocol. A
standard for interconnecting digital networks and lightwave systems agreed upon by
most major manufacturers. SONET supports new broadband services, and enhanced
OAM&P. This standard permits connecting SONET-compatible equipment of one
manufacturer to SONET-compatible equipment of another manufacturer on the other end.
All present services, such as DS1s, DS2s, DS3s, LANs, etc., can be brought onto a hub
and interfaced with SONET.
Synchronous Payloads
Payloads derivable from a network transmission signal by removing integral numbers of

bits in every frame; (for example, there are no variable bit stuffing rate adjustments
required to fit the payload in the transmission signal).
Synchronous Signal
A signal associated with a clock, or timing, signal. Clock moves data from one point to
another. NRZ signals are usually synchronous.
Synchronous Transport Module Level 1 (STM-1)
The basic Synchronous Digital Hierarchy (SDH) logical building block electrical signal
with a rate of 155.520 Mb/s. European SDS building block that equates to STS3.
Synchronous Transport Signal Level 1 (STS1)
The basic Synchronous Optical Network (SONET) logical building block electrical
signal with a rate of 51.84 Mb/s.
Synchronous Transport Signal Level N (STS-N)
This electrical signal is obtained by byte interleaving N STS1 signals together. The rate
of the STS-N is N times 51.84 Mb/s.
System Identification/Network Service Access Point (SID/NSAP)
An alphanumeric designator that uniquely identifies a particular system or site within a

network. See also Network Service Access Point (NSAP).
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
T0
Digital transmission link with a capacity of 64 kb/s (DS0)

T1
1. A collective term referring to the DS1 facility as a whole. Refers to traffic-carrying

circuits.
2. Digital transmission link with a capacity of 1.544 Mb/s (DS1)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
GL-57
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
T3
1. A collective term referring to the DS3 facility as a whole. Refers to traffic-carrying circuits
rather than to modules.
2. Digital transmission link with a capacity of 44.736 Mb/s (DS3)
TAC
Technical Assistance Center

TAP
1. Test Access Port

2. Test Access Path
3. Trouble Analysis Procedures
TAP
Trouble Analysis Procedure.

Target Identifier (TID)
Number that may be null (missing). TIDs identify which network element receives a
Transaction Language 1 (TL1) message.
TARP
Target identifier Address Resolution Protocol

TCA
See Threshold Crossing Alert (TCA).

TCP/IP
Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol. A networking protocol that provides

communication across interconnected networks, between computers with diverse
hardware architectures and various operating systems.
TDM
1. Time Division Multiplexed

2. See also Time Division Multiplexing (TDM).
TEC
Thermo-Electric Cooler
Terminal
An end point or a device connected to same.

Threshold Crossing Alert (TCA)
Threshold crossing parameters are values assigned to specific types of error conditions.
The values represent the number of times that condition occurs within a 15-minute or
1-day time frame. If the number of occurrences exceeds the threshold value, a TCA
situation displays on the appropriate Performance Monitoring (PM) screen. See also
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
GL-58
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Performance Monitoring (PM).

TID
See Target Identifier (TID).

TIE
Time Interval Error

Time Division Multiplexing (TDM)
A type of multiplexing where two or more channels of information are transmitted over
the same link by allocating a different time interval (slot or slice) for the
transmission of each channel. (For example: The channels take turns to use the link.
Typically a periodic synchronizing signal or distinguishing identifier is required so the
receiver can determine which channel is which. TDM becomes inefficient when traffic is
intermittent because the time slot remains allocated even when the channel has no data
to transmit. Statistical TDM was developed to overcome this problem.
Time Slot
In time division multiplexing or switching, the slot belonging to a voice, data, or video
conversation; it can be occupied with conversation or left blank, but the slot is always
present. The capacity of the switch or the transmission channel can be determined by
figuring how many slots are present.
TIRKS
Trunks Integrated Record Keeping System (A registered trademark of Telcordia.)

TL1
See Transaction Language 1 (TL1).

TMux
Transmultiplex, or the ability to convert M13 formatted DS3s into VT-mapped STS-1s
and visa-versa.
TOP
Task Oriented Practice

Transaction Language 1 (TL1)
A Telcordia-specified protocol for communication between network elements; a subset of

CCITT MML Standard.
Transport
Facilities associated with the transmission of OC1 or higher-level signals.

Transport Overhead
The overhead added to Synchronous Transport Signal (STS) Synchronous Payload

Envelope (SPE) for transport; consists of Line and Section overhead.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
GL-59
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
TS0
Time Slot Zero

TSC
Test Session Controller

TSI
Time Slot Interchange

TSS
Transport service switch

TX
Transmitter, transmit path

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
UAP
User Access Privileges

UASCP
Unavailable Seconds-CP-bit Path

UASL
Unavailable Seconds-Line
UASP
Unavailable Seconds-Path
UDS
Unit Data Sheets

UEQ
Unequipped. Equipment entity is not equipped with necessary hardware.

UI
User Interface
UID
User Identifier
UL
Underwriters Laboratories
Unavailable Seconds (UAS)
The parameter UAS measures the duration for which service was unavailable (in
seconds). Service becomes unavailable if 10 consecutive Severely Errored Seconds (SES)
occur. When the service becomes unavailable, it remains unavailable until 10 consecutive
nonseverely errored seconds.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
GL-60
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
UNEQ-P
Unequipped-Path
Unequipped Channel
A portion of an STS-N such as an STS1 Synchronous Payload Envelope (SPE) or an

intentionally unoccupied Virtual Tributary (VT) SPE.
Unequipped Indication
A code that originating equipment places in unequipped channels to indicate to

Path-Terminating Equipment (PTE) that the channel is intentionally unoccupied so that
alarms may be inhibited.
Unidirectional Ring (UDR)
Ring networks that send the same traffic over two different routes (for example,
counter-rotating paths) to each node in the network. This allows the node to select one
direction or the other for its own traffic for protection purposes. Rings send all traffic
through each node. Rings also permit add/drop of channels at any node using a T Mux.
Unidirectional Switching
The protection switching scheme whereby the failed path is switched to the protection
path, but the path in the other direction is not switched.
Unprotected Operation
A network element (usually a terminal) where the individual transport element does not
provide traffic protection; a higher network device, such as a cross-connect, provides
protection by moving the traffic from the failed transmission path to other paths in the
network.
UPC
A method used to polish the ends of fiber optic cables. This method produces a domed
polish that reduces back reflections up to -55dB.
UPPS
Unidirectional Path Protection Switching

UPSR
Unidirectional Path Switched Ring

UPW
Urgent Product Warning

USB
Universal Serial Bus

USDB
User Security Database
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
GL-61
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
User Channel
This is allocated to the user for input of information such as data communication for use
in maintenance activities and remoting of alarms external to the span equipment in a
proprietary fashion.
USI
User System Interface. More commonly referred to as Communication Interface Unit

(CIU). Also called CID or CPORT.
USI-LAN
User System Interface-Local Area Network

USM
User Services Manager

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
VC
1. Virtual Channel
2. Virtual Container
3. See also Virtual Circuit (VC).
4. Virtual Concatenation
VCAT
Virtual Concatenation
VCG
Virtual Concatenation Group

VCN
Virtual Channel Number

VI
Valid Interrupt
Violation Monitoring and Removal (VMR)
Process by which parity errors are corrected at a switch and section. Equivalent to an
infinite stop filter in a Frequency Division Multiplexing (FDM) system. Only parity
violations are removed; the bit errors that caused them still exist. Detected violations are
removed so they do not propagate beyond maintenance span.
Virtual Circuit (VC)
A communications line, voice or data, that appears to the user to be a dedicated

point-to-point circuit. VCs are generally set up on a per call basis and disconnected
when the call is ended; VC concept was first used in data communications with packet
switching; VCs have become more common in ultra-high speed applications; VC is
referred to as a logical, rather than physical path for a call.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
GL-62
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Virtual Tributary (VT)
A structure designed for transport and switching of sub-DS3 payloads. A unit of

sub-SONET bandwidth that can be combined, or concatenated, for transmission through
the network; VT1.5 equals 1.544 Mb/s; VT2 equals 2,048 Mb/s; VT3 equals 3 Mb/s;
VT6 equals 6 Mb/s.
Virtual Tributary Group (VTG)
A 9-row by 12-column structure (108 bytes) that carries one or more Virtual Tributaries
(VTs) of the same size. Seven VT groups (756 bytes) are byte interleaved within the
VT-structured Synchronous Payload Envelope (SPE).
Virtual Tributary, Path Overhead (V5)
One path overhead for every 500 s located at the first byte of the Virtual Tributary,
Synchronous Payload Envelope (VT SPE). VT path overhead provides for
communication between point of creation and point of disassembly of a VT SPE.
Virtual Tributary, Path-Terminating Equipment (VT PTE)
Network elements that multiplex/demultiplex the Virtual Tributary (VT) payload. VT

PTEs interpret and either modify or create the path overhead necessary to transport VT
payload. A VT PTE is considered a Synchronous Transport Signal Path-Terminating
Equipment (STS PTE), a Line-Terminating Equipment (LTE), and/or a SectionTerminating Equipment (STE).
Virtual Tributary, Synchronous Payload Envelope (VT SPE)
A 500-s frame structure carried by the VT is composed of VT path overhead and

bandwidth for payload; envelope is contained within and can have any alignment with
respect to VT envelope capacity. The term typically refers to VT1.5, VT2, VT3, VT6,
and VTx-Nc SPEs.
VLR
1. Very Long Reach.

2. Visitors Location Register. A wireless telecommunications term; refers to local database
maintained by cellular provider.
VOA
Variable Optical Attenuator

VSCC
Virtual Tributary/Synchronous Transport Signal (level 1) Cross-Connect

VT
See Virtual Tributary (VT).

VT Payload Capacity
The maximum bandwidth within the Virtual Tributary (VT) Synchronous Payload
Envelope (SPE) that is available for payload.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
GL-63
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
VT PTE
See Virtual Tributary, Path-Terminating Equipment (VT PTE).

VT SPE
See Virtual Tributary, Synchronous Payload Envelope (VT SPE).

VT Superframe
The Virtual Tributary (VT) is organized into a 500-s superframe structure overlaid on
and aligned to the 125-s STS1 Synchronous Payload Envelope (SPE), which contains
the VT payload pointer and the VT SPE.
VT1
Virtual Tributary 1.
VT1.5
Virtual Tributary 1.5 (1.728 Mb/s).

VT2
Virtual Tributary level 2.

VTG
See Virtual Tributary Group (VTG).

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
WAN
Wide-Area Network.
WDM
Wavelength Division Multiplex (-er, -ing).

Workstation (WS)
Any one of a variety of Visual Display Terminals (VDTs), ranging from a simple
keyboard/monitor to an intelligent, processor-controlled VDT.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
X-bits
Two overhead bits per DS3 M-frame used as an alarm channel.

XBP
X-Bit Processing
XFP
10 Gigabit small form factor pluggable

XLR
See Extra Long Reach (XLR)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
GL-64
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
XMT
Transmit module.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
ZIC
Zero Installation Craft interface. An NE-imbedded graphical user interface (GUI)

application for local operation and maintenance.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
GL-65
Index
A accessctrl show info, 17-20
alarmprofile show, 17-16
administrator backup, 19-5
severitydef config, 17-11
administrator config, 19-1
severitydef show, 17-12
administrator resourcefile load,

19-3
administrator restore, 19-5
administrator show, 19-2
Agent address management
ne show addr, 18-2
Agent management
accessctrl show info, 17-20
ne label, 17-18
ne location, 17-17
alarmlist, 17-3
alarmprofile config, 17-14
Alarm list and log management

alarmlist, 17-3
alarmprofile delete, 17-14
bridge qos mode, 7-3
alarmprofile rename, 17-15
bridge show type, 7-2
alarmprofile show, 17-16
bridge type, 7-1
alarmsynth, 17-5
bridge vlan activate, 7-4
Auto provisioning
bridge vlan add, 7-7
plugandplay, 17-21
bridge vlan delete, 7-7
plugandplay show, 17-22
bridge vlan remove, 7-9
.............................................................
bridge vlan show, 7-11
B bridge port config, 7-12
bridge vlanprotprofile activate,

7-18
Bridge port management

bridge port config, 7-12
bridge port show info, 7-14
log alarm, 17-6
log info, 17-6

Alarm profile management
alarmprofile config, 17-14
alarmprofile create, 17-12
alarmprofile delete, 17-14
bridge port show info, 7-14

bridge port vlanprotprofile
bind, 7-16
alarmsynth, 17-5
log event, 17-8
bridge vlanprotprofile show,

7-20
alarmprofile create, 17-12
ne mgr, 17-18
ne show info, 17-19
bridge vlanprotprofile
delete, 7-19
bridge port vlanprotprofile

bind, 7-16
activate, 7-18
bridge vlanprotprofile bind,
7-16
default, 7-17
bridge vlanprotprofile bind,

7-16
bridge vlanprotprofile default,
7-17
bridge vlanprotprofile delete,
7-19
bridge vlanprotprofile show,
7-20
bridgedbfiltering activate mac,
8-5
bridgedbfiltering agetime, 8-1
alarmprofile rename, 17-15

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
IN-1
Index
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
bridgedbfiltering delete mac,

8-4
bridgedbfiltering show agetime,
8-2
bridgedbfiltering show info, 8-3
bridgedbfiltering show
multicast-dynamic, 8-10
sbpdu activate, 6-32

vrrp activate, 6-34
.............................................................
E eqpt position
show info, 2-11

eqpt position naming_set_list
multicast-static, 8-9
asap, 2-7
unicast-dynamic, 8-7
show allowedeqpt, 2-9
reset, 2-13
unicast-static, 8-8
show asap, 2-8
bridgedbfiltering vlan config,

8-3
show type, 2-6
.............................................................
C cbpdu activate, 6-28
show ri, 2-12
type, 2-2
eqpt prot manualswitch, 2-19
eqpt prot show unit, 2-20
cepst activate, 6-30
eqpt show allpositions, 2-14
cepst deactivate, 6-31
eqpt show linkstatus, 2-17
CLI Access Privileges, 1-2
eqpt show nename, 2-19
colorprofile activate, 5-7
Equipment Management
Commands
colorprofile delete, 5-8

colorprofile show, 5-9
eqpt position
naming_set_list asap, 2-7
eqpt position
naming_set_list show type,
2-6
eqpt position
naming_set_list type, 2-2
eqpt prot manualswitch,
2-19
eqpt prot show unit, 2-20
eqpt show allpositions, 2-14
eqpt show linkstatus, 2-17
eqpt show nename, 2-19
extpoint in
extpointin_naming asap,
2-22
extpoint in
extpointin_naming show
asap, 2-23
extpoint in
extpointin_naming
userlabel, 2-21
extpoint show in, 2-23
extpoint show out, 2-27
extpoint show outeventslist,
2-28
extpointout criteria, 2-26
.............................................................
D debug commands
debug mgrcli show info,

20-2
debug ne show info, 20-1
debug trap show info, 20-3
debug mgrcli show info, 20-2
debug ne show info, 20-1
debug trap show info, 20-3
Dual homing management
cbpdu activate, 6-28
cepst activate, 6-30
eqpt position
naming_set_list reset, 2-13
eqpt position
naming_set_list show
allowedeqpt, 2-9
eqpt position
naming_set_list show asap,
2-8
eqpt position
naming_set_list show info,
2-11
eqpt position
naming_set_list show ri,
2-12
extpointout userlabel, 2-25

Ethernet filtering database
entries management
bridgedbfiltering activate
mac, 8-5
bridgedbfiltering delete mac,
8-4
multicast-dynamic, 8-10
multicast-static, 8-9
unicast-dynamic, 8-7
cepst deactivate, 6-31

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
IN-2
Index
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
unicast-static, 8-8
Ethernet filtering database
general parameters
bridgedbfiltering agetime,
8-1
ethoam md activate, 13-4

ethoam md config, 13-5
ethoam md delete, 13-6
ethoam md ma add, 13-7
ethoam md ma delete, 13-11
agetime, 8-2
ethoam md ma delete
remote, 13-7
bridgedbfiltering show info,

8-3
ethoam md ma linktrace
remote, 13-14
bridgedbfiltering vlan
config, 8-3
show, 13-15
Ethernet flow classifiers
ethoam md ma loopback
remote, 13-12
inflowclassifier add, 5-2

inflowclassifier remove, 5-4
inflowclassifier show, 5-5
Ethernet link OAM
show, 13-13
ethoam md ma mep activate,
13-9
linkoam position config,

12-2
ethoam md ma mep config,

13-10
linkoam position enable,

12-2
ethoam md ma show, 13-12
linkoam position
eventconfig, 12-6
linkoam position
remoteloopback, 12-5
linkoam position show, 12-3
linkoam position show
eventconfig, 12-7
linkoamtstats, 12-5
linkoam position show log,
12-8
peereth, 12-4
Ethernet OAM
ethoam activate, 13-2
ethoam config, 13-3
ethoam delete, 13-3
ethoam md ma show
remote, 13-8
ethoam md show, 13-6
ethoam show, 13-4
interface position
naming_set_list localeth
autoneg, 3-11
interface position
autoneg advertisedcapability, 3-12
interface position
autoneg restart, 3-12
interface position
defaulttype, 3-8
interface position
loopback, 3-17
interface position
rcfcsfaction, 3-15
interface position
rcfssfaction, 3-16
interface position
show autoneg, 3-14
interface position
show loopback, 3-18
interface position
show mauinfo, 3-9
interface position
show rcfaction, 3-16
interface position
naming_set_list_
lagnumber-set localeth
floodinglimit, 3-20
interface position
naming_set_list_
lagnumber_set localeth
show trafficconditioning,
3-21
interface position
trafficstatus, 3-19
Ethernet Port Management over
GFP, LAPS
interface position
naming_set_list remoteeth,
4-13, 4-15
interface position
naming_set_list remoteeth
config, 4-16
interface position
portservice, 4-14
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
IN-3
Index
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
interface position
show ethinfo, 4-17
Ethernet Port Management over
MAU
interface position
naming_set_list localeth,
4-3
interface position
admittedfractionalrate, 4-7
interface position
config, 4-9
Ethernet QOS traffic descriptor

management
trafficdescriptor activate,
5-10
trafficdescriptor config, 5-12
portportbid delete, 6-15

portportbid show, 6-16
ETS-to-Provider bridge
bidirectional flow
management
trafficdescriptor delete, 5-12
pbflowbid activate, 6-5
trafficdescriptor show, 5-14
pbflowbid config, 6-10
ethoam activate, 13-2
pbflowbid delete, 6-12
ethoam config, 13-3
pbflowbid show, 6-12
ethoam delete, 13-3
ETS-to-Provider bridge ETS

egress unidirectional flow
management
ethoam md activate, 13-4

ethoam md config, 13-5
interface position
defaultflowcontrol, 4-6
ethoam md delete, 13-6
pbflowoutunidir activate,
6-24
ethoam md ma add, 13-7
pbflowoutunidir delete, 6-26
interface position
ethasap, 4-8
ethoam md ma delete, 13-11
pbflowoutunidir show, 6-26
interface position
maxmtu, 4-5
remote, 13-14
interface position
portservice, 4-4
interface position
show ethinfo, 4-11
Ethernet QOS color profile
management
colorprofile activate, 5-7
ethoam md ma delete remote,

13-7
ethoam md ma linktrace show,

13-15
remote, 13-12
ethoam md ma loopback show,
13-13
ethoam md ma mep activate,
13-9
ethoam md ma mep config,
13-10
colorprofile delete, 5-8

ethoam md ma show, 13-12
colorprofile show, 5-9
Ethernet QOS flow group
management
flowgroup activate, 5-15
flowgroup delete, 5-17
flowgroup show, 5-17
ETS-to-Provider bridge ETS

ingress unidirectional flow
management
pbflowinunidir activate,
6-17
pbflowinunidir config, 6-21
pbflowinunidir delete, 6-23
pbflowinunidir show, 6-23
extpoint in extpointin_naming
asap, 2-22
show asap, 2-23
userlabel, 2-21
extpoint show in, 2-23
ethoam md ma show remote,

13-8
extpoint show out, 2-27
ethoam md show, 13-6
extpoint show outeventslist,

2-28
ethoam show, 13-4

ETS-to-ETS bidirectional
transparent mapping
extpointout criteria, 2-26

extpointout userlabel, 2-25
portportbid activate, 6-14

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
IN-4
Index
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
.............................................................
F flow show, 6-3
flowgroup activate, 5-15

flowgroup delete, 5-17
flowgroup show, 5-17
G General flow management
General Interface Management

interface show, 3-4, 3-5
ne maxmtu, 3-3
ne show maxmtu, 3-3
bridge type, 7-1

interface position
naming_set_list remoteeth,
3-30
interface position
asap, 3-27
interface position
csf, 3-25
interface position
errorframe, 3-29
interface position
fcs, 3-26
interface position
flag, 3-28
localeth ethasap, 4-8
interface position
sl, 3-24
generic configuration
bridge show type, 7-2
interface position
ratelimited, 3-23
interface position
show trafficconditioning,
3-31
flow show, 6-3
bridge qos mode, 7-3
localeth defaultflowcontrol
{nopause | asympause |
sympause}, 4-6
interface position
show mappinginfo, 3-32
.............................................................
Generic MAC/Virtual/Provider
QOS commands
interface position
floodinglimit, 3-30
glossary, GL-1
.............................................................
I
in-fiber in-band management

infiberinband activate, 18-3
localeth loopback [line |

internal] [enable | disable],
3-17
localeth maxmtu, 4-5
localeth portservice, 4-4
localeth rcfcsfaction, 3-15
localeth rcfssfaction, 3-16
localeth show autoneg, 3-14
localeth show ethinfo, 4-11
localeth show loopback,
3-18
localeth show mauinfo, 3-9
localeth show rcfaction,
3-16
infiberinband delete, 18-4
localeth {activate |
deactivate}, 4-3
infiberinband show, 18-5
remoteeth, 3-30, 4-13, 4-15
infiberinband activate, 18-3
remoteeth asap, 3-27
infiberinband delete, 18-4
remoteeth config, 4-16
infiberinband show, 18-5
remoteeth csf [disable | bidir

| unidir | backward |
univcais], 3-25
inflowclassifier add, 5-2

inflowclassifier remove, 5-4
inflowclassifier show, 5-5
remoteeth errorframe
[abortseq | fcs], 3-29
interface position l2ctrlframe,

4-25
remoteeth fcs [disable |

enable], 3-26
interface position
naming_set_list
remoteeth flag [one | two],

3-28
localeth autoneg
advertisedcapability, 3-12
remoteeth floodinglimit,
3-30
localeth autoneg restart,

3-12
remoteeth portservice, 4-14
localeth autoneg [enable |

disable], 3-11
remoteeth ratelimited, 3-23

remoteeth show ethinfo,
4-17
localeth config, 4-9

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
IN-5
Index
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
remoteeth show
mappinginfo, 3-32
remoteeth show
trafficconditioning, 3-31
remoteeth sl [auto |
eqptnonspec], 3-24
interface position
admittedfractionalrate
localeth admittedfractionalrate, 4-7
interface position
naming_set_list_lagnumber-set
localeth floodinglimit, 3-20
interface position
naming_set_list_lagnumber_
set
localeth show
trafficconditioning, 3-21
interface position show
l2ctrlframe, 4-30
vlanprotprofile, 4-28
interface position show vlanset,
4-29
interface position trafficstatus
[enable | disable], 3-19
interface position
vlanprotprofile activate, 4-22
interface position
vlanprotprofile bind, 4-20
interface position
vlanprotprofile default, 4-21
interface position
vlanprotprofile show, 4-24
interface show, 3-4
interface trafficshow, 3-5
IP routing
routingstatic activate, 18-6
routingstatic delete, 18-7
linkoam position enable, 12-2
routingstatic show, 18-7
linkoam position eventconfig,

12-6
.............................................................
L Link aggregation management
linkoam position
remoteloopback, 12-5
linkagg activate, 10-2
linkoam position show, 12-3
linkagg config, 10-3

eventconfig, 12-7
linkagg config neprio, 10-4

linkagg delete lag, 10-5
linkagg port bind, 10-6
linkagg port config pri, 10-7
linkagg port show info, 10-8

linkoamtstats, 12-5
linkoam position show log,
12-8
linkagg port unbind, 10-7
linkoam position show peereth,

12-4
linkagg show, 10-5
log alarm, 17-6
link OAM performance

monitoring
pmlinkoam port activate,
16-16
pmlinkoam port config,
16-17
log event, 17-8

log info, 17-6
.............................................................
M Maintenance measurement
commands
pmlinkoam port show, 16-17
pmmaint show ethphy, 16-5
pmlinkoam show, 16-21
pmmaint show port, 16-3
pmthreshold activate, 16-18
pmmaint show service, 16-4
pmthreshold config, 16-20

pmthreshold delete, 16-19
linkagg activate, 10-2
linkagg config, 10-3
linkagg config neprio, 10-4
linkagg delete lag, 10-5
linkagg port bind, 10-6
linkagg port config pri, 10-7
linkagg port show info, 10-8
linkagg port unbind, 10-7
linkagg show, 10-5
mstp cist config, 9-14

mstp cist port config, 9-24
mstp cist port show info, 9-26
mstp cist show info, 9-15
mstp msti mstp_instance_set
activate, 9-17
config, 9-18
delete, 9-17
show info, 9-19
mstp msti port config, 9-28
linkoam position config, 12-2

mstp msti port show info, 9-30
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
IN-6
Index
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
mstp msti vlan, 9-21
pmmaint show ethphy, 16-5
.............................................................
mstp region, 9-13
pmmaint show port, 16-3
Q QOS measurement commands
mstp show msti, 9-22
pmmaint show service, 16-4
mstp show region, 9-14
pmqos config granularity, 16-8
pmqos config granularity,

16-8
mstp show vlan, 9-23
pmqos port activate, 16-8
pmqos port activate, 16-8
.............................................................
pmqos port config, 16-11
pmqos port config, 16-11
N naming_set_list
pmqos port delete, 16-9
pmqos port delete, 16-9
pmqos port show, 16-10
pmqos port show, 16-10
ne label, 17-18
pmqos port show historydata,

16-13
pmqos port show

historydata, 16-13
ne location, 17-17
pmqos service activate, 16-13
pmqos service activate,

16-13
ne maxmtu, 3-3
pmqos service config, 16-14
ne mgr, 17-18
pmqos service delete, 16-14
ne show addr, 18-2
pmqos service show

currentdata, 16-15
localeth defaulttype [10 |

100 | 1000], 3-8
ne show info, 17-19

ne show maxmtu, 3-3
pmqos service config, 16-14

pmqos service delete, 16-14
pmqos service show

historydata, 16-15
.............................................................
pmqos show granularity, 16-8
P pbflowbid activate, 6-5
pmthreshold activate, 16-18
pmqos service show

currentdata, 16-15
pmqos service show
historydata, 16-15
pmqos show granularity,
16-8
pbflowbid config, 6-10
pmthreshold config, 16-20
QOS port activate, 15-8
pbflowbid delete, 6-12
pmthreshold delete, 16-19
QOS port bind, 15-12
pbflowbid show, 6-12
Port segregation management
QOS port config, 15-9
pbflowinunidir activate, 6-17
portseg activate, 11-1
QOS port config queue, 15-17
pbflowinunidir config, 6-21
portseg add port, 11-2
QOS port delete, 15-10
pbflowinunidir delete, 6-23
portseg delete, 11-4
QOS port disable, 15-7
pbflowinunidir show, 6-23
portseg remove port, 11-3
QOS port enable, 15-5
pbflowoutunidir activate, 6-24
portseg show info, 11-5
QOS port show, 15-11
pbflowoutunidir delete, 6-26
portportbid activate, 6-14
QOS port show queue, 15-19
pbflowoutunidir show, 6-26
portportbid delete, 6-15
QOS port show service, 15-15
plugandplay, 17-21
portportbid show, 6-16
QOS port unbind, 15-14
plugandplay show, 17-22
portseg activate, 11-1
QOS position portshaping, 15-3
pmlinkoam port activate, 16-16
portseg add port, 11-2
QOS position show, 15-4
pmlinkoam port config, 16-17
portseg delete, 11-4
qos wred activate, 15-20
pmlinkoam port show, 16-17
portseg remove port, 11-3
qos wred config, 15-21
pmlinkoam show, 16-21
portseg show info, 11-5
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
IN-7
Index
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
qos wred delete, 15-23
stp port config, 9-8
qos wred show, 15-23
stp port naming_set_list

show info, 9-10
.............................................................
R routingstatic activate, 18-6
routingstatic delete, 18-7

routingstatic show, 18-7
stp show info, 9-6

stp show type, 9-3
stp config, 9-4
stp disable, 9-3
.............................................................
stp enable, 9-2

S sbpdu activate, 6-32
severitydef config, 17-11

severitydef show, 17-12
Spanning tree protocol
management
stp port config, 9-8

stp port naming_set_list show
info, 9-10
stp show info, 9-6
stp show type, 9-3
mstp cist config, 9-14

.............................................................
mstp cist port config, 9-24

T trafficdescriptor activate, 5-10
mstp cist port show info,

9-26
trafficdescriptor config, 5-12
mstp cist show info, 9-15
trafficdescriptor delete, 5-12

activate, 9-17
trafficdescriptor show, 5-14

config, 9-18
delete, 9-17
.............................................................
U utility commands
administrator backup, 19-5

administrator config, 19-1

show info, 9-19
administrator resourcefile
load, 19-3
mstp msti port config, 9-28
administrator restore, 19-5
mstp msti port show info,

9-30
administrator show, 19-2

view, 19-3
mstp msti vlan, 9-21

.............................................................
mstp region, 9-13

mstp show msti, 9-22
mstp show region, 9-14
V view, 19-3
virtual output port management
mstp show vlan, 9-23
QOS position portshaping,

15-3
stp config, 9-4
QOS position show, 15-4
stp disable, 9-3

stp enable, 9-2
virtual transport management

QOS port activate, 15-8
QOS port bind, 15-12
QOS port config, 15-9
QOS port delete, 15-10
QOS port disable, 15-7
QOS port enable, 15-5
QOS port show, 15-11
QOS port show service,
15-15
QOS port unbind, 15-14
virtual transport queue
management
QOS port config queue,
15-17
QOS port show queue,
15-19
VLAN Profile and Layer2
Frames Management
interface position
l2ctrlframe, 4-25
l2ctrlframe, 4-30
vlanprotprofile, 4-28
vlanset, 4-29
interface position
vlanprotprofile activate,
4-22
interface position
vlanprotprofile bind, 4-20
interface position
vlanprotprofile default,
4-21
interface position
vlanprotprofile activate,
4-31
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
IN-8
Index
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
vlanprotprofile delete, 4-32

VLAN registration entry
management
bridge vlan activate, 7-4
bridge vlan add, 7-7
bridge vlan delete, 7-7
bridge vlan remove, 7-9
bridge vlan show, 7-11
vlanprotprofile activate, 4-31
vlanprotprofile delete, 4-32
vpls activate, 14-2
vpls add, 14-4
vpls config, 14-3
vpls delete, 14-3
VPLS Management
vpls activate, 14-2
vpls add, 14-4
vpls config, 14-3
vpls delete, 14-3
vpls remove, 14-5
vpls show, 14-4
vpls remove, 14-5
vpls show, 14-4
vrrp activate, 6-34
.............................................................
W WRED profile management
qos wred activate, 15-20

qos wred config, 15-21
qos wred delete, 15-23
qos wred show, 15-23
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8DG08763HAAA
IN-9

CLI User Provisioning Guide R3.0

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

CLI User Provisioning Guide R3.0

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Alcatel-Lucent 1850

Transport Service Switch (TSS-320/160) | Release 3.0

How to use this information product

Navigation and Manipulation

The Help Command

Command Line Interface Top Level Structure

CLI Command Definition

Equipment Management Commands

eqpt position naming_set_list type eqpt_type

eqpt position naming_set_list asap asap_userlabel

eqpt position naming_set_list show asap

eqpt position naming_set_list show allowedeqpt

eqpt position naming reset

eqpt prot manualswitch from naming to naming

extpoint in extpointin_naming userlabel extpoint_userlabel

extpoint in extpointin_naming asap asap_userlabel

eqpt position naming_set_list show ri

eqpt show nename

extpoint out extpointout_naming userlabel extpoint_userlabel

extpoint out extpointout_naming criteria {manual | remote | auto {eventtype_id |

extpoint show outeventslist

Ethernet Physical, GFP, and LAPS Management Commands

General interface management

interface trafficshow [naming_set_list]

Ethernet Physical Management

interface position naming_set_list localeth defaulttype

interface position naming_set_list localeth show mauinfo

interface position naming_set_list localeth autoneg {enable | disable}

interface position naming_set_list localeth autoneg advertisedcapability

interface position naming_set_list localeth rcfcsfaction {none | shutdown}

interface position naming_set_list localeth rcfssfaction {none | shutdown}

interface position naming_set_list localeth show rcfaction

interface position naming_set_list localeth loopback {line | internal} {enable | disable}

interface position naming_set_list_lagnumber_set localeth trafficstatus {enable | disable}

interface position naming_set_list_lagnumber-set localeth floodinglimit

interface position naming_set_list_lagnumber_set localeth show trafficconditioning

GFP and LAPS Management

interface position naming_set_list remoteeth ratelimited ratelimited_value

interface position naming_set_list remoteeth sl {auto | eqptnonspec}

interface position naming_set_list remoteeth fcs {disable | enable}

interface position naming_set_list remoteeth asap asap_userlabel

interface position naming_set_list remoteeth errorframe {abortseq | fcs}

interface position naming_set_list remoteeth trafficstatus {enable | disable}

interface position naming_set_list remoteeth floodinglimit floodinglimit_value

interface position naming_set_list remoteeth show trafficconditioning

Ethernet Port Management Commands

ETH over MAU

interface position naming_set_list localeth {activate | deactivate}

interface position naming_set_list localeth portservice {ets | bridge | mpls}

interface position naming_set_list_lagnumber_set localeth maxmtu mtu_value

interface position naming_set_list localeth defaultflowcontrol {nopause | asympause |

interface position naming_set_list localeth show ethinfo

ETH over GFP, ETH over LAPS

interface position naming_set_list remoteeth {activate | deactivate}

interface position naming_set_list remoteeth portservice {ets | bridge | mpls}

interface position naming_set_list remoteeth maxmtu mtu_value

interface position naming_set_list remoteeth show ethinfo

VLAN Profile and Layer2 Frames Management

interface position naming_set_list_lagnumber_set vlanprotprofile bind

interface position naming_set_list_lagnumber_set vlanprotprofile default

interface position naming_set_list_lagnumber_set vlanprotprofile activate

interface position naming_set_list_lagnumber_set vlanprotprofile show

interface position naming_set_list_lagnumber_set show vlanprotprofile

interface position naming_set_list_lagnumber_set show l2ctrlframe